texlive[42726] trunk: glossaries (16dec16)
commits+karl at tug.org
commits+karl at tug.org
Fri Dec 16 23:55:06 CET 2016
Revision: 42726
http://tug.org/svn/texlive?view=revision&revision=42726
Author: karl
Date: 2016-12-16 23:55:05 +0100 (Fri, 16 Dec 2016)
Log Message:
-----------
glossaries (16dec16)
Modified Paths:
--------------
trunk/Build/source/texk/texlive/linked_scripts/glossaries/makeglossaries
trunk/Build/source/texk/texlive/linked_scripts/glossaries/makeglossaries-lite.lua
trunk/Build/source/texk/texlive/linked_scripts/texlive/tlmgr.pl
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/CHANGES
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/README
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-code.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.html
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.html
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.html
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/glossary-lipsum-examples.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/minimalgls.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/mwe-acr-desc.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/mwe-acr.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/mwe-gls.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-FnDesc.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-chap-hyperfirst.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-crossref.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-custom-acronym.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-dot-abbr.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-dual.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entrycount.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entryfmt.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-font-abbr.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-ignored.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-index.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-inline.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-langdict.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-newkeys.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp-utf8.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-nomathhyper.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-numberlist.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-prefix.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-si.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-storage-abbr-desc.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-storage-abbr.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample4col.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcr.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcrDesc.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleCustomAcr.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDB.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDesc.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEq.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEqPg.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleFnAcrDesc.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleNtn.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplePeople.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSec.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSort.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleaccsupp.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleacronyms.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampletree.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleutf8.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy2.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/glossaries/makeglossaries
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/glossaries/makeglossaries-lite.lua
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.ins
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-babel.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-compatible-207.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-compatible-307.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-polyglossia.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-prefix.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/expl/glossaries-accsupp.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-hypernav.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-inline.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-list.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-long.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-longbooktabs.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-longragged.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-mcols.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-super.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-superragged.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-tree.sty
Modified: trunk/Build/source/texk/texlive/linked_scripts/glossaries/makeglossaries
===================================================================
--- trunk/Build/source/texk/texlive/linked_scripts/glossaries/makeglossaries 2016-12-16 22:54:42 UTC (rev 42725)
+++ trunk/Build/source/texk/texlive/linked_scripts/glossaries/makeglossaries 2016-12-16 22:55:05 UTC (rev 42726)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
# File : makeglossaries
# Author : Nicola Talbot
-# Version : 2.19
+# Version : 2.20
# Description: simple Perl script that calls makeindex or xindy.
# Intended for use with "glossaries.sty" (saves having to remember
# all the various switches)
@@ -27,9 +27,11 @@
# glossary-super.sty, glossaries.perl.
# Also makeglossaries and makeglossaries.
-my $version="2.19 (2016-05-27)";
+my $version="2.20 (2016-12-16)";
# History:
+# v2.20 (2016/12/16)
+# * Added check for \glsxtr at makeglossaries
# v2.19 (2016/05/27)
# * Improved check in &parse_for_xindy_nosort
# v2.18 (2016/01/24)
@@ -298,6 +300,8 @@
my $istfile = "";
+my $glslist = "";
+
# should letter ordering be used? (v1.5 added)
my $letterordering = defined($opt_l);
@@ -440,8 +444,7 @@
my $thislang = "";
my $thiscodepage = "";
- # v2.15 added:
- my @types = keys %exttype;
+ my @types = ($glslist ? split /,/, $glslist : keys %exttype);
foreach my $type (@types)
{
@@ -528,7 +531,9 @@
{
# no file extension specified so process all glossary types
- foreach my $type (keys %exttype)
+ my @types = ($glslist ? split /,/, $glslist : keys %exttype);
+
+ foreach my $type (@types)
{
my %thistype = %{$exttype{$type}};
@@ -647,8 +652,19 @@
{
while (<AUXFILE>)
{
+ #v2.20 added
+ if (m/\\glsxtr\@makeglossaries\{(.*)\}/)
+ {
+ $glslist = $1;
+
+ unless ($opt_q)
+ {
+ print "only processing subset '$glslist'\n";
+ }
+ }
+
#v2.14 added
- if (m/\\\@gls\@reference/)
+ if (m/\\\@gls\@reference/ and not $glslist)
{
die "Your document has used \\makenoidxglossaries\n",
"You don't need makeindex or xindy.\n";
Modified: trunk/Build/source/texk/texlive/linked_scripts/glossaries/makeglossaries-lite.lua
===================================================================
--- trunk/Build/source/texk/texlive/linked_scripts/glossaries/makeglossaries-lite.lua 2016-12-16 22:54:42 UTC (rev 42725)
+++ trunk/Build/source/texk/texlive/linked_scripts/glossaries/makeglossaries-lite.lua 2016-12-16 22:55:05 UTC (rev 42726)
@@ -26,7 +26,9 @@
This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
History:
- * 1.2
+ * 1.3
+ - added check for \glsxtr at makeglossaries
+ * 1.2 (2016-05-27)
- added check for \@gls at extramakeindexopts
- added check for nil codepage
* 1.1
@@ -33,7 +35,7 @@
- changed first line from lua to texlua
--]]
-thisversion = "1.2 2016-05-27"
+thisversion = "1.3 2016-12-16"
quiet = false
dryrun = false
@@ -399,7 +401,23 @@
end
+onlytypes = string.match(aux, "\\glsxtr at makeglossaries{([^}]+)}")
+if onlytypes ~= nil
+then
+ if not quiet then
+ print(string.format("Only process subset: '%s'", onlytypes))
+ end
+
+ onlyglossaries = {}
+
+ for name in string.gmatch(onlytypes, '([^,]+)') do
+ onlyglossaries[name] = glossaries[name]
+ end
+
+ glossaries = onlyglossaries
+end
+
if ext == nil
then
Modified: trunk/Build/source/texk/texlive/linked_scripts/texlive/tlmgr.pl
===================================================================
--- trunk/Build/source/texk/texlive/linked_scripts/texlive/tlmgr.pl 2016-12-16 22:54:42 UTC (rev 42725)
+++ trunk/Build/source/texk/texlive/linked_scripts/texlive/tlmgr.pl 2016-12-16 22:55:05 UTC (rev 42726)
@@ -6783,8 +6783,8 @@
=item B<depends>
-Lists those packages which occur as dependencies in an installed collections,
-but are themselves not installed, and those packages that are not
+Lists those packages which occur as dependencies in an installed collection,
+but are themselves not installed, and those packages which are not
contained in any collection.
If you call C<tlmgr check collections> this test will be carried out
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/CHANGES
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/CHANGES 2016-12-16 22:54:42 UTC (rev 42725)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/CHANGES 2016-12-16 22:55:05 UTC (rev 42726)
@@ -1,5 +1,14 @@
glossaries change log:
+v4.27:
+
+ * Version number updated in *.sty files, but no actual code
+ change.
+
+ * makeglossaries v2.20 and makeglossaries-lite.lua v1.3:
+
+ - Added check for \glsxtr at makeglossaries
+
v4.26:
* glossaries.sty:
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/README
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/README 2016-12-16 22:54:42 UTC (rev 42725)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/README 2016-12-16 22:55:05 UTC (rev 42726)
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-LaTeX Package : glossaries v4.26
+LaTeX Package : glossaries v4.27
-Last Modified : 2016-10-12
+Last Modified : 2016-12-16
Author : Nicola Talbot
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-code.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.html 2016-12-16 22:54:42 UTC (rev 42725)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.html 2016-12-16 22:55:05 UTC (rev 42726)
@@ -222,20 +222,20 @@
</style>
</head><body
>
-<!--l. 404--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 406--><p class="noindent" ><a
id="top"></a>
-</p><!--l. 404--><p class="indent" >
+</p><!--l. 406--><p class="indent" >
-</p><!--l. 404--><p class="indent" >
+</p><!--l. 406--><p class="indent" >
</p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 404--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 404--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmr-17">User Manual for glossaries.sty v4.26</span>
+<!--l. 406--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 406--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="cmr-17">User Manual for glossaries.sty v4.27</span>
</p>
<div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-1" class="tabular"
cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"
@@ -250,21 +250,21 @@
href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/" class="url" ><span
class="cmtt-12">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/</span></a> </td></tr></table>
</div>
-<!--l. 404--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmr-12">2016-10-12</span></p></div>
+<!--l. 406--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="cmr-12">2016-12-16</span></p></div>
<div
class="abstract"
>
-<!--l. 406--><p class="indent" >
+<!--l. 408--><p class="indent" >
</p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 406--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 406--><p class="noindent" ><span
+<!--l. 408--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 408--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmbx-10">Abstract</span></p></div>
-<!--l. 407--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+<!--l. 409--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides a means to define terms or abbreviations or symbols that can be
referenced within your document. Sorted lists with collated <a
href="#glo:entrylocation">locations</a> can be generated either
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@
using <span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span> or using a supplementary <a
href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a>.
-</p><!--l. 412--><p class="indent" > Additional features not provided here may be available through the supplemental package
+</p><!--l. 414--><p class="indent" > Additional features not provided here may be available through the supplemental package
<a
href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> which, if required, needs to be installed separately. New features will be added
@@ -279,12 +279,12 @@
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. Versions of the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package after v4.21 will mostly be just bug
fixes.
-</p><!--l. 417--><p class="indent" >
+</p><!--l. 419--><p class="indent" >
</p>
</div>
-<!--l. 419--><p class="indent" > If you require multilingual support you must also separately install the relevant language
+<!--l. 421--><p class="indent" > If you require multilingual support you must also separately install the relevant language
module. Each language module is called <span
class="cmtt-10">glossaries-</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">language</span>⟩, where ⟨<span
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@
class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.3 </a><a
href="#sec:languages">Multi-Lingual Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:languages --></a> for further
details.
-</p><!--l. 428--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 430--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package requires a number of other packages including, but not limited to,
<span
class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a
@@ -332,7 +332,7 @@
href="http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/14925/updating-tex-on-linux" >Updating <span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span> on
Linux</a>.)
-</p><!--l. 443--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Documents have wide-ranging styles when it comes to presenting glossaries or lists of
+</p><!--l. 445--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Documents have wide-ranging styles when it comes to presenting glossaries or lists of
terms or notation. People have their own preferences and to a large extent this
is determined by the kind of information that needs to go in the glossary. They
may just have symbols with terse descriptions or they may have long technical
@@ -340,7 +340,7 @@
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is flexible enough to
accommodate such varied requirements, but this flexibility comes at a price: a big
manual.
-</p><!--l. 453--><p class="indent" > 😱 If you’re freaking out at the size of this manual, start with <span
+</p><!--l. 455--><p class="indent" > 😱 If you’re freaking out at the size of this manual, start with <span
class="cmtt-10">glossariesbegin.pdf </span>(“The
glossaries package: a guide for beginnners”). You should find it in the same directory as this
document or try <span
@@ -347,8 +347,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">texdoc glossariesbegin.pdf</span>. Once you’ve got to grips with
the basics, then come back to this manual to find out how to adjust the settings.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 459--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 461--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+</p><!--l. 461--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 463--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>bundle comes with the following documentation:
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
<a
@@ -378,7 +378,7 @@
class="description">Advanced users wishing to know more about the inner workings
of all the packages provided in the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>bundle should read “Documented
- Code for glossaries v4.26”.
+ Code for glossaries v4.27”.
</dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmbx-10">INSTALL</span> </dt><dd
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@
class="cmbx-10">README</span> </dt><dd
class="description">Package summary.
</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 490--><p class="noindent" >Related resources: </p>
+<!--l. 492--><p class="noindent" >Related resources: </p>
<ul class="itemize1">
<li class="itemize"><a
href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/faqs/glossariesfaq.html" ><span
@@ -413,7 +413,7 @@
<li class="itemize">The <a
href="http://ctan.org/pkg/glossaries-extra" ><span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package</a></li></ul>
-<!--l. 509--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span
+<!--l. 511--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-12"></a> and <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, you must load <span
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@
id="dx1-19"></a>’s changes
glossary.)<a
id="pdflatexnote"></a>
-</p><!--l. 518--><p class="indent" > If you are using <span
+</p><!--l. 520--><p class="indent" > If you are using <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-20"></a>, it’s best to use <span
class="cmtt-10">pdflatex</span><a
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@
problems where you have long hyperlinks or hyperlinks in subscripts or superscripts. This is
an issue with the DVI format not with <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 524--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 526--><p class="noindent" >
@@ -942,7 +942,13 @@
the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. This is a cut-down alternative to the Perl <span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span>
- script. If you have Perl installed, use the Perl script instead. <br
+ script. If you have Perl installed, use the Perl script instead. Note that <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live
+ creates a symbolic link called <span
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite </span>(without the <span
+class="cmtt-10">.lua </span>extension)
+ to the actual <span
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua </span>script. <br
class="newline" />
</dd><dt class="description">
<a
@@ -1000,12 +1006,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">f</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">o</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">o</span>. Depending on
+
+
the font, the backslash character may appear as a dash when used in the main
document text, so <span
class="cmtt-10">\foo </span>will appear as: —foo.
-
-
- <!--l. 246--><p class="noindent" >Earlier versions of <span
+ <!--l. 247--><p class="noindent" >Earlier versions of <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>used this technique to write information to the files
used by the indexing applications to prevent problems caused by fragile commands.
Now, this is only used for the <span
@@ -1045,9 +1051,9 @@
class="newline" /></dd></dl>
-<!--l. 541--><p class="indent" > <div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">1. <a
+<!--l. 543--><p class="indent" > <div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">1. <a
id="sec:intro"></a>Introduction</h2>
-</p><!--l. 544--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 546--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is provided to assist generating lists of terms, symbols or
abbreviations (glossaries). It has a certain amount of flexibility, allowing the user to customize
the format of the glossary and define multiple glossaries. It also supports glossary
@@ -1057,7 +1063,7 @@
href="#fn1x1" id="fn1x1-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.1</sup></a></span><a
id="x1-4001f1"></a> in
the document will be added to the glossary.
-</p><!--l. 557--><p class="indent" > <span
+</p><!--l. 559--><p class="indent" > <span
class="cmbx-10">This package replaces the </span><span
class="cmssbx-10">glossary</span><a
id="dx1-4005"></a> <span
@@ -1065,12 +1071,12 @@
document <a
href="glossary2glossaries.html" >“Upgrading from the glossary package to the glossaries package”</a> for assistance in
upgrading.
-</p><!--l. 561--><p class="indent" > One of the strengths of this package is its flexibility, however the drawback of this is the
+</p><!--l. 563--><p class="indent" > One of the strengths of this package is its flexibility, however the drawback of this is the
necessity of having a large manual that covers all the various settings. If you are
daunted by the size of the manual, try starting off with the much shorter <a
href="glossariesbegin.html" >guide for
beginners</a>.
-</p><!--l. 567--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> There’s a common misconception that you have to have Perl installed in order to use
+</p><!--l. 569--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> There’s a common misconception that you have to have Perl installed in order to use
the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. Perl is <span
class="cmti-10">not </span>a requirement but it does increase the available
@@ -1078,8 +1084,8 @@
href="#glo:exlatinalph">extended Latin alphabet</a> or a <a
href="#glo:nonlatinalph">non-Latin alphabet</a>.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 572--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 574--><p class="indent" > The basic idea behind the <span
+</p><!--l. 574--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 576--><p class="indent" > The basic idea behind the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is that you first define your entries (terms,
symbols or abbreviations). Then you can reference these within your document (like <span
class="cmtt-10">\cite </span>or
@@ -1093,7 +1099,7 @@
id="option1"></a><span
class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span
class="cmbx-10"> 1</span>:
- <!--l. 585--><p class="noindent" >This is the simplest option but it’s slow and if you want a sorted list, it doesn’t
+ <!--l. 587--><p class="noindent" >This is the simplest option but it’s slow and if you want a sorted list, it doesn’t
work well for <a
href="#glo:exlatinalph">extended Latin alphabets</a> or <a
href="#glo:nonlatinalph">non-Latin alphabets</a>. However, if you
@@ -1112,7 +1118,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\’elite</span></span></span> if <span
class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=true</span><a
id="dx1-4008"></a> is used.
- </p><!--l. 596--><p class="noindent" >This option works best with the <span
+ </p><!--l. 598--><p class="noindent" >This option works best with the <span
class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a
id="dx1-4009"></a> setting. For any other setting, be
prepared for a long document build time, especially if you have a lot of entries
@@ -1129,9 +1135,9 @@
</li>
<li
class="enumerate" id="x1-4013x2">Put
- <!--l. 608--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span
+ <!--l. 610--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 609--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 611--><p class="noindent" >
where you want your list of entries to appear (described in <a
href="#sec:printglossary"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>10 </a><a
@@ -1152,7 +1158,7 @@
id="option2"></a><span
class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span
class="cmbx-10"> 2</span>:
- <!--l. 620--><p class="noindent" >This option uses a <a
+ <!--l. 622--><p class="noindent" >This option uses a <a
href="#glo:cli">command line interface (CLI)</a> application called <a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
@@ -1176,7 +1182,7 @@
writes a new file containing the code to typeset the glossary. <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span></span> then reads this
file in on the next run.
- </p><!--l. 629--><p class="noindent" >This option works best if you want to sort entries according to the English alphabet and
+ </p><!--l. 631--><p class="noindent" >This option works best if you want to sort entries according to the English alphabet and
you don’t want to install Perl.
</p><ol class="enumerate1" >
<li
@@ -1194,7 +1200,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-1">
\GlsSetQuote{+}
</div>
- <!--l. 638--><p class="nopar" > This must be used before <span
+ <!--l. 640--><p class="nopar" > This must be used before <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>. Note that if you are using
<span
class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
@@ -1212,9 +1218,9 @@
</li>
<li
class="enumerate" id="x1-4029x3">Put
- <!--l. 650--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span
+ <!--l. 652--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 651--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 653--><p class="noindent" >
where you want your list of entries to appear (described in <a
href="#sec:printglossary"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>10 </a><a
@@ -1252,7 +1258,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-2">
makeindex -s myDoc.ist -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo
</div>
- <!--l. 670--><p class="nopar" > (Replace <span
+ <!--l. 672--><p class="nopar" > (Replace <span
class="cmtt-10">myDoc </span>with the base name of your <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span></span> document file. Avoid spaces
in the file name.) If you don’t know how to use the command prompt, then you can
@@ -1262,7 +1268,7 @@
id="dx1-4035"></a></a> via your text editor, but each editor has a different
method of doing this, so I can’t give a general description. You will have to check
your editor’s manual.
- </p><!--l. 678--><p class="noindent" >The default sort is word order (“sea lion” comes before “seal”). If you want letter
+ </p><!--l. 680--><p class="noindent" >The default sort is word order (“sea lion” comes before “seal”). If you want letter
ordering you need to add the <span
class="cmtt-10">-l</span><a
id="dx1-4036"></a> switch:
@@ -1272,7 +1278,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-3">
makeindex -l -s myDoc.ist -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo
</div>
- <!--l. 684--><p class="nopar" > (See <a
+ <!--l. 686--><p class="nopar" > (See <a
href="#sec:makeindexapp"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.4.4 </a><a
href="#sec:makeindexapp">Using <a
@@ -1287,7 +1293,7 @@
class="enumerate" id="x1-4040x6">Once you have successfully completed the previous step, you can now run
<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span></span> on your document again.</li></ol>
- <!--l. 692--><p class="noindent" >This is the default option (although you still need to use <span
+ <!--l. 694--><p class="noindent" >This is the default option (although you still need to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>to ensure
the glossary files are created).
</p></dd><dt class="description">
@@ -1296,7 +1302,7 @@
id="option3"></a><span
class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span
class="cmbx-10"> 3</span>:
- <!--l. 697--><p class="noindent" >This option uses a <a
+ <!--l. 699--><p class="noindent" >This option uses a <a
href="#glo:cli">CLI</a> application called <a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
@@ -1333,7 +1339,7 @@
the code to typeset the glossary. <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span></span> then reads this file in on the next
run.
- </p><!--l. 709--><p class="noindent" >This is the best option if you want to sort according to a language other than English or
+ </p><!--l. 711--><p class="noindent" >This is the best option if you want to sort according to a language other than English or
if you want non-standard location lists.
</p><ol class="enumerate1" >
<li
@@ -1346,7 +1352,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-4">
\usepackage[xindy]{glossaries}
</div>
- <!--l. 718--><p class="nopar" >
+ <!--l. 720--><p class="nopar" >
</p></li>
<li
class="enumerate" id="x1-4051x2">Add <span
@@ -1389,7 +1395,7 @@
xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc
 <br />-t myDoc.glg -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo
</div>
- <!--l. 741--><p class="nopar" > (Replace <span
+ <!--l. 743--><p class="nopar" > (Replace <span
class="cmtt-10">myDoc </span>with the base name of your <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span></span> document file. Avoid spaces
in the file name. If necessary, also replace <span
@@ -1408,7 +1414,7 @@
id="dx1-4059"></a></a> via your text editor, but each editor has a different method of doing this, so
I can’t give a general description. You will have to check your editor’s
manual.
- </p><!--l. 752--><p class="noindent" >The default sort is word order (“sea lion” comes before “seal”). If you want letter
+ </p><!--l. 754--><p class="noindent" >The default sort is word order (“sea lion” comes before “seal”). If you want letter
ordering you need to add the <span
class="cmss-10">order=letter</span><a
id="dx1-4060"></a> package option:
@@ -1418,7 +1424,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-6">
\usepackage[xindy,order=letter]{glossaries}
</div>
- <!--l. 758--><p class="nopar" > (and return to the previous step.) See <a
+ <!--l. 760--><p class="nopar" > (and return to the previous step.) See <a
href="#sec:xindyapp"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.4.3 </a><a
href="#sec:xindyapp">Using <a
@@ -1435,7 +1441,7 @@
class="E">E</span>X</span></span> on your document again.
</li></ol>
</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 770--><p class="indent" > For Options <a
+<!--l. 772--><p class="indent" > For Options <a
href="#option2">2</a> and <a
href="#option3">3</a>, it can be difficult to remember all the parameters required for
<a
@@ -1468,7 +1474,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-7">
makeglossaries myDoc
</div>
-<!--l. 781--><p class="nopar" > (Replace <span
+<!--l. 783--><p class="nopar" > (Replace <span
class="cmtt-10">myDoc </span>with the base name of your <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span></span> document file. Avoid spaces in the file
name.) This is described in more detail in <a
@@ -1476,7 +1482,7 @@
class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.4 </a><a
href="#sec:makeglossaries">Generating the Associated Glossary
Files<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossaries --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 786--><p class="indent" > If you don’t have Perl installed you can use the Lua script instead:
+</p><!--l. 788--><p class="indent" > If you don’t have Perl installed you can use the Lua script instead:
</p>
@@ -1483,7 +1489,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-8">
makeglossaries-lite.lua myDoc
</div>
-<!--l. 789--><p class="nopar" > This script doesn’t have the full functionality of the Perl script, but since modern
+<!--l. 791--><p class="nopar" > This script doesn’t have the full functionality of the Perl script, but since modern
<span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span> distributions come with Lua, you shouldn’t need to install anything extra to make it
run. Remember that since <a
@@ -1492,25 +1498,31 @@
id="dx1-4070"></a></a> is also a Perl script, if you want to use <a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-4071"></a></a> you’ll
-need Perl installed anyway, so there’s no point using this Lua script if you’re using
-<a
+ id="dx1-4071"></a></a> you’ll need
+Perl installed anyway, so there’s no point using this Lua script if you’re using <a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-4072"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 797--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <span
+ id="dx1-4072"></a></a>. Note
+that <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live creates a symbolic link called <span
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite </span>(without the <span
+class="cmtt-10">.lua</span>
+extension) to the actual <span
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua </span>script, so you may not need to supply
+the extension.
+</p><!--l. 803--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <span
class="cmtt-10">.gls </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">.glo </span>are temporary files created to help build your document. You should
not edit or explicitly input them. However, you may need to delete them if something goes
wrong and you need to do a fresh build. </div>
-</p><!--l. 802--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 804--><p class="indent" > An overview of these three options is given in <a
+</p><!--l. 808--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 810--><p class="indent" > An overview of these three options is given in <a
href="#tab:options">table 1.1</a>.
</p>
<div class="table">
-<!--l. 807--><p class="indent" > <a
+<!--l. 813--><p class="indent" > <a
id="tab:options"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float"
>
@@ -1528,7 +1540,7 @@
id="TBL-2-3" /><col
id="TBL-2-4" /></colgroup><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-1-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-1"
-class="td11"> <!--l. 813--><p class="noindent" > </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-1-2"
+class="td11"> <!--l. 819--><p class="noindent" > </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-1-2"
class="td11"> <a
href="#option1"><span
class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span
@@ -1543,7 +1555,7 @@
class="cmbx-10"> 3</span></a> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-2-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-1"
-class="td11"> <!--l. 814--><p class="noindent" >Requires
+class="td11"> <!--l. 820--><p class="noindent" >Requires
an
external
application? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-2-2"
@@ -1555,7 +1567,7 @@
class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-3-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-1"
-class="td11"> <!--l. 816--><p class="noindent" >Requires
+class="td11"> <!--l. 822--><p class="noindent" >Requires
Perl? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-3-2"
class="td11"> <span
class="pzdr-">✘ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-3-3"
@@ -1565,7 +1577,7 @@
class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-4-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-1"
-class="td11"> <!--l. 818--><p class="noindent" >Can
+class="td11"> <!--l. 824--><p class="noindent" >Can
sort
<a
href="#glo:exlatinalph">extended
@@ -1584,7 +1596,7 @@
class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-5-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-1"
-class="td11"> <!--l. 821--><p class="noindent" >Efficient
+class="td11"> <!--l. 827--><p class="noindent" >Efficient
sort
algorithm? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-5-2"
class="td11"> <span
@@ -1595,7 +1607,7 @@
class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-6-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-1"
-class="td11"> <!--l. 823--><p class="noindent" >Can
+class="td11"> <!--l. 829--><p class="noindent" >Can
use
a
different
@@ -1612,7 +1624,7 @@
class="pzdr-">✘ </span></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-7-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-1"
-class="td11"> <!--l. 825--><p class="noindent" >Can
+class="td11"> <!--l. 831--><p class="noindent" >Can
form
ranges
in
@@ -1627,7 +1639,7 @@
class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-8-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-1"
-class="td11"> <!--l. 827--><p class="noindent" >Can
+class="td11"> <!--l. 833--><p class="noindent" >Can
have
non-standard
locations
@@ -1643,7 +1655,7 @@
class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-9-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-9-1"
-class="td11"> <!--l. 829--><p class="noindent" >Maximum
+class="td11"> <!--l. 835--><p class="noindent" >Maximum
hierarchical
depth </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-9-2"
class="td11"> Unlimited </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-9-3"
@@ -1651,7 +1663,7 @@
class="td11"> Unlimited </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-10-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-10-1"
-class="td11"> <!--l. 831--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td11"> <!--l. 837--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplaynumberlist</span><a
id="dx1-4074"></a>
reliable? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-10-2"
@@ -1663,7 +1675,7 @@
class="pzdr-">✘ </span></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-11-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-1"
-class="td11"> <!--l. 833--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td11"> <!--l. 839--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
id="dx1-4075"></a>
restricted
@@ -1677,7 +1689,7 @@
class="pzdr-">✘ </span></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-12-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-12-1"
-class="td11"> <!--l. 835--><p class="noindent" >Requires
+class="td11"> <!--l. 841--><p class="noindent" >Requires
additional
write
registers? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-12-2"
@@ -1689,7 +1701,7 @@
class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-13-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-13-1"
-class="td11"> <!--l. 837--><p class="noindent" >Default
+class="td11"> <!--l. 843--><p class="noindent" >Default
value
of
<span
@@ -1706,7 +1718,7 @@
</tr></table>
</div>
-<!--l. 841--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
+<!--l. 847--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
class="cmsy-9">†</span></sup> Strips standard <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span></span> accents (that is, accents generated by core <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span></span> commands) so,
@@ -1718,7 +1730,7 @@
</p>
</div><hr class="endfloat" />
</div>
-<!--l. 846--><p class="indent" > This document uses the <span
+<!--l. 852--><p class="indent" > This document uses the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. For example, when viewing the PDF version of
this document in a hyperlinked-enabled PDF viewer (such as Adobe Reader or Okular) if you
click on the word “<a
@@ -1728,7 +1740,7 @@
description of the term “<span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
id="dx1-4079"></a>”.
-</p><!--l. 853--><p class="indent" > The remainder of this introductory section covers the following: </p>
+</p><!--l. 859--><p class="indent" > The remainder of this introductory section covers the following: </p>
<ul class="itemize1">
<li class="itemize"><a
href="#sec:samples"><span
@@ -1750,10 +1762,10 @@
href="#option2">2</a> or <a
href="#option3">3</a>).
</li></ul>
-<!--l. 867--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 873--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.1 </span> <a
id="sec:samples"></a>Sample Documents</h3>
-<!--l. 870--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+<!--l. 876--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is provided with some sample documents that illustrate the
various functions. These should be located in the <span
class="cmtt-10">samples </span>subdirectory (folder)
@@ -1767,14 +1779,14 @@
<spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">texdoc -l glossaries</span></span>
-</p><!--l. 880--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10>
+</p><!--l. 886--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10>
This should display a list of all the files in the glossaries documentation directory with their
full pathnames.
-</p><!--l. 884--><p class="indent" > If you can’t find the sample files on your computer, they are also available from your nearest
+</p><!--l. 890--><p class="indent" > If you can’t find the sample files on your computer, they are also available from your nearest
CTAN mirror at <a
href="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/" class="url" ><span
class="cmtt-10">http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/</span></a>.
-</p><!--l. 888--><p class="indent" > The sample documents are as follows<span class="footnote-mark"><a
+</p><!--l. 894--><p class="indent" > The sample documents are as follows<span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn2x1" id="fn2x1-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.2</sup></a></span><a
id="x1-5001f2"></a>:
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
@@ -1793,7 +1805,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">latex minimalgls</span></span>
- <!--l. 901--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+ <!--l. 907--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
in a terminal or by using the relevant button or menu item in your text editor or
front-end. This will create the required associated files but you will not see the
glossary. If you use PDF<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
@@ -1807,8 +1819,8 @@
 <br />referenced but does not exist,
 <br />replaced by a fixed one
</div>
- <!--l. 911--><p class="nopar" > These warnings may be ignored on the first run.
- </p><!--l. 914--><p class="noindent" >If you get a <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+ <!--l. 917--><p class="nopar" > These warnings may be ignored on the first run.
+ </p><!--l. 920--><p class="noindent" >If you get a <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">Missing</span><span
class="cmtt-10"> \begin{document}</span></span></span> error, then it’s most likely that
your version of <span
@@ -1829,11 +1841,11 @@
Files<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossaries --></a>). This can be done on a terminal either by typing <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries minimalgls</span></span>
- <!--l. 924--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+ <!--l. 930--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
or by typing <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">perl makeglossaries minimalgls</span></span>
- </p><!--l. 928--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+ </p><!--l. 934--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
If your system doesn’t recognise the command <span
class="cmtt-10">perl </span>then it’s likely you don’t have
Perl installed. In which case you will need to use <a
@@ -1845,7 +1857,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">makeindex -s minimalgls.ist -t minimalgls.glg -o minimalgls.gls</span>
<span
class="cmtt-10">minimalgls.glo</span></span>
- </p><!--l. 935--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+ </p><!--l. 941--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
(See <a
href="#sec:makeindexapp"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.4.4 </a><a
@@ -1856,7 +1868,7 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
id="dx1-5011"></a> explicitly.)
- </p><!--l. 939--><p class="noindent" >Note that if you need to specify the full path and the path contains
+ </p><!--l. 945--><p class="noindent" >Note that if you need to specify the full path and the path contains
spaces, you will need to delimit the file names with the double-quote
character.
</p></li>
@@ -1864,10 +1876,10 @@
class="enumerate" id="x1-5013x3">Run <span
class="cmtt-10">minimalgls.tex </span>through <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span></span> again (as step 1)</li></ol>
- <!--l. 945--><p class="noindent" >You should now have a complete document. The number following each entry in the
+ <!--l. 951--><p class="noindent" >You should now have a complete document. The number following each entry in the
glossary is the location number. By default, this is the page number where the entry
was referenced.
- </p><!--l. 949--><p class="noindent" >There are three other files that can be used as a <a
+ </p><!--l. 955--><p class="noindent" >There are three other files that can be used as a <a
href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/minexample/" >minimal working example</a>:
<span
class="cmtt-10">mwe-gls.tex</span>, <span
@@ -1889,7 +1901,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">latex sample-noidx</span>
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">latex sample-noidx</span></span>
- <!--l. 960--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+ <!--l. 966--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmtt-10">sample-noidx-utf8.tex</span> </dt><dd
@@ -1902,7 +1914,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">latex sample-noidx-utf8</span>
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">latex sample-noidx-utf8</span></span>
- <!--l. 968--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+ <!--l. 974--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmtt-10">sample4col.tex</span> </dt><dd
@@ -1916,7 +1928,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sample4col</span>
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">latex sample4col</span></span>
- <!--l. 978--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+ <!--l. 984--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
As before, if you don’t have Perl installed, you will need to use <a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
@@ -1945,7 +1957,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">latex sampleAcr</span>
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">latex sampleAcr</span></span>
- <!--l. 994--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+ <!--l. 1000--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmtt-10">sampleAcrDesc.tex</span> </dt><dd
@@ -1965,7 +1977,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">latex sampleAcrDesc</span>
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">latex sampleAcrDesc</span></span>
- <!--l. 1005--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+ <!--l. 1011--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmtt-10">sampleDesc.tex</span> </dt><dd
@@ -1987,7 +1999,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">latex sampleDesc</span>
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">latex sampleDesc</span></span>
- <!--l. 1017--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+ <!--l. 1023--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmtt-10">sampleCustomAcr.tex</span> </dt><dd
@@ -2004,7 +2016,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">latex sampleCustomAcr</span>
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">latex sampleCustomAcr</span></span>
- <!--l. 1027--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+ <!--l. 1033--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmtt-10">sampleFnAcrDesc.tex</span> </dt><dd
@@ -2025,7 +2037,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">latex sampleFnAcrDesc</span>
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">latex sampleFnAcrDesc</span></span>
- <!--l. 1038--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+ <!--l. 1044--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
</p></dd><dt class="description">
@@ -2040,7 +2052,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sample-FnDesc</span>
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">latex sample-FnDesc</span></span>
- <!--l. 1047--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+ <!--l. 1053--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmtt-10">sample-custom-acronym.tex</span> </dt><dd
@@ -2053,7 +2065,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sample-custom-acronym</span>
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">latex sample-custom-acronym</span></span>
- <!--l. 1056--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+ <!--l. 1062--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmtt-10">sample-crossref.tex</span> </dt><dd
@@ -2066,7 +2078,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sample-crossref</span>
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">latex sample-crossref</span></span>
- <!--l. 1065--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+ <!--l. 1071--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmtt-10">sampleDB.tex</span> </dt><dd
@@ -2086,7 +2098,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleDB</span>
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">latex sampleDB</span></span>
- <!--l. 1077--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+ <!--l. 1083--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
The glossary definitions are stored in the accompanying files <span
class="cmtt-10">database1.tex </span>and
<span
@@ -2107,7 +2119,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">makeindex -s sampleDB.ist -t sampleDB.glg -o sampleDB.gls</span>
<span
class="cmtt-10">sampleDB.glo</span></span>
- <!--l. 1086--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+ <!--l. 1092--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
</p></li>
<li
class="enumerate" id="x1-5040x2">Create the secondary glossary (all on one line): <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
@@ -2115,7 +2127,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">makeindex -s sampleDB.ist -t sampleDB.nlg -o sampleDB.not</span>
<span
class="cmtt-10">sampleDB.ntn</span></span>
- <!--l. 1090--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+ <!--l. 1096--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
</p></li></ol>
</dd><dt class="description">
<span
@@ -2135,7 +2147,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleEq</span>
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">latex sampleEq</span></span>
- <!--l. 1102--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+ <!--l. 1108--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmtt-10">sampleEqPg.tex</span> </dt><dd
@@ -2155,7 +2167,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">latex sampleEqPg</span>
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">latex sampleEqPg</span></span>
- <!--l. 1114--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+ <!--l. 1120--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmtt-10">sampleSec.tex</span> </dt><dd
@@ -2176,7 +2188,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">latex sampleSec</span>
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">latex sampleSec</span></span>
- <!--l. 1126--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+ <!--l. 1132--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmtt-10">sampleNtn.tex</span> </dt><dd
@@ -2193,7 +2205,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">latex sampleNtn</span>
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">latex sampleNtn</span></span>
- <!--l. 1137--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+ <!--l. 1143--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
Note that if you don’t have Perl installed, you will need to use <a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
@@ -2209,7 +2221,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">makeindex -s sampleNtn.ist -t sampleNtn.glg -o sampleNtn.gls</span>
<span
class="cmtt-10">sampleNtn.glo</span></span>
- <!--l. 1145--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+ <!--l. 1151--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
</p></li>
<li
class="enumerate" id="x1-5053x2">Create the secondary glossary (all on one line): <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
@@ -2217,7 +2229,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">makeindex -s sampleNtn.ist -t sampleNtn.nlg -o sampleNtn.not</span>
<span
class="cmtt-10">sampleNtn.ntn</span></span>
- <!--l. 1149--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+ <!--l. 1155--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
</p></li></ol>
</dd><dt class="description">
<span
@@ -2238,7 +2250,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">latex sample</span>
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">latex sample</span></span>
- <!--l. 1162--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+ <!--l. 1168--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
You can see the difference between word and letter ordering if you substitute
<span
class="cmss-10">order=word</span><a
@@ -2279,7 +2291,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampletree</span>
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">latex sampletree</span></span>
- <!--l. 1182--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+ <!--l. 1188--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmtt-10">sample-dual.tex</span> </dt><dd
@@ -2293,7 +2305,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sample-dual</span>
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">latex sample-dual</span></span>
- <!--l. 1191--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+ <!--l. 1197--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmtt-10">sample-langdict.tex</span> </dt><dd
@@ -2307,7 +2319,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sample-langdict</span>
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">latex sample-langdict</span></span>
- <!--l. 1201--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+ <!--l. 1207--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmtt-10">samplexdy.tex</span> </dt><dd
@@ -2340,7 +2352,7 @@
 <br />\noist
 <br />\GlsSetXdyLanguage{}
</div>
- <!--l. 1214--><p class="nopar" > it will set the style file to <span
+ <!--l. 1220--><p class="nopar" > it will set the style file to <span
class="cmtt-10">samplexdy-mc.xdy </span>instead. This provides an additional letter
group for entries starting with “Mc” or “Mac”. If you use <a
href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
@@ -2358,7 +2370,7 @@
package will overwrite <span
class="cmtt-10">samplexdy-mc.xdy </span>and you will lose the “Mc” letter
group.
- </p><!--l. 1226--><p class="noindent" >To create the document do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+ </p><!--l. 1232--><p class="noindent" >To create the document do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">latex samplexdy</span>
<br /><span
@@ -2365,7 +2377,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries samplexdy</span>
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">latex samplexdy</span></span>
- </p><!--l. 1231--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+ </p><!--l. 1237--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
If you don’t have Perl installed, you will have to call <a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
@@ -2380,7 +2392,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M samplexdy -t samplexdy.glg -o</span>
<span
class="cmtt-10">samplexdy.gls samplexdy.glo</span></span>
- </p><!--l. 1238--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+ </p><!--l. 1244--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
otherwise, if you are using <span
class="cmtt-10">samplexdy-mc.xdy</span>, then do (no line breaks): <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
<br /><span
@@ -2387,7 +2399,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">xindy -I xindy -M samplexdy-mc -t samplexdy.glg -o samplexdy.gls</span>
<span
class="cmtt-10">samplexdy.glo</span></span>
- </p><!--l. 1243--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+ </p><!--l. 1249--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmtt-10">samplexdy2.tex</span> </dt><dd
@@ -2405,7 +2417,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries samplexdy2</span>
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">pdflatex samplexdy2</span></span>
- <!--l. 1253--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+ <!--l. 1259--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
If you can’t use <a
href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
@@ -2416,7 +2428,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">samplexdy2.gls samplexdy2.glo</span></span>
- </p><!--l. 1258--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+ </p><!--l. 1264--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
See <a
href="#sec:xindyloc"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>11.2 </a><a
@@ -2445,7 +2457,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleutf8</span>
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">latex sampleutf8</span></span>
- <!--l. 1269--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+ <!--l. 1275--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
If you don’t have Perl installed, you will have to call <a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
@@ -2458,8 +2470,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M sampleutf8 -t sampleutf8.glg -o</span>
<span
class="cmtt-10">sampleutf8.gls sampleutf8.glo</span></span>
- </p><!--l. 1275--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- </p><!--l. 1277--><p class="noindent" >If you remove the <span
+ </p><!--l. 1281--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+ </p><!--l. 1283--><p class="noindent" >If you remove the <span
class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a
id="dx1-5087"></a> option from <span
class="cmtt-10">sampleutf8.tex </span>and do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
@@ -2469,7 +2481,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleutf8</span>
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">latex sampleutf8</span></span>
- </p><!--l. 1283--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+ </p><!--l. 1289--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
you will see that the entries that start with an <a
href="#glo:exlatinchar">extended Latin character<a
id="dx1-5088"></a></a> now appear in
@@ -2486,7 +2498,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">makeindex -s sampleutf8.ist -t sampleutf8.glg -o sampleutf8.gls</span>
<span
class="cmtt-10">sampleutf8.glo</span></span>
- </p><!--l. 1291--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+ </p><!--l. 1297--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmtt-10">sample-index.tex</span> </dt><dd
@@ -2508,7 +2520,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sample-index</span>
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">latex sample-index</span></span>
- <!--l. 1303--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+ <!--l. 1309--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
</p></dd><dt class="description">
@@ -2565,7 +2577,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">latex sample-numberlist</span>
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">latex sample-numberlist</span></span>
- <!--l. 1330--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+ <!--l. 1336--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmtt-10">samplePeople.tex</span> </dt><dd
@@ -2581,7 +2593,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">latex samplePeople</span>
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">latex samplePeople</span></span>
- <!--l. 1341--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+ <!--l. 1347--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmtt-10">sampleSort.tex</span> </dt><dd
@@ -2599,7 +2611,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">latex sampleSort</span>
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">latex sampleSort</span></span>
- <!--l. 1351--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+ <!--l. 1357--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmtt-10">sample-nomathhyper.tex</span> </dt><dd
@@ -2631,7 +2643,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">latex sample-prefix</span>
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">latex sample-prefix</span></span>
- <!--l. 1367--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+ <!--l. 1373--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmtt-10">sampleaccsupp.tex</span> </dt><dd
@@ -2669,12 +2681,12 @@
acronyms.</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 1385--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 1391--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 1385--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 1391--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.2 </span> <a
id="sec:lipsum"></a>Dummy Entries for Testing</h3>
-<!--l. 1388--><p class="noindent" >In addition to the sample files described above, <span
+<!--l. 1394--><p class="noindent" >In addition to the sample files described above, <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
id="dx1-6001"></a> also provides some files containing
lorum ipsum dummy entries. These are provided for testing purposes and are on <span class="TEX">T<span
@@ -2769,18 +2781,18 @@
class="cmss-10">user1</span><a
id="dx1-6012"></a> key to store an URL
associated with the entry.</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 1437--><p class="indent" > The sample file <span
+<!--l. 1443--><p class="indent" > The sample file <span
class="cmtt-10">glossary-lipsum-examples.tex </span>in the <span
class="cmtt-10">doc/latex/glossaries/samples</span>
directory uses all these files. See also <a
href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/#glossaries" class="url" ><span
class="cmtt-10">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/#glossaries</span></a>.
-</p><!--l. 1442--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1448--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 1442--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 1448--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.3 </span> <a
id="sec:languages"></a>Multi-Lingual Support</h3>
-<!--l. 1445--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.17, the <span
+<!--l. 1451--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.17, the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package can now be used with <a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
@@ -2815,8 +2827,8 @@
 <br />\usepackage{babel}
 <br />\usepackage[xindy]{glossaries}
</div>
-<!--l. 1460--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1462--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that although a <a
+<!--l. 1466--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 1468--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that although a <a
href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a
id="dx1-7008"></a></a>, such as é, looks like a plain character in your
tex file, with standard <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
@@ -2824,7 +2836,7 @@
problems. You may need to switch off the field expansions with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsnoexpandfields</span>. This
issue doesn’t occur with XeLaTeX.
-</p><!--l. 1469--><p class="indent" > If you use a <a
+</p><!--l. 1475--><p class="indent" > If you use a <a
href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a
id="dx1-7009"></a></a> (or other expandable) character at the start of an entry
name, you must place it in a group, or it will cause a problem for commands that convert the
@@ -2844,11 +2856,11 @@
class="cmtt-10"> class}}</span></span>
</div>
</div> </div>
-<!--l. 1477--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 1483--><p class="noindent" >
(For further details, see the section “UTF-8” section in the <span
class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a
id="dx1-7011"></a> user manual.)
-</p><!--l. 1481--><p class="indent" > If you use the <span
+</p><!--l. 1487--><p class="indent" > If you use the <span
class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a
id="dx1-7012"></a> package, <a
href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
@@ -2866,7 +2878,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
id="dx1-7017"></a> manual for further
details.
-</p><!--l. 1487--><p class="indent" > As from v4.24, if you are writing in German (for example, using the <span
+</p><!--l. 1493--><p class="indent" > As from v4.24, if you are writing in German (for example, using the <span
class="cmss-10">ngerman</span><a
id="dx1-7018"></a> package or
<span
@@ -2883,7 +2895,7 @@
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
id="dx1-7023"></a>’s</a> quote character using:
-</p><!--l. 1491--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1497--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsSetQuote</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-7024"></a> <span
@@ -2890,7 +2902,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetQuote{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">character</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1493--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1499--><p class="noindent" >
Note that ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">character</span>⟩ may not be one of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">?</span></span></span> (question mark), <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
@@ -2903,7 +2915,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-12">
\GlsSetQuote{+}
</div>
-<!--l. 1499--><p class="nopar" > This must be done before <span
+<!--l. 1505--><p class="nopar" > This must be done before <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-7025"></a> and any entry definitions. It’s only applicable
for <span
@@ -2918,7 +2930,7 @@
id="dx1-7029"></a> switch when invoking <span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
id="dx1-7030"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 1506--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful of <span
+</p><!--l. 1512--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful of <span
class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
id="dx1-7031"></a>’s shorthands. These aren’t switched on until the start of the
document, so any entries defined in the preamble won’t be able to use those shorthands.
@@ -2934,8 +2946,8 @@
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
id="dx1-7034"></a> key.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 1515--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1517--><p class="indent" > In general, it’s best not to use <span
+</p><!--l. 1521--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1523--><p class="indent" > In general, it’s best not to use <span
class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
id="dx1-7035"></a>’s shorthands in entry definitions. For example:
@@ -2955,8 +2967,8 @@
 <br />\printglossaries
 <br />\end{document}
</div>
-<!--l. 1538--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1540--><p class="indent" > The <span
+<!--l. 1544--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 1546--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">ngerman</span><a
id="dx1-7036"></a> package has the shorthands on in the preamble, so they can be used if
<span
@@ -2980,13 +2992,13 @@
 <br />\printglossaries
 <br />\end{document}
</div>
-<!--l. 1561--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1563--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 1567--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 1569--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 1563--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 1569--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.3.1 </span> <a
id="sec:fixednames"></a>Changing the Fixed Names</h4>
-<!--l. 1566--><p class="noindent" >The fixed names are produced using the commands listed in <a
+<!--l. 1572--><p class="noindent" >The fixed names are produced using the commands listed in <a
href="#tab:predefinednames">table 1.2</a>. If you aren’t using a
language package such as <span
class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
@@ -3042,7 +3054,7 @@
 <br />\usepackage{babel}
 <br />\usepackage[translate=babel]{glossaries}
</div>
-<!--l. 1587--><p class="nopar" > and then use <span
+<!--l. 1593--><p class="nopar" > and then use <span
class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
id="dx1-8018"></a>’s caption hook mechanism. Note that if you pass the language options
directly to <span
@@ -3060,7 +3072,7 @@
<div class="table">
-<!--l. 1595--><p class="indent" > <a
+<!--l. 1601--><p class="indent" > <a
id="tab:predefinednames"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float"
>
@@ -3079,13 +3091,13 @@
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-1-1"
class="td01"><span
class="cmbx-10">Command Name </span></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-1-2"
-class="td11"> <!--l. 1601--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td11"> <!--l. 1607--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmbx-10">Translator</span>
<span
class="cmbx-10">Key</span>
<span
class="cmbx-10">Word</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-1-3"
-class="td10"> <!--l. 1602--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td10"> <!--l. 1608--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmbx-10">Purpose</span> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-2-1"
@@ -3092,9 +3104,9 @@
class="td01"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glossaryname</span><a
id="dx1-8024"></a> </td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-2-2"
-class="td11"> <!--l. 1603--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td11"> <!--l. 1609--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmtt-10">Glossary</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-2-3"
-class="td10"> <!--l. 1603--><p class="noindent" >Title
+class="td10"> <!--l. 1609--><p class="noindent" >Title
of
the
main
@@ -3104,9 +3116,9 @@
class="td01"><span
class="cmtt-10">\acronymname</span><a
id="dx1-8025"></a> </td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-2"
-class="td11"> <!--l. 1604--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td11"> <!--l. 1610--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmtt-10">Acronyms</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-3"
-class="td10"> <!--l. 1604--><p class="noindent" >Title
+class="td10"> <!--l. 1610--><p class="noindent" >Title
of
the
list
@@ -3125,11 +3137,11 @@
class="td01"><span
class="cmtt-10">\entryname</span><a
id="dx1-8027"></a> </td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-2"
-class="td11"> <!--l. 1606--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td11"> <!--l. 1612--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmtt-10">Notation</span>
<span
class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-3"
-class="td10"> <!--l. 1607--><p class="noindent" >Header
+class="td10"> <!--l. 1613--><p class="noindent" >Header
for
first
column
@@ -3151,11 +3163,11 @@
class="td01"><span
class="cmtt-10">\descriptionname</span><a
id="dx1-8028"></a> </td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-2"
-class="td11"> <!--l. 1609--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td11"> <!--l. 1615--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmtt-10">Description</span>
<span
class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-3"
-class="td10"> <!--l. 1610--><p class="noindent" >Header
+class="td10"> <!--l. 1616--><p class="noindent" >Header
for
second
column
@@ -3177,11 +3189,11 @@
class="td01"><span
class="cmtt-10">\symbolname</span><a
id="dx1-8029"></a> </td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-2"
-class="td11"> <!--l. 1612--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td11"> <!--l. 1618--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmtt-10">Symbol</span>
<span
class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-3"
-class="td10"> <!--l. 1612--><p class="noindent" >Header
+class="td10"> <!--l. 1618--><p class="noindent" >Header
for
symbol
column
@@ -3200,13 +3212,13 @@
class="td01"><span
class="cmtt-10">\pagelistname</span><a
id="dx1-8030"></a> </td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-2"
-class="td11"> <!--l. 1614--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td11"> <!--l. 1620--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmtt-10">Page</span>
<span
class="cmtt-10">List</span>
<span
class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-3"
-class="td10"> <!--l. 1615--><p class="noindent" >Header
+class="td10"> <!--l. 1621--><p class="noindent" >Header
for
page
list
@@ -3225,11 +3237,11 @@
class="td01"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glssymbolsgroupname</span><a
id="dx1-8031"></a> </td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-2"
-class="td11"> <!--l. 1617--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td11"> <!--l. 1623--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmtt-10">Symbols</span>
<span
class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-3"
-class="td10"> <!--l. 1618--><p class="noindent" >Header
+class="td10"> <!--l. 1624--><p class="noindent" >Header
for
symbols
section
@@ -3248,11 +3260,11 @@
class="td01"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsnumbersgroupname</span><a
id="dx1-8032"></a> </td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-2"
-class="td11"> <!--l. 1620--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td11"> <!--l. 1626--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmtt-10">Numbers</span>
<span
class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-3"
-class="td10"> <!--l. 1620--><p class="noindent" >Header
+class="td10"> <!--l. 1626--><p class="noindent" >Header
for
numbers
section
@@ -3273,7 +3285,7 @@
</div><hr class="endfloat" />
</div>
-<!--l. 1626--><p class="indent" > As from version 4.12, multilingual support is provided by separate language modules that
+<!--l. 1632--><p class="indent" > As from version 4.12, multilingual support is provided by separate language modules that
need to be installed in addition to installing the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. You only need to install
the modules for the languages that you require. If the language module has an
@@ -3287,7 +3299,7 @@
are now provided by the appropriate language module. For further details about
information specific to a given language, please see the documentation for that language
module.
-</p><!--l. 1638--><p class="indent" > Examples of use: </p>
+</p><!--l. 1644--><p class="indent" > Examples of use: </p>
<ul class="itemize1">
<li class="itemize">Using <span
class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
@@ -3301,7 +3313,7 @@
 <br />\usepackage{babel}
 <br />\usepackage{glossaries}
</div>
- <!--l. 1645--><p class="nopar" > (<span
+ <!--l. 1651--><p class="nopar" > (<span
class="cmss-10">translator</span><a
id="dx1-8036"></a> is automatically loaded).
</p></li>
@@ -3315,7 +3327,7 @@
 <br />\usepackage{babel}
 <br />\usepackage[translate=babel]{glossaries}
</div>
- <!--l. 1653--><p class="nopar" > (<span
+ <!--l. 1659--><p class="nopar" > (<span
class="cmss-10">translator</span><a
id="dx1-8038"></a> isn’t loaded).
</p></li>
@@ -3330,7 +3342,7 @@
 <br />\setmainlanguage{english}
 <br />\usepackage{glossaries}
</div>
- <!--l. 1662--><p class="nopar" >
+ <!--l. 1668--><p class="nopar" >
</p></li>
<li class="itemize">Using <span
class="cmss-10">ngerman</span><a
@@ -3342,10 +3354,10 @@
 <br />\usepackage{ngerman}
 <br />\usepackage{glossaries}
</div>
- <!--l. 1669--><p class="nopar" >
+ <!--l. 1675--><p class="nopar" >
</p>
</li></ul>
-<!--l. 1673--><p class="indent" > Due to the varied nature of glossaries, it’s likely that the predefined translations may not
+<!--l. 1679--><p class="indent" > Due to the varied nature of glossaries, it’s likely that the predefined translations may not
be appropriate. If you are using the <span
class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
id="dx1-8041"></a> package and the <span
@@ -3361,7 +3373,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\deftranslation</span>) and load it using
<span
class="cmtt-10">\usedictionary</span>.
-</p><!--l. 1682--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the <span
+</p><!--l. 1688--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the <span
class="cmss-10">translator</span><a
id="dx1-8044"></a> dictionaries are loaded at the beginning of the document, so it
won’t have any effect if you put <span
@@ -3372,8 +3384,8 @@
further details. (Now with <span
class="cmss-10">beamer</span><a
id="dx1-8046"></a> documentation.) </div>
-</p><!--l. 1689--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1691--><p class="indent" > Your custom dictionary doesn’t have to be just a translation from English to another
+</p><!--l. 1695--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1697--><p class="indent" > Your custom dictionary doesn’t have to be just a translation from English to another
language. You may prefer to have a dictionary for a particular type of document. For
example, suppose your institution’s in-house reports have to have the glossary labelled as
“Nomenclature” and the page list should be labelled “Location”, then you can create a file
@@ -3384,7 +3396,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-20">
myinstitute-glossaries-dictionary-English.dict
</div>
-<!--l. 1699--><p class="nopar" > that contains the following:
+<!--l. 1705--><p class="nopar" > that contains the following:
</p>
@@ -3393,7 +3405,7 @@
 <br />\deftranslation{Glossary}{Nomenclature}
 <br />\deftranslation{Page List (glossaries)}{Location}
</div>
-<!--l. 1705--><p class="nopar" > You can now load it using:
+<!--l. 1711--><p class="nopar" > You can now load it using:
</p>
@@ -3400,13 +3412,13 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-22">
\usedictionary{myinstitute-glossaries-dictionary}
</div>
-<!--l. 1709--><p class="nopar" > (Make sure that <span
+<!--l. 1715--><p class="nopar" > (Make sure that <span
class="cmtt-10">myinstitute-glossaries-dictionary-English.dict </span>can be
found by <span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span>.) If you want to share your custom dictionary, you can upload it to
<a
href="http://www.ctan.org/" >CTAN</a>.
-</p><!--l. 1714--><p class="indent" > If you are using <span
+</p><!--l. 1720--><p class="indent" > If you are using <span
class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
id="dx1-8047"></a> and don’t want to use the <span
class="cmss-10">translator</span><a
@@ -3426,8 +3438,8 @@
 <br />    \renewcommand*{\acronymname}{List of Acronyms}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 1727--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1729--><p class="indent" > Note that <a
+<!--l. 1733--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 1735--><p class="indent" > Note that <a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
id="dx1-8050"></a></a> provides much better multi-lingual support than <a
@@ -3446,7 +3458,7 @@
</p>
<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><a
id="sec:newlang"></a>Creating a New Language Module</h5>
-<!--l. 1738--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+<!--l. 1744--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package now uses the <span
class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a
id="dx1-9001"></a> package to determine which language modules
@@ -3454,7 +3466,7 @@
<span
class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a
id="dx1-9002"></a> documentation.
-</p><!--l. 1743--><p class="indent" > To create a new language module, you need to at least create two files: <span
+</p><!--l. 1749--><p class="indent" > To create a new language module, you need to at least create two files: <span
class="cmtt-10">glossaries-</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">lang</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">.ldf</span>
@@ -3470,7 +3482,7 @@
id="dx1-9003"></a> (for example,
<span
class="cmtt-10">English</span>).
-</p><!--l. 1750--><p class="indent" > Here’s an example of <span
+</p><!--l. 1756--><p class="indent" > Here’s an example of <span
class="cmtt-10">glossaries-dictionary-English.dict</span>:
@@ -3486,7 +3498,7 @@
 <br />\providetranslation{Symbols (glossaries)}{Symbols}
 <br />\providetranslation{Numbers (glossaries)}{Numbers}
</div>
-<!--l. 1762--><p class="nopar" > You can use this as a template for your dictionary file. Change <span
+<!--l. 1768--><p class="nopar" > You can use this as a template for your dictionary file. Change <span
class="cmtt-10">English </span>to the <span
class="cmss-10">translator</span><a
id="dx1-9004"></a> name
@@ -3497,7 +3509,7 @@
and, for each <span
class="cmtt-10">\providetranslation</span>, change the second argument to the appropriate
translation.
-</p><!--l. 1770--><p class="indent" > Here’s an example of <span
+</p><!--l. 1776--><p class="indent" > Here’s an example of <span
class="cmtt-10">glossaries-english.ldf</span>:
@@ -3561,7 +3573,7 @@
 <br />\renewcommand*{\glsacrpluralsuffix}{\glspluralsuffix}
 <br />\renewcommand*{\glsupacrpluralsuffix}{\glstextup{\glspluralsuffix}}
</div>
-<!--l. 1828--><p class="nopar" > This is a somewhat longer file, but again you can use it as a template. Replace <span
+<!--l. 1834--><p class="nopar" > This is a somewhat longer file, but again you can use it as a template. Replace <span
class="cmtt-10">English </span>with
the <span
class="cmss-10">translator</span><a
@@ -3573,7 +3585,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glossariescaptions</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">lang</span>⟩, replace the
English text (such as “Glossaries”) with the appropriate translation.
-</p><!--l. 1837--><p class="indent" > <span
+</p><!--l. 1843--><p class="indent" > <span
class="cmbx-10">Note: </span>the suffixes used to generate the plural forms when the plural hasn’t been specified
are given by <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix </span>(for general entries) and <span
@@ -3586,7 +3598,7 @@
set before the entry is defined and so the definitions aren’t included in the caption mechanism
as that’s not switched on until the start of the document. This means that the suffix in effect
will be for the last loaded language.
-</p><!--l. 1848--><p class="indent" > If you want to add a regional variation, create a file called <span
+</p><!--l. 1854--><p class="indent" > If you want to add a regional variation, create a file called <span
class="cmtt-10">glossaries-</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">iso lang</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">-</span>⟨<span
@@ -3622,8 +3634,8 @@
 <br />   }%
 <br /> }
</div>
-<!--l. 1873--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1875--><p class="indent" > If the translations includes <a
+<!--l. 1879--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 1881--><p class="indent" > If the translations includes <a
href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a
id="dx1-9006"></a>s</a>, it’s necessary to provide code that’s
independent of the input encoding. Remember that while some users may use UTF-8, others
@@ -3630,7 +3642,7 @@
may use Latin-1 or any other supported encoding, but while users won’t appreciate
you enforcing your preference on them, it’s useful to provide a UTF-8 version for
XeLaTeX users.
-</p><!--l. 1882--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 1888--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">glossaries-irish.ldf </span>file provides this as follows:
@@ -3671,16 +3683,16 @@
 <br />  \glossariescaptionsirish
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 1919--><p class="nopar" > (Again you can use this as a template. Replace <span
+<!--l. 1925--><p class="nopar" > (Again you can use this as a template. Replace <span
class="cmtt-10">irish </span>with your root language label and
<span
class="cmtt-10">Irish </span>with the <span
class="cmss-10">translator</span><a
id="dx1-9007"></a> dictionary label.)
-</p><!--l. 1924--><p class="indent" > There are now two extra files: <span
+</p><!--l. 1930--><p class="indent" > There are now two extra files: <span
class="cmtt-10">glossaries-irish-noenc.ldf </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">glossaries-irish-utf8.ldf</span>.
-</p><!--l. 1927--><p class="indent" > These both define <span
+</p><!--l. 1933--><p class="indent" > These both define <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossariescaptionsirish </span>but the <span
class="cmtt-10">*-noenc.ldf </span>uses <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span></span> accent
@@ -3697,7 +3709,7 @@
 <br />    \renewcommand*{\entryname}{\textirish{Ciall}}%
 <br />    \renewcommand*{\descriptionname}{\textirish{Tuairisc}}%
 <br />    \renewcommand*{\symbolname}{\textirish{Comhartha}}%
- <br />    \renewcommand*{\glssymbolsgroupname}{\textirish{Comhartha\’{\i}}}%
+ <br />    \renewcommand*{\glssymbolsgroupname}{\textirish{Comhartha\'{\i}}}%
 <br />    \renewcommand*{\pagelistname}{\textirish{Leathanaigh}}%
 <br />    \renewcommand*{\glsnumbersgroupname}{\textirish{Uimhreacha}}%
 <br />  }%
@@ -3709,21 +3721,21 @@
 <br />    \renewcommand*{\entryname}{Ciall}%
 <br />    \renewcommand*{\descriptionname}{Tuairisc}%
 <br />    \renewcommand*{\symbolname}{Comhartha}%
- <br />    \renewcommand*{\glssymbolsgroupname}{Comhartha\’{\i}}%
+ <br />    \renewcommand*{\glssymbolsgroupname}{Comhartha\'{\i}}%
 <br />    \renewcommand*{\pagelistname}{Leathanaigh}%
 <br />    \renewcommand*{\glsnumbersgroupname}{Uimhreacha}%
 <br />  }%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 1955--><p class="nopar" > whereas the <span
+<!--l. 1961--><p class="nopar" > whereas the <span
class="cmtt-10">*-utf8.ldf </span>replaces the accent commands with the appropriate UTF-8
characters.
-</p><!--l. 1960--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1966--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 1960--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 1966--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.4 </span> <a
id="sec:makeglossaries"></a>Generating the Associated Glossary Files</h3>
-<!--l. 1963--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This section is only applicable if you have chosen Options <a
+<!--l. 1969--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This section is only applicable if you have chosen Options <a
href="#option2">2</a> or <a
href="#option3">3</a>. You can ignore this
section if you have chosen <a
@@ -3735,8 +3747,8 @@
id="dx1-10002"></a> contains any <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span></span> commands.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 1968--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1970--><p class="noindent" >If this section seriously confuses you, and you can’t work out how to run <a
+</p><!--l. 1974--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1976--><p class="noindent" >If this section seriously confuses you, and you can’t work out how to run <a
href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-10003"></a></a> or
@@ -3751,7 +3763,7 @@
href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">Sorting Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-sort --></a>,
but you will need <span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span>’s shell escape enabled.
-</p><!--l. 1976--><p class="indent" > In order to generate a sorted glossary with compact <a
+</p><!--l. 1982--><p class="indent" > In order to generate a sorted glossary with compact <a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
id="dx1-10006"></a>s</a>, it is necessary to use an
@@ -3792,7 +3804,7 @@
class="cmsy-10">§</span>11 </a><a
href="#sec:xindy">Xindy (Option
3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 1992--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This is a multi-stage process, but there are methods of automating
+</p><!--l. 1998--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This is a multi-stage process, but there are methods of automating
document compilation using applications such as <span
class="cmtt-10">latexmk</span><a
id="dx1-10014"></a> and <span
@@ -3802,8 +3814,8 @@
href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/thesis/html/build.html" class="url" ><span
class="cmtt-10">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/thesis/html/build.html</span></a> for more information.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 1998--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2000--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 2004--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2006--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package comes with the Perl script <a
href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
@@ -3838,7 +3850,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">http://www.perl.org/about.html</span></a> and <a
href="http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/158796/miktex-and-perl-scripts-and-one-python-script" >MiKTeX and Perl scripts (and one Python
script)</a>.
-</p><!--l. 2015--><p class="indent" > The advantages of using <span
+</p><!--l. 2021--><p class="indent" > The advantages of using <span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-10021"></a>: </p>
<ul class="itemize1">
@@ -3910,7 +3922,7 @@
class="cmsy-10">§</span>11.2 </a><a
href="#sec:xindyloc">Locations and Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindyloc --></a>.)
</li></ul>
-<!--l. 2042--><p class="indent" > As from version 4.16, the <span
+<!--l. 2048--><p class="indent" > As from version 4.16, the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package also comes with a Lua script called
<a
href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span
@@ -3937,7 +3949,7 @@
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
id="dx1-10044"></a></a>).
-</p><!--l. 2052--><p class="indent" > If things go wrong and you can’t work out why your glossaries aren’t being generated
+</p><!--l. 2058--><p class="indent" > If things go wrong and you can’t work out why your glossaries aren’t being generated
correctly, you can use <a
href="#glo:makeglossariesgui"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossariesgui</span><a
@@ -3949,7 +3961,7 @@
href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua</span><a
id="dx1-10047"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 2058--><p class="indent" > Whilst I strongly recommended that you use the <a
+</p><!--l. 2064--><p class="indent" > Whilst I strongly recommended that you use the <a
href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-10048"></a></a> Perl script or the
@@ -3968,7 +3980,7 @@
id="dx1-10051"></a></a>. These are listed in
<a
href="#tab:makeglossariesCmds">table 1.3</a>.
-</p><!--l. 2065--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you are choosing not to use <span
+</p><!--l. 2071--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you are choosing not to use <span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-10052"></a> because you don’t want to install Perl,
you will only be able to use <span
@@ -3980,8 +3992,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">epstopdf </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">latexmk</span>, so it’s well-worth the effort to install Perl.)
</div>
-</p><!--l. 2071--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2073--><p class="indent" > Note that if any of your entries use an entry that is not referenced outside
+</p><!--l. 2077--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2079--><p class="indent" > Note that if any of your entries use an entry that is not referenced outside
the glossary, you will need to do an additional <a
href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
@@ -4006,7 +4018,7 @@
 <br />\newglossaryentry{orange}{name={orange},
 <br />description={an orange coloured fruit.}}
</div>
-<!--l. 2086--><p class="nopar" > and suppose you have <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 2092--><p class="nopar" > and suppose you have <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{citrusfruit}</span></span></span> in your document but don’t reference
the <span
class="cmtt-10">orange </span>entry, then the <span
@@ -4034,7 +4046,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries myDoc</span>
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">latex myDoc</span></span>
-</p><!--l. 2100--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10>
+</p><!--l. 2106--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10>
(Note that if you use <a
href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>, this will be done automatically for you if
@@ -4042,7 +4054,7 @@
class="cmss-10">indexcrossrefs </span>feature is enabled. See the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>user guide for further
details.)
-</p><!--l. 2106--><p class="indent" > Likewise, an additional <a
+</p><!--l. 2112--><p class="indent" > Likewise, an additional <a
href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-10063"></a></a> and <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
@@ -4054,7 +4066,7 @@
href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
id="dx1-10064"></a>s</a> in the glossary
may need updating.
-</p><!--l. 2114--><p class="indent" > The examples in this document assume that you are accessing <a
+</p><!--l. 2120--><p class="indent" > The examples in this document assume that you are accessing <a
href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-10065"></a></a>, <a
@@ -4075,7 +4087,7 @@
class="cmmi-10">></span><span
class="cmss-10">Accessories</span>
menu.
-</p><!--l. 2120--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, your text editor may have the facility to create a function that will call the
+</p><!--l. 2126--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, your text editor may have the facility to create a function that will call the
required application. The article <a
href="http://www.latex-community.org/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=263:glossaries-nomenclature-lists-of-symbols-and-acronyms&catid=55:latex-general&Itemid=114" >“Glossaries, Nomenclature, List of Symbols and
Acronyms”</a> in the <a
@@ -4091,7 +4103,7 @@
class="E">E</span>X</span></span> to Write a PhD Thesis”</a> describes how
to do it for TeXWorks. For other editors see the editor’s user manual for further
details.
-</p><!--l. 2136--><p class="indent" > If any problems occur, remember to check the transcript files (e.g. <span
+</p><!--l. 2142--><p class="indent" > If any problems occur, remember to check the transcript files (e.g. <span
class="cmtt-10">.glg</span><a
id="dx1-10068"></a> or <span
class="cmtt-10">.alg</span><a
@@ -4101,7 +4113,7 @@
<div class="table">
-<!--l. 2139--><p class="indent" > <a
+<!--l. 2145--><p class="indent" > <a
id="tab:makeglossariesCmds"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float"
>
@@ -4202,10 +4214,10 @@
</div><hr class="endfloat" />
</div>
-<!--l. 2162--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 2168--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.4.1 </span> <a
id="sec:makeglossariesapp"></a>Using the makeglossaries Perl Script</h4>
-<!--l. 2165--><p class="noindent" >The <a
+<!--l. 2171--><p class="noindent" >The <a
href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-11001"></a></a> script picks up the relevant information from the auxiliary (<span
@@ -4230,7 +4242,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries myDoc</span>
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">latex myDoc</span></span>
-</p><!--l. 2176--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10>
+</p><!--l. 2182--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10>
You may need to explicitly load <a
href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
@@ -4237,8 +4249,9 @@
id="dx1-11006"></a></a> into Perl: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">perl makeglossaries myDoc</span></span>
-</p><!--l. 2180--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10>
-</p><!--l. 2182--><p class="indent" > Windows users: TeX Live on Windows has its own internal Perl interpreter and provides
+</p><!--l. 2186--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10>
+</p><!--l. 2188--><p class="indent" > Windows users: <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live on Windows has its own internal Perl interpreter and provides
<span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries.exe </span>as a convenient wrapper for the <a
href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
@@ -4275,7 +4288,7 @@
href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-11010"></a></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 2203--><p class="indent" > The <a
+</p><!--l. 2209--><p class="indent" > The <a
href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-11011"></a></a> script attempts to fork the <a
@@ -4311,7 +4324,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">-q</span><a
id="dx1-11019"></a> (quiet) switch doesn’t work as
well.
-</p><!--l. 2215--><p class="indent" > You can specify in which directory the <span
+</p><!--l. 2221--><p class="indent" > You can specify in which directory the <span
class="cmtt-10">.aux</span><a
id="dx1-11020"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">.glo</span><a
@@ -4324,7 +4337,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries -d myTmpDir myDoc</span></span>
-</p><!--l. 2221--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10>
+</p><!--l. 2227--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10>
Note that <span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-11022"></a> assumes by default that <span
@@ -4344,7 +4357,7 @@
class="cmti-10">path/to/xindy</span>⟩ for <span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
id="dx1-11028"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 2228--><p class="indent" > As from <a
+</p><!--l. 2234--><p class="indent" > As from <a
href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-11029"></a></a> v2.18, if you are using <a
@@ -4368,7 +4381,7 @@
 <br />\printglossaries
 <br />\end{document}
</div>
-<!--l. 2244--><p class="nopar" > If you explicitly use <a
+<!--l. 2250--><p class="nopar" > If you explicitly use <a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
id="dx1-11032"></a></a>, this will cause a warning and the location list
@@ -4386,7 +4399,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
id="dx1-11035"></a> won’t produce any warning and will simply discard
duplicates.
-</p><!--l. 2253--><p class="indent" > The <a
+</p><!--l. 2259--><p class="indent" > The <a
href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-11036"></a></a> script contains POD (Plain Old Documentation). If you want, you
@@ -4399,19 +4412,19 @@
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries --help </span>for a list of all options or
<span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries --version </span>for the version number.
-</p><!--l. 2260--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> When upgrading the <span
+</p><!--l. 2266--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> When upgrading the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, make sure you also upgrade your version of
<a
href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-11039"></a></a>. The current version is 2.19. </div>
-</p><!--l. 2264--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2266--><p class="noindent" >
+ id="dx1-11039"></a></a>. The current version is 2.20. </div>
+</p><!--l. 2270--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2272--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 2266--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 2272--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.4.2 </span> <a
id="sec:makeglossarieslua"></a>Using the makeglossaries-lite.lua Lua Script</h4>
-<!--l. 2269--><p class="noindent" >The Lua alternative to the <a
+<!--l. 2275--><p class="noindent" >The Lua alternative to the <a
href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-12001"></a></a> Perl script requires a Lua interpreter, which
@@ -4431,23 +4444,33 @@
class="cmtt-10">-d</span><a
id="dx1-12004"></a>
option.)
-</p><!--l. 2279--><p class="indent" > The <a
+</p><!--l. 2285--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span class="TEX">T<span
+class="E">E</span>X</span> Live on Unix-like systems creates a symbolic link called
+<span
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite </span>(without the <span
+class="cmtt-10">.lua </span>extension) to the actual <span
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua</span>
+script, so you may not need to supply the extension. </div>
+</p><!--l. 2291--><p class="noindent" >
+
+
+</p><!--l. 2293--><p class="indent" > The <a
href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua</span><a
id="dx1-12005"></a></a> script can be invoked in the same way as <a
href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-12006"></a></a>
-but you need to remember the <span
-class="cmtt-10">.lua </span>extension. For example, if your document is called
-<span
+ id="dx1-12006"></a></a>.
+For example, if your document is called <span
class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, then do <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua myDoc</span></span>
-
-
-</p><!--l. 2285--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10>
-</p><!--l. 2287--><p class="indent" > <span
+</p><!--l. 2298--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10>
+or <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+ <br /><span
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite myDoc</span></span>
+</p><!--l. 2302--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10>
+</p><!--l. 2304--><p class="indent" > <span
class="cmti-10">Some </span>of the options available with <a
href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
@@ -4458,15 +4481,15 @@
id="dx1-12008"></a></a>. For a complete list of available options, do <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua --help</span></span>
-</p><!--l. 2292--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10>
-</p><!--l. 2296--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2309--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10>
+</p><!--l. 2313--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 2296--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 2313--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.4.3 </span> <a
id="sec:xindyapp"></a>Using <a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> explicitly (Option 3)</h4>
-<!--l. 2299--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 2316--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">Xindy</span><a
id="dx1-13001"></a></a> comes with <span class="TEX">T<span
@@ -4477,7 +4500,7 @@
href="http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/71167/how-to-use-xindy-with-miktex" >How to use Xindy with MikTeX</a> on <a
href="http://www.stackexchange.com/" ><span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span> on StackExchange</a>.
-</p><!--l. 2305--><p class="indent" > If you want to use <a
+</p><!--l. 2322--><p class="indent" > If you want to use <a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
id="dx1-13002"></a></a> to process the glossary files, you must make sure you have used
@@ -4490,7 +4513,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-31">
\usepackage[xindy]{glossaries}
</div>
-<!--l. 2310--><p class="nopar" > This is required regardless of whether you use <a
+<!--l. 2327--><p class="nopar" > This is required regardless of whether you use <a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
id="dx1-13004"></a></a> explicitly or whether it’s called
@@ -4512,7 +4535,7 @@
id="dx1-13009"></a>
<span
class="cmtt-10">tex</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2317--><p class="indent" > To run <a
+</p><!--l. 2334--><p class="indent" > To run <a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
id="dx1-13010"></a></a> type the following in your terminal (all on one line): <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
@@ -4531,7 +4554,7 @@
⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">base</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">.glo</span></span>
-</p><!--l. 2321--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10>
+</p><!--l. 2338--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10>
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">language</span>⟩ is the required language name, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">encoding</span>⟩ is the encoding, ⟨<span
@@ -4557,7 +4580,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}</span>. You may need to specify the full path name depending
on the current working directory. If any of the file names contain spaces, you must delimit
them using double-quotes.
-</p><!--l. 2332--><p class="indent" > For example, if your document is called <span
+</p><!--l. 2349--><p class="indent" > For example, if your document is called <span
class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex </span>and you are using UTF8 encoding in
English, then type the following in your terminal: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
<br /><span
@@ -4564,8 +4587,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc -t myDoc.glg -o myDoc.gls</span>
<span
class="cmtt-10">myDoc.glo</span></span>
-</p><!--l. 2337--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10>
-</p><!--l. 2339--><p class="indent" > Note that this just creates the main glossary. You need to do the same for each of
+</p><!--l. 2354--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10>
+</p><!--l. 2356--><p class="indent" > Note that this just creates the main glossary. You need to do the same for each of
the other glossaries (including the list of acronyms if you have used the <span
class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
id="dx1-13016"></a>
@@ -4584,12 +4607,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc -t myDoc.alg -o myDoc.acr</span>
<span
class="cmtt-10">myDoc.acn</span></span>
-</p><!--l. 2348--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10>
+</p><!--l. 2365--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10>
For additional glossaries, the extensions are those supplied when you created the glossary
with <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossary</span><a
id="dx1-13021"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 2352--><p class="indent" > Note that if you use <a
+</p><!--l. 2369--><p class="indent" > Note that if you use <a
href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-13022"></a></a> instead, you can replace all those calls to <a
@@ -4601,7 +4624,7 @@
id="dx1-13024"></a>: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries myDoc</span></span>
-</p><!--l. 2357--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10>
+</p><!--l. 2374--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10>
Note also that some commands and package options have no effect if you use <a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
@@ -4610,16 +4633,16 @@
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-13026"></a>. These are listed in <a
href="#tab:makeglossariesCmds">table 1.3</a>.
-</p><!--l. 2365--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2382--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 2365--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 2382--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.4.4 </span> <a
id="sec:makeindexapp"></a>Using <a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> explicitly (Option 2)</h4>
-<!--l. 2368--><p class="noindent" >If you want to use <a
+<!--l. 2385--><p class="noindent" >If you want to use <a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
id="dx1-14001"></a></a> explicitly, you must make sure that you haven’t used the <span
@@ -4639,7 +4662,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">.gls </span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">base</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">.glo</span></span>
-</p><!--l. 2375--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10>
+</p><!--l. 2392--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10>
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">base</span>⟩ is the name of your document without the <span
class="cmtt-10">.tex</span><a
@@ -4665,12 +4688,12 @@
the <span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
id="dx1-14010"></a> manual for further details.
-</p><!--l. 2384--><p class="indent" > For example, if your document is called <span
+</p><!--l. 2401--><p class="indent" > For example, if your document is called <span
class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, then type the following at the
terminal: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex -s myDoc.ist -t myDoc.glg -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo</span></span>
-</p><!--l. 2388--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10>
+</p><!--l. 2405--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10>
Note that this only creates the main glossary. If you have additional glossaries (for example, if
you have used the <span
class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
@@ -4691,12 +4714,12 @@
<spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex -s myDoc.ist -t myDoc.alg -o myDoc.acr myDoc.acn</span></span>
-</p><!--l. 2399--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10>
+</p><!--l. 2416--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10>
For additional glossaries, the extensions are those supplied when you created the glossary
with <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossary</span><a
id="dx1-14017"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 2403--><p class="indent" > Note that if you use <a
+</p><!--l. 2420--><p class="indent" > Note that if you use <a
href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-14018"></a></a> instead, you can replace all those calls to <a
@@ -4708,7 +4731,7 @@
id="dx1-14020"></a>: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries myDoc</span></span>
-</p><!--l. 2408--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10>
+</p><!--l. 2425--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10>
Note also that some commands and package options have no effect if you use <span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
id="dx1-14021"></a>
@@ -4717,12 +4740,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-14022"></a></a>. These are listed in <a
href="#tab:makeglossariesCmds">table 1.3</a>.
-</p><!--l. 2415--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2432--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 2415--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 2432--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.4.5 </span> <a
id="sec:notedev"></a>Note to Front-End and Script Developers</h4>
-<!--l. 2418--><p class="noindent" >The information needed to determine whether to use <a
+<!--l. 2435--><p class="noindent" >The information needed to determine whether to use <a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
id="dx1-15001"></a></a> or <a
@@ -4733,8 +4756,8 @@
information can be gathered by a front-end, editor or script to make the glossaries where
appropriate. This section describes how the information is stored in the auxiliary
file.
-</p><!--l. 2425--><p class="indent" > The file extensions used by each defined glossary are given by
-</p><!--l. 2426--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2442--><p class="indent" > The file extensions used by each defined glossary are given by
+</p><!--l. 2443--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\@newglossary</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-15003"></a> <span
@@ -4747,7 +4770,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">in-ext</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2428--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2445--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">in-ext</span>⟩ is the extension of the <a
href="#glo:indexingapp"><span
@@ -4771,10 +4794,10 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-32">
\@newglossary{main}{glg}{gls}{glo}
</div>
-<!--l. 2441--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2443--><p class="indent" > The <a
+<!--l. 2458--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2460--><p class="indent" > The <a
href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application’s</a> style file is specified by
-</p><!--l. 2444--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2461--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\@istfilename</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-15004"></a> <span
@@ -4781,7 +4804,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\@istfilename{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">filename</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2446--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2463--><p class="noindent" >
The file extension indicates whether to use <a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
@@ -4796,8 +4819,8 @@
Note that the glossary information is formatted differently depending on which
indexing application is supposed to be used, so it’s important to call the correct
one.
-</p><!--l. 2453--><p class="indent" > Word or letter ordering is specified by:
-</p><!--l. 2454--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2470--><p class="indent" > Word or letter ordering is specified by:
+</p><!--l. 2471--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\@glsorder</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-15009"></a> <span
@@ -4804,17 +4827,17 @@
class="cmtt-10">\@glsorder{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">order</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2456--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2473--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">order</span>⟩ can be either <span
class="cmtt-10">word </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">letter</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2459--><p class="indent" > If <a
+</p><!--l. 2476--><p class="indent" > If <a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
id="dx1-15010"></a></a> should be used, the language and code page for each glossary is specified
by
-</p><!--l. 2461--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2478--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\@xdylanguage</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-15011"></a><span class="marginpar"><span
@@ -4832,7 +4855,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2464--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2481--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ identifies the glossary, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">language</span>⟩ is the root language (e.g. <span
@@ -4844,10 +4867,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
id="dx1-15013"></a></a> should be
used.
-</p><!--l. 2470--><p class="indent" > If <a
+</p><!--l. 2487--><p class="indent" > If <a
href="#option1">Option 1</a> has been used, the <span
class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file will contain
-</p><!--l. 2472--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+</p><!--l. 2489--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\@gls at reference{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">type</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -4855,16 +4878,16 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2473--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2490--><p class="noindent" >
for every time an entry has been referenced.
</p>
-<!--l. 2476--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 2476--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 2493--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 2493--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">2. <a
id="sec:pkgopts"></a>Package Options</h2>
-</p><!--l. 2479--><p class="indent" > This section describes the available <span
+</p><!--l. 2496--><p class="indent" > This section describes the available <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package options. You may omit the <span
class="cmtt-10">=true </span>for
boolean options. (For example, <span
@@ -4872,7 +4895,7 @@
id="dx1-16001"></a> is equivalent to <span
class="cmss-10">acronym=true</span><a
id="dx1-16002"></a>).
-</p><!--l. 2483--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 2500--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span
class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ package options can’t be passed via the document class options.
(This includes options where the ⟨<span
@@ -4887,9 +4910,9 @@
class="cmss-10">makeindex</span><a
id="dx1-16004"></a>) may be passed via the document class options.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 2490--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2507--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 2492--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 2509--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.1 </span> <a
id="sec:pkgopts-general"></a>General Options</h3>
<dl class="description"><dt class="description">
@@ -4944,7 +4967,7 @@
 <br />\printglossaries
 <br />\end{document}
</div>
- <!--l. 2526--><p class="nopar" > Here, only the <span
+ <!--l. 2543--><p class="nopar" > Here, only the <span
class="cmtt-10">sample1 </span>entry has been indexed, even though <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsadd{sample2}</span></span></span>
appears in the source code. This is because the associated file is opened by
@@ -4955,7 +4978,7 @@
the file isn’t open yet, the information can’t be written to it, which is why the <span
class="cmtt-10">sample2</span>
entry doesn’t appear in the glossary.
- </p><!--l. 2535--><p class="noindent" >This situation doesn’t cause any errors or warnings as it’s perfectly legitimate for a user
+ </p><!--l. 2552--><p class="noindent" >This situation doesn’t cause any errors or warnings as it’s perfectly legitimate for a user
to want to use <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>to format the entries (e.g. abbreviation expansion) but not
display any lists of terms, abbreviations, symbols etc. Without <span
@@ -4964,19 +4987,19 @@
class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span>) the indexing is suppressed but, other than that, commands
like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>behave as usual.
- </p><!--l. 2543--><p class="noindent" >The debug mode, enabled with the <span
+ </p><!--l. 2560--><p class="noindent" >The debug mode, enabled with the <span
class="cmss-10">debug</span><a
id="dx1-17009"></a> option, will write information to the log file
when the indexing can’t occur because the associated file isn’t open. The message is
written in the form
</p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 2548--><p class="noindent" >Package glossaries Info: wrglossary(⟨<span
+ <!--l. 2565--><p class="noindent" >Package glossaries Info: wrglossary(⟨<span
class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩)(⟨<span
class="cmti-10">line</span>⟩) on input line ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">line</span>
<span
class="cmti-10">number</span>⟩.</p></div>
- <!--l. 2551--><p class="noindent" >where ⟨<span
+ <!--l. 2568--><p class="noindent" >where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩ is the glossary label and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">line</span>⟩ is the line of text that would’ve been written to
the associated file if it had been open. So if any entries haven’t appeared in the glossary
@@ -5047,7 +5070,7 @@
class="cmsy-10">§</span>12 </a><a
href="#sec:newglossary">Defining New
Glossaries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglossary --></a>).
- <!--l. 2580--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you don’t use the main glossary and you don’t use this option, <a
+ <!--l. 2597--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you don’t use the main glossary and you don’t use this option, <a
href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-17023"></a></a> will
@@ -5056,9 +5079,9 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">Warning:</span><span
class="cmtt-10"> File</span><span
-class="cmtt-10"> ’</span><span
+class="cmtt-10"> '</span><span
class="cmitt-10">filename</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">.glo’</span><span
+class="cmtt-10">.glo'</span><span
class="cmtt-10"> is</span><span
class="cmtt-10"> empty.</span>
<br /><span
@@ -5071,7 +5094,7 @@
class="cmtt-10"> in</span><span
class="cmtt-10"> glossary</span>
<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">’main’?</span>
+class="cmtt-10">'main'?</span>
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">Remember</span><span
class="cmtt-10"> to</span><span
@@ -5078,11 +5101,11 @@
class="cmtt-10"> use</span><span
class="cmtt-10"> package</span><span
class="cmtt-10"> option</span><span
-class="cmtt-10"> ’nomain’</span><span
+class="cmtt-10"> 'nomain'</span><span
class="cmtt-10"> if</span>
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">you</span><span
-class="cmtt-10"> don’t</span><span
+class="cmtt-10"> don't</span><span
class="cmtt-10"> want</span><span
class="cmtt-10"> to</span><span
class="cmtt-10"> use</span><span
@@ -5095,7 +5118,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
id="dx1-17024"></a>.
</div>
- <!--l. 2593--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 2610--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmssbx-10">sanitizesort</span><a
@@ -5111,7 +5134,7 @@
\newglossaryentry{hash}{name={\#},sort={#},
 <br /> description={hash symbol}}
</div>
- <!--l. 2602--><p class="nopar" > The sort value (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+ <!--l. 2619--><p class="nopar" > The sort value (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">#</span></span></span>) must be sanitized before writing it to the glossary file, otherwise
<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span></span> will try to interpret it as a parameter reference. If, on the other hand, you
@@ -5127,13 +5150,13 @@
 <br />  sort={\mysortvalue},
 <br />  description={an example}}
</div>
- <!--l. 2614--><p class="nopar" > and you actually want <span
+ <!--l. 2631--><p class="nopar" > and you actually want <span
class="cmtt-10">\mysortvalue </span>expanded, so that the entry is sorted according
to <span
class="cmtt-10">AAA</span>, then use the package option <span
class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=false</span><a
id="dx1-17027"></a>.
- </p><!--l. 2619--><p class="noindent" >The default for Options <a
+ </p><!--l. 2636--><p class="noindent" >The default for Options <a
href="#option2">2</a> and <a
href="#option3">3</a> is <span
class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=true</span><a
@@ -5161,16 +5184,16 @@
<span
class="cmss-10">etex</span><a
id="dx1-17033"></a>.
- <!--l. 2633--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This option can significantly slow document compilation. As an alternative, you can
+ <!--l. 2650--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This option can significantly slow document compilation. As an alternative, you can
use the <span
class="cmss-10">scrwfile</span><a
id="dx1-17034"></a> package (part of the KOMA-Script bundle) and not use this option.
</div>
- </p><!--l. 2637--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 2639--><p class="noindent" >You can also reduce the number of write registers by using <a
+ </p><!--l. 2654--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 2656--><p class="noindent" >You can also reduce the number of write registers by using <a
href="#option1">Option 1</a> or by ensuring you
define all your glossary entries in the preamble.
- </p><!--l. 2643--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use <span class="TEX">T<span
+ </p><!--l. 2660--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use <span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span>’s <span
class="cmtt-10">\write18</span><a
id="dx1-17035"></a> mechanism to call <a
@@ -5202,8 +5225,8 @@
 <br />-t \jobname.glg -o \jobname.gls \jobname}
 <br />\let\glswritefiles\relax
</div>
- <!--l. 2655--><p class="nopar" > </div>
- </p><!--l. 2656--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 2672--><p class="nopar" > </div>
+ </p><!--l. 2673--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmssbx-10">translate</span><a
@@ -5267,7 +5290,7 @@
id="dx1-17059"></a> package. Instead load <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-babel</span><a
id="dx1-17060"></a>.
- <!--l. 2681--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> I recommend you use <span
+ <!--l. 2698--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> I recommend you use <span
class="cmss-10">translate=babel</span><a
id="dx1-17061"></a> if you have any problems with the
translations or with PDF bookmarks, but to maintain backward compatibility, if
@@ -5276,10 +5299,10 @@
id="dx1-17062"></a> has been loaded the default is <span
class="cmss-10">translate=true</span><a
id="dx1-17063"></a>. </div>
- </p><!--l. 2686--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 2703--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
</dd></dl>
- <!--l. 2690--><p class="noindent" >If <span
+ <!--l. 2707--><p class="noindent" >If <span
class="cmss-10">translate</span><a
id="dx1-17064"></a> is specified without a value, <span
class="cmss-10">translate=true</span><a
@@ -5298,7 +5321,7 @@
Otherwise <span
class="cmss-10">translate=false</span><a
id="dx1-17071"></a> is assumed.
- </p><!--l. 2696--><p class="noindent" >See <a
+ </p><!--l. 2713--><p class="noindent" >See <a
href="#sec:fixednames"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.3.1 </a><a
href="#sec:fixednames">Changing the Fixed Names<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:fixednames --></a> for further details.
@@ -5330,18 +5353,18 @@
 <br />  {glossaries}
 <br />\newglossary[nlg]{notation}{not}{ntn}{Notation}
</div>
- <!--l. 2712--><p class="nopar" > The values must be fully expanded, so <span
+ <!--l. 2729--><p class="nopar" > The values must be fully expanded, so <span
class="cmbx-10">don’t </span>try <span
class="cmtt-10">nohypertypes=\acronymtype</span><a
id="dx1-17076"></a>. You
may also use
- </p><!--l. 2716--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span
+ </p><!--l. 2733--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsDeclareNoHyperList</span><a
id="dx1-17077"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 2717--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 2734--><p class="noindent" >
instead or additionally. See <a
href="#sec:glslink"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>6 </a><a
@@ -5383,7 +5406,7 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span><a
id="dx1-17087"></a>).
- <!--l. 2733--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+ <!--l. 2750--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">hyperfirst</span><a
id="dx1-17088"></a> setting applies to all glossary types (unless identified by <span
class="cmss-10">nohypertypes</span><a
@@ -5395,7 +5418,7 @@
class="cmss-10">hyper</span><a
id="dx1-17091"></a> key when referencing an entry (or by using the plus or
starred version of the referencing command).
- </p><!--l. 2740--><p class="noindent" >It may be that you only want to apply this to just the acronyms (where the first use
+ </p><!--l. 2757--><p class="noindent" >It may be that you only want to apply this to just the acronyms (where the first use
explains the meaning of the acronym) but not for ordinary glossary entries (where the
first use is identical to subsequent uses). In this case, you can use <span
class="cmss-10">hyperfirst=false</span><a
@@ -5412,14 +5435,14 @@
 <br /> % at the end of the preamble
 <br /> \glsunsetall[main]
</div>
- <!--l. 2752--><p class="nopar" >
- </p><!--l. 2754--><p class="noindent" >Alternatively you can redefine the hook
- </p><!--l. 2755--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 2769--><p class="nopar" >
+ </p><!--l. 2771--><p class="noindent" >Alternatively you can redefine the hook
+ </p><!--l. 2772--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-17093"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 2757--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 2774--><p class="noindent" >
which is used by the commands that check the <a
href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>, such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
@@ -5450,8 +5473,8 @@
 <br /> }%
 <br />}
</div>
- <!--l. 2773--><p class="nopar" >
- </p><!--l. 2775--><p class="noindent" >Note that this hook isn’t used by the commands that don’t check the <a
+ <!--l. 2790--><p class="nopar" >
+ </p><!--l. 2792--><p class="noindent" >Note that this hook isn’t used by the commands that don’t check the <a
href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>, such
as <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span><a
@@ -5484,8 +5507,8 @@
href="#fn1x2" id="fn1x2-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.1</sup></a></span><a
id="x1-17105f1"></a> (since
that’s the purpose of that command).
- <!--l. 2789--><p class="noindent" >You can customise this by redefining
- </p><!--l. 2790--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 2806--><p class="noindent" >You can customise this by redefining
+ </p><!--l. 2807--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glswriteentry</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-17106"></a> <span
@@ -5494,7 +5517,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">wr-code</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 2792--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 2809--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">wr-code</span>⟩ is the code that writes the entry’s
@@ -5513,7 +5536,7 @@
 <br />  \fi
 <br />}
</div>
- <!--l. 2804--><p class="nopar" > This checks the <span
+ <!--l. 2821--><p class="nopar" > This checks the <span
class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span><a
id="dx1-17107"></a> package option (using <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglsindexonlyfirst</span>) and does
@@ -5522,7 +5545,7 @@
class="cmss-10">false </span>otherwise it only does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">wr-code</span>⟩ of the entry hasn’t been
used.
- </p><!--l. 2810--><p class="noindent" >For example, suppose you only want to index the first use for entries in the <span
+ </p><!--l. 2827--><p class="noindent" >For example, suppose you only want to index the first use for entries in the <span
class="cmtt-10">acronym</span>
glossary and not in the <span
class="cmtt-10">main </span>(or any other) glossary:
@@ -5536,7 +5559,7 @@
 <br /> {#2}%
 <br />}
</div>
- <!--l. 2819--><p class="nopar" > Here I’ve used <span
+ <!--l. 2836--><p class="nopar" > Here I’ve used <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifthenelse </span>to ensure the arguments of <span
class="cmtt-10">\equal </span>are fully expanded
before the comparison is made.
@@ -5561,9 +5584,9 @@
Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>.) This is always true if you use <a
href="#option1">Option 1</a>.
</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 2832--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2849--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 2832--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 2849--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.2 </span> <a
id="sec:pkgopts-sec"></a>Sectioning, Headings and TOC Options</h3>
<dl class="description"><dt class="description">
@@ -5574,19 +5597,19 @@
class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run is
required with this option. Alternatively, you can switch this function on and off
using
- <!--l. 2839--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 2856--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glstoctrue</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-18002"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstoctrue </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 2841--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 2858--><p class="noindent" >
and
- </p><!--l. 2843--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ </p><!--l. 2860--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glstocfalse</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-18003"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstocfalse </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 2845--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 2862--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmssbx-10">numberline</span><a
@@ -5626,7 +5649,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-42">
\usepackage[section=subsection]{glossaries}
</div>
- <!--l. 2863--><p class="nopar" > You can omit the value if you want to use sections, i.e. 
+ <!--l. 2880--><p class="nopar" > You can omit the value if you want to use sections, i.e. 
</p>
@@ -5633,7 +5656,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-43">
\usepackage[section]{glossaries}
</div>
- <!--l. 2867--><p class="nopar" > is equivalent to
+ <!--l. 2884--><p class="nopar" > is equivalent to
</p>
@@ -5640,8 +5663,8 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-44">
\usepackage[section=section]{glossaries}
</div>
- <!--l. 2871--><p class="nopar" > You can change this value later in the document using
- </p><!--l. 2873--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 2888--><p class="nopar" > You can change this value later in the document using
+ </p><!--l. 2890--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\setglossarysection</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-18012"></a> <span
@@ -5648,11 +5671,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">\setglossarysection{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 2875--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 2892--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the sectional unit.
- </p><!--l. 2878--><p class="noindent" >The start of each glossary adds information to the page header via
- </p><!--l. 2879--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ </p><!--l. 2895--><p class="noindent" >The start of each glossary adds information to the page header via
+ </p><!--l. 2896--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsglossarymark</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-18013"></a> <span
@@ -5659,7 +5682,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsglossarymark{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary title</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 2881--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 2898--><p class="noindent" >
By default this uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\@mkboth</span><span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn2x2" id="fn2x2-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.2</sup></a></span><a
@@ -5671,7 +5694,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-45">
\renewcommand{\glsglossarymark}[1]{\markright{#1}}
</div>
- <!--l. 2888--><p class="nopar" > or to prevent it from changing the headers:
+ <!--l. 2905--><p class="nopar" > or to prevent it from changing the headers:
</p>
@@ -5678,13 +5701,13 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-46">
\renewcommand{\glsglossarymark}[1]{}
</div>
- <!--l. 2892--><p class="nopar" > If you want <span
+ <!--l. 2909--><p class="nopar" > If you want <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsglossarymark </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\MakeUppercase </span>in the header, use the <span
class="cmss-10">ucmark</span><a
id="dx1-18017"></a>
option described below.
- </p><!--l. 2896--><p class="noindent" >Occasionally you may find that another package defines <span
+ </p><!--l. 2913--><p class="noindent" >Occasionally you may find that another package defines <span
class="cmtt-10">\cleardoublepage </span>when it is
not required. This may cause an unwanted blank page to appear before each glossary.
This can be fixed by redefining <span class="marginpar"><span
@@ -5698,7 +5721,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-47">
\renewcommand*{\glsclearpage}{\clearpage}
</div>
- <!--l. 2902--><p class="nopar" >
+ <!--l. 2919--><p class="nopar" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmssbx-10">ucmark</span><a
@@ -5719,7 +5742,7 @@
href="#fn3x2" id="fn3x2-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.3</sup></a></span><a
id="x1-18025f3"></a>.
You can test whether this option has been set or not using
- <!--l. 2915--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 2932--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\ifglsucmark</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-18030"></a> <span
@@ -5728,7 +5751,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\else </span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">\fi </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 2917--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 2934--><p class="noindent" >
For example:
@@ -5741,7 +5764,7 @@
 <br />    \markright{#1}%
 <br />  \fi}
</div>
- <!--l. 2926--><p class="nopar" > If <span
+ <!--l. 2943--><p class="nopar" > If <span
class="cmss-10">memoir</span><a
id="dx1-18031"></a> has been loaded and <span
class="cmss-10">ucfirst</span><a
@@ -5785,13 +5808,13 @@
(via <span
class="cmtt-10">\label</span><a
id="dx1-18040"></a>). The label is formed from
- <!--l. 2947--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 2964--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsautoprefix</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-18041"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsautoprefix </span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">type</span>⟩ </div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 2949--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 2966--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩ is the label identifying that glossary. The default value of
<span
@@ -5804,7 +5827,7 @@
\usepackage[section,numberedsection=autolabel]
 <br />  {glossaries}
</div>
- <!--l. 2957--><p class="nopar" > then each glossary will appear in a numbered section, and can be referenced using
+ <!--l. 2974--><p class="nopar" > then each glossary will appear in a numbered section, and can be referenced using
something like:
@@ -5813,7 +5836,7 @@
The main glossary is in section~\ref{main} and
 <br />the list of acronyms is in section~\ref{acronym}.
</div>
- <!--l. 2963--><p class="nopar" > If you can’t decide whether to have the acronyms in the main glossary or a
+ <!--l. 2980--><p class="nopar" > If you can’t decide whether to have the acronyms in the main glossary or a
separate list of acronyms, you can use <span
class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span><a
id="dx1-18042"></a> which is set to <span
@@ -5831,7 +5854,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-51">
The list of acronyms is in section~\ref{\acronymtype}.
</div>
- <!--l. 2971--><p class="nopar" > You can redefine the prefix if the default label clashes with another label in your
+ <!--l. 2988--><p class="nopar" > You can redefine the prefix if the default label clashes with another label in your
document. For example:
@@ -5839,7 +5862,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-52">
\renewcommand*{\glsautoprefix}{glo:}
</div>
- <!--l. 2977--><p class="nopar" > will add <span
+ <!--l. 2994--><p class="nopar" > will add <span
class="cmtt-10">glo: </span>to the automatically generated label, so you can then, for example,
refer to the list of acronyms as follows:
@@ -5849,7 +5872,7 @@
The list of acronyms is in
 <br />section~\ref{glo:\acronymtype}.
</div>
- <!--l. 2983--><p class="nopar" > Or, if you are undecided on a prefix:
+ <!--l. 3000--><p class="nopar" > Or, if you are undecided on a prefix:
</p>
@@ -5857,7 +5880,7 @@
The list of acronyms is in
 <br />section~\ref{\glsautoprefix\acronymtype}.
</div>
- <!--l. 2988--><p class="nopar" >
+ <!--l. 3005--><p class="nopar" >
</p></li>
<li class="itemize"><span
class="cmss-10">nameref</span><a
@@ -5878,7 +5901,7 @@
\usepackage{nameref}
 <br />\usepackage[numberedsection=nameref]{glossaries}
</div>
- <!--l. 2997--><p class="nopar" > Now <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+ <!--l. 3014--><p class="nopar" > Now <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\nameref{main}</span></span></span> will display the (TOC) section title associated with the
<span
class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary. As above, you can redefine <span
@@ -5885,9 +5908,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsautoprefix </span>to provide a prefix for
the label.</p></li></ul>
</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 3005--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 3022--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 3005--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 3022--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.3 </span> <a
id="sec:pkgopts-printglos"></a>Glossary Appearance Options</h3>
<dl class="description"><dt class="description">
@@ -5904,9 +5927,9 @@
id="dx1-19003"></a><a
id="dx1-19004"></a><span
class="cmss-10">glossaryentry</span>.
- <!--l. 3015--><p class="noindent" >If you use this option, you can reference the entry number within the document
+ <!--l. 3032--><p class="noindent" >If you use this option, you can reference the entry number within the document
using
- </p><!--l. 3017--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ </p><!--l. 3034--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsrefentry</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-19005"></a> <span
@@ -5913,10 +5936,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 3019--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 3036--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the label associated with that glossary entry.
- </p><!--l. 3022--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span
+ </p><!--l. 3039--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry</span>, you must run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span></span> twice after creating the glossary files
using <a
@@ -5930,7 +5953,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
id="dx1-19008"></a></a> to ensure the cross-references are
up-to-date. </div>
- </p><!--l. 3027--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 3044--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmssbx-10">counterwithin</span><a
@@ -5946,7 +5969,7 @@
id="dx1-19011"></a> counter will be
reset every time ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ is incremented.
- <!--l. 3036--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <span
+ <!--l. 3053--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaryentry</span><a
id="dx1-19012"></a> counter isn’t automatically reset at the start of each glossary, except
when glossary section numbering is on and the counter used by <span
@@ -5953,19 +5976,19 @@
class="cmss-10">counterwithin</span><a
id="dx1-19013"></a> is the
same as the counter used in the glossary’s sectioning command. </div>
- </p><!--l. 3041--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 3043--><p class="noindent" >If you want the counter reset at the start of each glossary, you can redefine
+ </p><!--l. 3058--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 3060--><p class="noindent" >If you want the counter reset at the start of each glossary, you can redefine
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glossarypreamble</span><a
id="dx1-19014"></a> to use
- </p><!--l. 3045--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ </p><!--l. 3062--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsresetentrycounter</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-19015"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsresetentrycounter </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 3047--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 3064--><p class="noindent" >
which sets <span
class="cmss-10">glossaryentry</span><a
id="dx1-19016"></a> to zero:
@@ -5977,7 +6000,7 @@
 <br />  \glsresetentrycounter
 <br />}
</div>
- <!--l. 3053--><p class="nopar" > or if you are using <span
+ <!--l. 3070--><p class="nopar" > or if you are using <span
class="cmtt-10">\setglossarypreamble</span><a
id="dx1-19017"></a>, add it to each glossary preamble, as
required. For example:
@@ -5994,7 +6017,7 @@
 <br />  The preamble text here for the main glossary.
 <br />}
</div>
- <!--l. 3065--><p class="nopar" >
+ <!--l. 3082--><p class="nopar" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmssbx-10">subentrycounter</span><a
@@ -6046,11 +6069,11 @@
class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a
id="dx1-19031"></a>. Alternatively, you can set the style
using
- <!--l. 3086--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span
+ <!--l. 3103--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">style name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 3087--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 3104--><p class="noindent" >
(See <a
href="#sec:styles"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>15 </a><a
@@ -6164,7 +6187,7 @@
 <br />\usepackage{glossary-mcols}
 <br />\setglossarystyle{mcoltree}
</div>
- <!--l. 3137--><p class="nopar" >
+ <!--l. 3154--><p class="nopar" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmssbx-10">nonumberlist</span><a
@@ -6245,9 +6268,9 @@
class="cmss-10">nogroupskip=false</span><a
id="dx1-19075"></a>.
</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 3171--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 3188--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 3171--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 3188--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.4 </span> <a
id="sec:pkgopts-sort"></a>Sorting Options</h3>
@@ -6275,7 +6298,7 @@
id="dx1-20005"></a> if you want to set this sort method
for <span
class="cmti-10">all </span>your glossaries.
- <!--l. 3185--><p class="noindent" >This is a ⟨<span
+ <!--l. 3202--><p class="noindent" >This is a ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span
class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ option where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ may be one of the following: </p>
@@ -6308,12 +6331,12 @@
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
id="dx1-20014"></a> key in <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>is ignored).
- <!--l. 3201--><p class="noindent" >Both <span
+ <!--l. 3218--><p class="noindent" >Both <span
class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a
id="dx1-20015"></a> and <span
class="cmss-10">sort=use</span><a
id="dx1-20016"></a> set the sort key to a six digit number via
- </p><!--l. 3203--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ </p><!--l. 3220--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glssortnumberfmt</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-20017"></a> <span
@@ -6320,7 +6343,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glssortnumberfmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">number</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 3205--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 3222--><p class="noindent" >
(padded with leading zeros, where necessary). This can be redefined, if required,
before the entries are defined (in the case of <span
class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a
@@ -6328,7 +6351,7 @@
used (in the case of <span
class="cmss-10">sort=use</span><a
id="dx1-20019"></a>).</p></li></ul>
- <!--l. 3211--><p class="noindent" >Note that the group styles (such as <span
+ <!--l. 3228--><p class="noindent" >Note that the group styles (such as <span
class="cmss-10">listgroup</span><a
id="dx1-20020"></a>) are incompatible with the <span
class="cmss-10">sort=use</span><a
@@ -6336,11 +6359,11 @@
<span
class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a
id="dx1-20022"></a> options.
- </p><!--l. 3215--><p class="noindent" >The default is <span
+ </p><!--l. 3232--><p class="noindent" >The default is <span
class="cmss-10">sort=standard</span><a
id="dx1-20023"></a>. When the standard sort option is in use, you can hook into
the sort mechanism by redefining:
- </p><!--l. 3218--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ </p><!--l. 3235--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsprestandardsort</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-20024"></a> <span
@@ -6351,7 +6374,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 3220--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 3237--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">sort cs</span>⟩ is a temporary control sequence that stores the sort value (which was
either explicitly set via the <span
@@ -6368,12 +6391,12 @@
id="dx1-20028"></a></a> special characters is performed. By default
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsprestandardsort </span>just does:
- </p><!--l. 3226--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ </p><!--l. 3243--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsdosanitizesort</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-20029"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdosanitizesort </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 3228--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 3245--><p class="noindent" >
which <a
href="#glo:sanitize">sanitize<a
id="dx1-20030"></a>s</a> ⟨<span
@@ -6383,7 +6406,7 @@
package option <span
class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=false</span><a
id="dx1-20032"></a> is used).
- </p><!--l. 3233--><p class="noindent" >The other arguments, ⟨<span
+ </p><!--l. 3250--><p class="noindent" >The other arguments, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩ and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, are the glossary type and the entry label for the
current entry. Note that ⟨<span
@@ -6394,7 +6417,7 @@
id="dx1-20033"></a>.
- </p><!--l. 3238--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Redefining <span
+ </p><!--l. 3255--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Redefining <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsprestandardsort </span>won’t affect any entries that have already been
defined and will have no effect at all if you are using <span
class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a
@@ -6402,16 +6425,16 @@
class="cmss-10">sort=use</span><a
id="dx1-20035"></a>.
</div>
- </p><!--l. 3242--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 3259--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="x1-20036r1"></a>
- </p><!--l. 3244--><p class="noindent" ><span
+ </p><!--l. 3261--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmbx-12">Example 1</span><span
class="cmbx-12"> (Mixing Alphabetical and Order of Definition</span>
<span
class="cmbx-12">Sorting)</span><a
id="x1-20037"></a>
- </p><!--l. 3245--><p class="noindent" >Suppose I have three glossaries: <span
+ </p><!--l. 3262--><p class="noindent" >Suppose I have three glossaries: <span
class="cmtt-10">main</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">notation</span>, and let’s suppose I want
@@ -6420,7 +6443,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>glossaries to be sorted alphabetically, but the <span
class="cmtt-10">notation </span>type
should be sorted in order of definition.
- </p><!--l. 3251--><p class="noindent" >For <a
+ </p><!--l. 3268--><p class="noindent" >For <a
href="#option1">Option 1</a>, I just need to set the <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
id="dx1-20038"></a> key in the optional argument of
@@ -6435,8 +6458,8 @@
 <br />\printnoidxglossary[type=acronym,sort=word]
 <br />\printnoidxglossary[type=notation,sort=def]
</div>
- <!--l. 3257--><p class="nopar" >
- </p><!--l. 3259--><p class="noindent" >For Options <a
+ <!--l. 3274--><p class="nopar" >
+ </p><!--l. 3276--><p class="noindent" >For Options <a
href="#option2">2</a> or <a
href="#option3">3</a>, I can set the sort to <span
class="cmtt-10">standard </span>(which is the default, but can be
@@ -6456,7 +6479,7 @@
⟨<span
class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩ is <span
class="cmtt-10">notation</span>.
- </p><!--l. 3269--><p class="noindent" >The first option can be achieved as follows:
+ </p><!--l. 3286--><p class="noindent" >The first option can be achieved as follows:
</p>
@@ -6467,7 +6490,7 @@
 <br />  \edef#1{\glssortnumberfmt{\arabic{sortcount}}}%
 <br />}
</div>
- <!--l. 3277--><p class="nopar" > The second option can be achieved as follows:
+ <!--l. 3294--><p class="nopar" > The second option can be achieved as follows:
</p>
@@ -6484,7 +6507,7 @@
 <br />  }%
 <br />}
</div>
- <!--l. 3292--><p class="nopar" > (<span
+ <!--l. 3309--><p class="nopar" > (<span
class="cmtt-10">\ifdefstring </span>is defined by the <span
class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a
id="dx1-20041"></a> package.) For a complete document, see the
@@ -6493,17 +6516,17 @@
class="cmtt-10">sampleSort.tex</span></a>. </p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 3295--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3295--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 3312--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3312--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
<a
id="x1-20042r2"></a>
- <!--l. 3297--><p class="noindent" ><span
+ <!--l. 3314--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmbx-12">Example 2</span><span
class="cmbx-12"> (Customizing Standard Sort (Options 2 or</span>
<span
class="cmbx-12">3))</span><a
id="x1-20043"></a>
- </p><!--l. 3298--><p class="noindent" >Suppose you want a glossary of people and you want the names listed as ⟨<span
+ </p><!--l. 3315--><p class="noindent" >Suppose you want a glossary of people and you want the names listed as ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">first-name</span>⟩
⟨<span
class="cmti-10">surname</span>⟩ in the glossary, but you want the names sorted by ⟨<span
@@ -6521,7 +6544,7 @@
sort mechanism to temporarily redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\name </span>while the sort value is being
set.
- </p><!--l. 3307--><p class="noindent" >First, define two commands to set the person’s name:
+ </p><!--l. 3324--><p class="noindent" >First, define two commands to set the person’s name:
</p>
@@ -6529,7 +6552,7 @@
\newcommand{\sortname}[2]{#2, #1}
 <br />\newcommand{\textname}[2]{#1 #2}
</div>
- <!--l. 3311--><p class="nopar" > and <span
+ <!--l. 3328--><p class="nopar" > and <span
class="cmtt-10">\name </span>needs to be initialised to <span
class="cmtt-10">\textname</span>:
@@ -6538,7 +6561,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-63">
\let\name\textname
</div>
- <!--l. 3315--><p class="nopar" > Now redefine <span
+ <!--l. 3332--><p class="nopar" > Now redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsprestandardsort </span>so that it temporarily sets <span
class="cmtt-10">\name </span>to <span
class="cmtt-10">\sortname</span>
@@ -6559,10 +6582,10 @@
 <br /> \glsdosanitizesort
 <br />}
</div>
- <!--l. 3327--><p class="nopar" > (The somewhat complicate use of <span
+ <!--l. 3344--><p class="nopar" > (The somewhat complicate use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\expandafter </span>etc helps to protect fragile commands,
but care is still needed.)
- </p><!--l. 3331--><p class="noindent" >Now the entries can be defined:
+ </p><!--l. 3348--><p class="noindent" >Now the entries can be defined:
</p>
@@ -6572,13 +6595,13 @@
 <br />\newglossaryentry{johnsmith}{name={\name{John}{Smith}},
 <br />  description={some information about John Smith}}
</div>
- <!--l. 3338--><p class="nopar" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a
+ <!--l. 3355--><p class="nopar" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a
href="#x1-5100r33"><span
class="cmtt-10">samplePeople.tex</span></a>. </p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 3340--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3340--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 3357--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3357--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
</dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmssbx-10">order</span><a
@@ -6588,7 +6611,7 @@
id="dx1-20046"></a> or <span
class="cmss-10">letter</span><a
id="dx1-20047"></a>. The default is word ordering.
- <!--l. 3346--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the <span
+ <!--l. 3363--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the <span
class="cmss-10">order</span><a
id="dx1-20048"></a> option has no effect if you don’t use <a
href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
@@ -6595,8 +6618,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-20049"></a></a>.
</div>
- </p><!--l. 3349--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 3351--><p class="noindent" >If you use <a
+ </p><!--l. 3366--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 3368--><p class="noindent" >If you use <a
href="#option1">Option 1</a>, this setting will be used if you use <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
id="dx1-20050"></a><span
@@ -6610,7 +6633,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-66">
\printnoidxglossary[sort=standard]
</div>
- <!--l. 3356--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, you can specify the order for individual glossaries:
+ <!--l. 3373--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, you can specify the order for individual glossaries:
</p>
@@ -6618,7 +6641,7 @@
\printnoidxglossary[sort=word]
 <br />\printnoidxglossary[type=acronym,sort=letter]
</div>
- <!--l. 3361--><p class="nopar" >
+ <!--l. 3378--><p class="nopar" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmssbx-10">makeindex</span><a
@@ -6646,7 +6669,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">.ist</span><a
id="dx1-20059"></a>
extension.
- <!--l. 3371--><p class="noindent" >You may omit this package option if you are using <a
+ <!--l. 3388--><p class="noindent" >You may omit this package option if you are using <a
href="#option2">Option 2</a> as this is the default. It’s
available in case you need to override the effect of an earlier occurrence of <span
class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a
@@ -6679,7 +6702,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">.xdy</span><a
id="dx1-20068"></a>
extension.
- <!--l. 3382--><p class="noindent" >This package option may additionally have a value that is a ⟨<span
+ <!--l. 3399--><p class="noindent" >This package option may additionally have a value that is a ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span
class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ comma-separated
list to override the language and codepage. For example:
@@ -6690,7 +6713,7 @@
\usepackage[xindy={language=english,codepage=utf8}]
 <br />  {glossaries}
</div>
- <!--l. 3388--><p class="nopar" > You can also specify whether you want a number group in the glossary. This defaults to
+ <!--l. 3405--><p class="nopar" > You can also specify whether you want a number group in the glossary. This defaults to
true, but can be suppressed. For example:
@@ -6698,7 +6721,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-69">
\usepackage[xindy={glsnumbers=false}]{glossaries}
</div>
- <!--l. 3393--><p class="nopar" > If no value is supplied to this package option (either simply writing <span
+ <!--l. 3410--><p class="nopar" > If no value is supplied to this package option (either simply writing <span
class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>or writing
<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy={}</span></span></span>) then the language, codepage and number group settings are unchanged. See
@@ -6758,7 +6781,7 @@
which case this option won’t have an effect. (If this option doesn’t appear to work,
search the log file for “runsystem” and see if it is followed by “enabled” or
“disabled”.)
- <!--l. 3419--><p class="noindent" >Some distributions allow <span
+ <!--l. 3436--><p class="noindent" >Some distributions allow <span
class="cmtt-10">\write18 </span>in a restricted mode. This mode has a limited
number of trusted applications, which usually includes <a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
@@ -6776,7 +6799,7 @@
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
id="dx1-20083"></a></a>.
- </p><!--l. 3425--><p class="noindent" >However even in unrestricted mode this option may not work with <span
+ </p><!--l. 3442--><p class="noindent" >However even in unrestricted mode this option may not work with <span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
id="dx1-20084"></a> as <span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
@@ -6791,7 +6814,7 @@
at least two <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span></span> runs to ensure the document is up-to-date with this
setting.
- </p><!--l. 3432--><p class="noindent" >Since this package option attempts to run the <a
+ </p><!--l. 3449--><p class="noindent" >Since this package option attempts to run the <a
href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> on every
<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run, its use should be considered a last resort for those who can’t work out
@@ -6803,9 +6826,9 @@
</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 3440--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 3457--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 3440--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 3457--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.5 </span> <a
id="sec:pkgopts-acronym"></a>Acronym Options</h3>
<dl class="description"><dt class="description">
@@ -6820,8 +6843,8 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-70">
\newglossary[alg]{acronym}{acr}{acn}{\acronymname}
</div>
- <!--l. 3448--><p class="nopar" > It will also define
- </p><!--l. 3450--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 3465--><p class="nopar" > It will also define
+ </p><!--l. 3467--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\printacronyms</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-21002"></a> <span
@@ -6828,7 +6851,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\printacronyms[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 3452--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 3469--><p class="noindent" >
that’s equivalent to </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -6842,7 +6865,7 @@
package option <span
class="cmss-10">compatible-3.07</span><a
id="dx1-21004"></a> is used).
- <!--l. 3460--><p class="noindent" >If you are using <a
+ <!--l. 3477--><p class="noindent" >If you are using <a
href="#option1">Option 1</a>, you need to use </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -6853,7 +6876,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">]</span>
</div>
</div> to display the list of acronyms.
- <!--l. 3466--><p class="noindent" >If the <span
+ <!--l. 3483--><p class="noindent" >If the <span
class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
id="dx1-21006"></a> package option is used, <span
class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span><a
@@ -6869,7 +6892,7 @@
given by <span
class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span><a
id="dx1-21015"></a>, unless another glossary is explicitly specified.
- </p><!--l. 3476--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span
+ </p><!--l. 3493--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span
class="cmss-10">nomain</span><a
id="dx1-21016"></a> package option if you’re only interested in using
this <span
@@ -6876,7 +6899,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>glossary. (That is, you don’t intend to use the <span
class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary.)
</div>
- </p><!--l. 3480--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 3497--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmssbx-10">acronyms</span><a
@@ -6905,7 +6928,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-71">
\usepackage[acronym,acronymlists={main}]{glossaries}
</div>
- <!--l. 3494--><p class="nopar" > No check is performed to determine if the listed glossaries exist, so you can add
+ <!--l. 3511--><p class="nopar" > No check is performed to determine if the listed glossaries exist, so you can add
glossaries you haven’t defined yet. For example:
@@ -6916,8 +6939,8 @@
 <br />\newglossary[alg2]{acronym2}{acr2}{acn2}%
 <br />  {Statistical Acronyms}
</div>
- <!--l. 3502--><p class="nopar" > You can use
- </p><!--l. 3504--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 3519--><p class="nopar" > You can use
+ </p><!--l. 3521--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\DeclareAcronymList</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-21022"></a> <span
@@ -6924,7 +6947,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\DeclareAcronymList{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 3506--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 3523--><p class="noindent" >
instead of or in addition to the <span
class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span><a
id="dx1-21023"></a> option. This will add the glossaries given in
@@ -6931,7 +6954,7 @@
⟨<span
class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩ to the list of glossaries that are identified as lists of acronyms. To replace the list of
acronym lists with a new list use:
- </p><!--l. 3511--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ </p><!--l. 3528--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\SetAcronymLists</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-21024"></a> <span
@@ -6938,10 +6961,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">\SetAcronymLists{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 3513--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 3515--><p class="noindent" >You can determine if a glossary has been identified as being a list of acronyms
+ </p><!--l. 3530--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 3532--><p class="noindent" >You can determine if a glossary has been identified as being a list of acronyms
using:
- </p><!--l. 3517--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ </p><!--l. 3534--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsIfListOfAcronyms</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-21025"></a> <span
@@ -6953,7 +6976,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 3519--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 3536--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmssbx-10">shortcuts</span><a
@@ -6963,19 +6986,19 @@
class="cmsy-10">§</span>13 </a><a
href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms and
Other Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a> for further details. Alternatively you can use:
- <!--l. 3524--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 3541--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\DefineAcronymSynonyms</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-21027"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\DefineAcronymSynonyms </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 3526--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 3543--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd></dl>
-<!--l. 3529--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 3546--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 3529--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 3546--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.5.1 </span> <a
id="sec:pkgopts-old-acronym"></a>Deprecated Acronym Style Options</h4>
-<!--l. 3532--><p class="noindent" >The package options listed in this section are now deprecated but are kept for
+<!--l. 3549--><p class="noindent" >The package options listed in this section are now deprecated but are kept for
backward-compatibility. Use <span
class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span><a
id="dx1-22001"></a> instead. See <a
@@ -6996,7 +7019,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-73">
\setacronymstyle{long-short-desc}
</div>
- <!--l. 3542--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span
+ <!--l. 3559--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span
class="cmss-10">smallcaps</span><a
id="dx1-22004"></a>)
@@ -7005,7 +7028,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-74">
\setacronymstyle{long-sc-short-desc}
</div>
- <!--l. 3546--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span
+ <!--l. 3563--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span
class="cmss-10">smaller</span><a
id="dx1-22005"></a>)
@@ -7014,7 +7037,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-75">
\setacronymstyle{long-sm-short-desc}
</div>
- <!--l. 3550--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span
+ <!--l. 3567--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span
class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a
id="dx1-22006"></a>)
@@ -7023,7 +7046,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-76">
\setacronymstyle{footnote-desc}
</div>
- <!--l. 3554--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span
+ <!--l. 3571--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span
class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a
id="dx1-22007"></a> and <span
class="cmss-10">smallcaps</span><a
@@ -7034,7 +7057,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-77">
\setacronymstyle{footnote-sc-desc}
</div>
- <!--l. 3558--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span
+ <!--l. 3575--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span
class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a
id="dx1-22009"></a> and <span
class="cmss-10">smaller</span><a
@@ -7045,7 +7068,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-78">
\setacronymstyle{footnote-sm-desc}
</div>
- <!--l. 3562--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span
+ <!--l. 3579--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span
class="cmss-10">dua</span><a
id="dx1-22011"></a>)
@@ -7054,7 +7077,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-79">
\setacronymstyle{dua-desc}
</div>
- <!--l. 3566--><p class="nopar" >
+ <!--l. 3583--><p class="nopar" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmssbx-10">smallcaps</span><a
@@ -7068,7 +7091,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-80">
\setacronymstyle{long-sc-short}
</div>
- <!--l. 3573--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span
+ <!--l. 3590--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
id="dx1-22014"></a>)
@@ -7077,7 +7100,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-81">
\setacronymstyle{long-sc-short-desc}
</div>
- <!--l. 3577--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span
+ <!--l. 3594--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
id="dx1-22015"></a> and <span
class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a
@@ -7088,7 +7111,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-82">
\setacronymstyle{footnote-sc-desc}
</div>
- <!--l. 3581--><p class="nopar" >
+ <!--l. 3598--><p class="nopar" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmssbx-10">smaller</span><a
@@ -7097,7 +7120,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
id="dx1-22018"></a> and the way that acronyms are
displayed.
- <!--l. 3585--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use this option, you will need to include the <span
+ <!--l. 3602--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use this option, you will need to include the <span
class="cmss-10">relsize</span><a
id="dx1-22019"></a> package or otherwise define
<span
@@ -7105,7 +7128,7 @@
id="dx1-22020"></a> or redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a
id="dx1-22021"></a>. </div>
- </p><!--l. 3589--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 3606--><p class="noindent" >
This option may be replaced by:
@@ -7113,7 +7136,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-83">
\setacronymstyle{long-sm-short}
</div>
- <!--l. 3593--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span
+ <!--l. 3610--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
id="dx1-22022"></a>)
@@ -7122,7 +7145,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-84">
\setacronymstyle{long-sm-short-desc}
</div>
- <!--l. 3597--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span
+ <!--l. 3614--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
id="dx1-22023"></a> and <span
class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a
@@ -7133,7 +7156,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-85">
\setacronymstyle{footnote-sm-desc}
</div>
- <!--l. 3601--><p class="nopar" >
+ <!--l. 3618--><p class="nopar" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmssbx-10">footnote</span><a
@@ -7147,7 +7170,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-86">
\setacronymstyle{footnote}
</div>
- <!--l. 3608--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span
+ <!--l. 3625--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span
class="cmss-10">smallcaps</span><a
id="dx1-22027"></a>)
@@ -7156,7 +7179,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-87">
\setacronymstyle{footnote-sc}
</div>
- <!--l. 3612--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span
+ <!--l. 3629--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span
class="cmss-10">smaller</span><a
id="dx1-22028"></a>)
@@ -7165,7 +7188,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-88">
\setacronymstyle{footnote-sm}
</div>
- <!--l. 3616--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span
+ <!--l. 3633--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
id="dx1-22029"></a>)
@@ -7174,7 +7197,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-89">
\setacronymstyle{footnote-desc}
</div>
- <!--l. 3620--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span
+ <!--l. 3637--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span
class="cmss-10">smallcaps</span><a
id="dx1-22030"></a> and <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
@@ -7185,7 +7208,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-90">
\setacronymstyle{footnote-sc-desc}
</div>
- <!--l. 3624--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span
+ <!--l. 3641--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span
class="cmss-10">smaller</span><a
id="dx1-22032"></a> and <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
@@ -7196,7 +7219,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-91">
\setacronymstyle{footnote-sm-desc}
</div>
- <!--l. 3628--><p class="nopar" >
+ <!--l. 3645--><p class="nopar" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmssbx-10">dua</span><a
@@ -7210,7 +7233,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-92">
\setacronymstyle{dua}
</div>
- <!--l. 3636--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span
+ <!--l. 3653--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
id="dx1-22036"></a>)
@@ -7219,15 +7242,15 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-93">
\setacronymstyle{dua-desc}
</div>
- <!--l. 3640--><p class="nopar" >
+ <!--l. 3657--><p class="nopar" >
</p>
</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 3644--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 3661--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 3644--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 3661--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.6 </span> <a
id="sec:pkgopts-other"></a>Other Options</h3>
-<!--l. 3647--><p class="noindent" >Other available options that don’t fit any of the above categories are:
+<!--l. 3664--><p class="noindent" >Other available options that don’t fit any of the above categories are:
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmssbx-10">symbols</span><a
@@ -7239,8 +7262,8 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-94">
\newglossary[slg]{symbols}{sls}{slo}{\glssymbolsgroupname}
</div>
- <!--l. 3654--><p class="nopar" > It also defines
- </p><!--l. 3656--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 3671--><p class="nopar" > It also defines
+ </p><!--l. 3673--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\printsymbols</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-23002"></a> <span
@@ -7247,7 +7270,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\printsymbols[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 3658--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 3675--><p class="noindent" >
which is a synonym for </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -7258,7 +7281,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">]</span>
</div>
</div>
- <!--l. 3664--><p class="noindent" >If you use <a
+ <!--l. 3681--><p class="noindent" >If you use <a
href="#option1">Option 1</a>, you need to use: </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -7269,13 +7292,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">]</span>
</div>
</div> to display the list of symbols.
- <!--l. 3670--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span
+ <!--l. 3687--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span
class="cmss-10">nomain</span><a
id="dx1-23005"></a> package option if you’re only interested in using this
<span
class="cmtt-10">symbols </span>glossary and don’t intend to use the <span
class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary. </div>
- </p><!--l. 3674--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 3691--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmssbx-10">numbers</span><a
@@ -7287,8 +7310,8 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-95">
\newglossary[nlg]{numbers}{nls}{nlo}{\glsnumbersgroupname}
</div>
- <!--l. 3680--><p class="nopar" > It also defines
- </p><!--l. 3682--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 3697--><p class="nopar" > It also defines
+ </p><!--l. 3699--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\printnumbers</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-23007"></a> <span
@@ -7295,7 +7318,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\printnumbers[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 3684--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 3701--><p class="noindent" >
which is a synonym for </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -7306,7 +7329,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">]</span>
</div>
</div>
- <!--l. 3690--><p class="noindent" >If you use <a
+ <!--l. 3707--><p class="noindent" >If you use <a
href="#option1">Option 1</a>, you need to use: </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -7317,13 +7340,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">]</span>
</div>
</div> to display the list of numbers.
- <!--l. 3696--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span
+ <!--l. 3713--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span
class="cmss-10">nomain</span><a
id="dx1-23010"></a> package option if you’re only interested in using this
<span
class="cmtt-10">numbers </span>glossary and don’t intend to use the <span
class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary. </div>
- </p><!--l. 3700--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 3717--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmssbx-10">index</span><a
@@ -7335,8 +7358,8 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-96">
\newglossary[ilg]{index}{ind}{idx}{\indexname}%
</div>
- <!--l. 3706--><p class="nopar" > It also defines
- </p><!--l. 3708--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 3723--><p class="nopar" > It also defines
+ </p><!--l. 3725--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\newterm</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-23012"></a> <span
@@ -7345,7 +7368,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">term</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 3710--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 3727--><p class="noindent" >
which is a synonym for </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -7364,7 +7387,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">]</span>
</div>
</div> and
- <!--l. 3717--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 3734--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\printindex</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-23015"></a> <span
@@ -7371,7 +7394,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\printindex[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 3719--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 3736--><p class="noindent" >
which is a synonym for </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -7382,7 +7405,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">]</span>
</div>
</div>
- <!--l. 3725--><p class="noindent" >If you use <a
+ <!--l. 3742--><p class="noindent" >If you use <a
href="#option1">Option 1</a>, you need to use: </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -7393,7 +7416,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">]</span>
</div>
</div> to display this glossary.
- <!--l. 3731--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span
+ <!--l. 3748--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span
class="cmss-10">nomain</span><a
id="dx1-23018"></a> package option if you’re only interested in using this
<span
@@ -7415,10 +7438,10 @@
class="cmss-10">index</span><a
id="dx1-23023"></a> package option.)
</div>
- </p><!--l. 3740--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 3757--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 3742--><p class="noindent" >Since the index isn’t designed for terms with descriptions, you might also want to
+ </p><!--l. 3759--><p class="noindent" >Since the index isn’t designed for terms with descriptions, you might also want to
disable the hyperlinks for this glossary using the package option <span
class="cmss-10">nohypertypes=index</span><a
id="dx1-23024"></a> or
@@ -7428,7 +7451,7 @@
id="dx1-23025"></a><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">{index}</span></span>
<br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
- </p><!--l. 3749--><p class="noindent" >The example file <a
+ </p><!--l. 3766--><p class="noindent" >The example file <a
href="#x1-5091r26"><span
class="cmtt-10">sample-index.tex</span></a> illustrates the use of the <span
class="cmss-10">index</span><a
@@ -7447,15 +7470,15 @@
class="description">Compatibility mode for old documents created using version 3.07 or
below.
</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 3760--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 3777--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 3760--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 3777--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.7 </span> <a
id="sec:setupglossaries"></a>Setting Options After the Package is Loaded</h3>
-<!--l. 3763--><p class="noindent" >Some of the options described above may also be set after the <span
+<!--l. 3780--><p class="noindent" >Some of the options described above may also be set after the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package has been
loaded using
-</p><!--l. 3765--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3782--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\setupglossaries</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-24001"></a> <span
@@ -7462,7 +7485,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\setupglossaries{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">key-val list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3767--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3784--><p class="noindent" >
The following package options <span
class="cmbx-10">can’t </span>be used in <span
class="cmtt-10">\setupglossaries</span>: <span
@@ -7505,7 +7528,7 @@
href="#sec:xindy"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>11 </a><a
href="#sec:xindy">Xindy (Option 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a> for further details).
-</p><!--l. 3779--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you need to use this command, use it as soon as possible after loading <span
+</p><!--l. 3796--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you need to use this command, use it as soon as possible after loading <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
otherwise you might end up using it too late for the change to take effect. For example, if you
try changing the acronym styles (such as <span
@@ -7514,30 +7537,30 @@
acronyms, you are likely to get unexpected results. If you try changing the sort
option after you have started to define entries, you may get unexpected results.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 3787--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3804--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 3789--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 3789--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 3806--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 3806--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">3. <a
id="sec:setup"></a>Setting Up</h2>
-</p><!--l. 3792--><p class="indent" > In the preamble you need to indicate whether you want to use <a
+</p><!--l. 3809--><p class="indent" > In the preamble you need to indicate whether you want to use <a
href="#option1">Option 1</a>, <a
href="#option2">Option 2</a> or
<a
href="#option3">Option 3</a>. It’s not possible to mix these options within a document.
</p>
-<!--l. 3796--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 3813--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.1 </span> <a
id="sec:setupopt1"></a>Option 1</h3>
-<!--l. 3799--><p class="noindent" >The command
-</p><!--l. 3800--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 3816--><p class="noindent" >The command
+</p><!--l. 3817--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\makenoidxglossaries</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-26001"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3802--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3819--><p class="noindent" >
must be placed in the preamble. This sets up the internal commands required to make
<a
href="#option1">Option 1</a> work. <span
@@ -7546,18 +7569,18 @@
class="cmbx-10">none of the glossaries will be</span>
<span
class="cmbx-10">displayed.</span>
-</p><!--l. 3808--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3825--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 3808--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 3825--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.2 </span> <a
id="sec:setupopt23"></a>Options 2 and 3</h3>
-<!--l. 3811--><p class="noindent" >The command
-</p><!--l. 3812--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 3828--><p class="noindent" >The command
+</p><!--l. 3829--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\makeglossaries</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-27001"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3814--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3831--><p class="noindent" >
must be placed in the preamble in order to create the customised <a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
@@ -7578,7 +7601,7 @@
class="cmbx-10">none of the</span>
<span
class="cmbx-10">glossary files will be created.</span>
-</p><!--l. 3822--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that some of the commands provided by the <span
+</p><!--l. 3839--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that some of the commands provided by the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package must not be used
after <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>as they are required when creating the customised style file. If
@@ -7585,11 +7608,11 @@
you attempt to use those commands after <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>you will generate an
error.
-</p><!--l. 3829--><p class="indent" > Similarly, there are some commands that must not be used before <span
+</p><!--l. 3846--><p class="indent" > Similarly, there are some commands that must not be used before <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 3831--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3833--><p class="indent" > You can suppress the creation of the customised <a
+</p><!--l. 3848--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3850--><p class="indent" > You can suppress the creation of the customised <a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
id="dx1-27006"></a></a> or <a
@@ -7597,15 +7620,15 @@
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
id="dx1-27007"></a></a> style file
using
-</p><!--l. 3835--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3852--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\noist</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-27008"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\noist </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3837--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3854--><p class="noindent" >
That this command must not be used after <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3839--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that if you have a custom <span
+</p><!--l. 3856--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that if you have a custom <span
class="cmtt-10">.xdy</span><a
id="dx1-27009"></a> file created when using <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>version 2.07 or
@@ -7612,8 +7635,8 @@
below, you will need to use the <span
class="cmss-10">compatible-2.07</span><a
id="dx1-27010"></a> package option with it. </div>
-</p><!--l. 3843--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3845--><p class="indent" > The default name for the customised style file is given by <span
+</p><!--l. 3860--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3862--><p class="indent" > The default name for the customised style file is given by <span
class="cmtt-10">\jobname</span><a
id="dx1-27011"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">.ist</span><a
@@ -7627,7 +7650,7 @@
href="#option3">Option 3</a>). This name may be changed using:
-</p><!--l. 3849--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3866--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\setStyleFile</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-27015"></a> <span
@@ -7634,12 +7657,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">\setStyleFile{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3851--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3868--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the name of the style file without the extension. Note that this command must
not be used after <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3856--><p class="indent" > Each glossary entry is assigned a <a
+</p><!--l. 3873--><p class="indent" > Each glossary entry is assigned a <a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
id="dx1-27016"></a></a> that lists all the locations in the document
where that entry was used. By default, the location refers to the page number but this may
@@ -7648,7 +7671,7 @@
id="dx1-27017"></a> package option. The default form of the location number
assumes a full stop compositor (e.g. 1.2), but if your location numbers use a different
compositor (e.g. 1-2) you need to set this using
-</p><!--l. 3863--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3880--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsSetCompositor</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-27018"></a> <span
@@ -7655,7 +7678,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsSetCompositor{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">symbol</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3865--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3882--><p class="noindent" >
For example:
@@ -7663,12 +7686,12 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-97">
\glsSetCompositor{-}
</div>
-<!--l. 3869--><p class="nopar" > This command must not be used after <span
+<!--l. 3886--><p class="nopar" > This command must not be used after <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3872--><p class="indent" > If you use <a
+</p><!--l. 3889--><p class="indent" > If you use <a
href="#option3">Option 3</a>, you can have a different compositor for page numbers starting with
an upper case alphabetical character using:
-</p><!--l. 3874--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3891--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsSetAlphaCompositor</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-27019"></a> <span
@@ -7675,7 +7698,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsSetAlphaCompositor{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">symbol</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3876--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3893--><p class="noindent" >
This command has no effect if you use <a
href="#option2">Option 2</a>. For example, if you want <a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
@@ -7687,7 +7710,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-98">
\glsSetCompositor{.}\glsSetAlphaCompositor{-}
</div>
-<!--l. 3882--><p class="nopar" > See <a
+<!--l. 3899--><p class="nopar" > See <a
href="#sec:numberlists"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a
href="#sec:numberlists">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a> for further information about <a
@@ -7696,11 +7719,11 @@
</p>
-<!--l. 3886--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 3886--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 3903--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 3903--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">4. <a
id="sec:newglosentry"></a>Defining Glossary Entries</h2>
-</p><!--l. 3889--><p class="indent" > All glossary entries must be defined before they are used, so it is better to define them in
+</p><!--l. 3906--><p class="indent" > All glossary entries must be defined before they are used, so it is better to define them in
the preamble to ensure this. In fact, some commands such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry </span>may
only be used in the preamble. See <a
@@ -7709,12 +7732,12 @@
href="#sec:docdefs">Drawbacks With Defining Entries in the Document
Environment<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:docdefs --></a> for a discussion of the problems with defining entries within the document
instead of in the preamble.
-</p><!--l. 3895--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <a
+</p><!--l. 3912--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <a
href="#option1">Option 1</a> enforces the preamble-only restriction on <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
id="dx1-28001"></a>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 3898--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3900--><p class="indent" > Only those entries that are referenced in the document (using any of the commands
+</p><!--l. 3915--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3917--><p class="indent" > Only those entries that are referenced in the document (using any of the commands
described in <a
href="#sec:glslink"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>6 </a><a
@@ -7730,8 +7753,8 @@
class="cmsy-10">§</span>10
</a><a
href="#sec:printglossary">Displaying a glossary<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printglossary --></a> to find out how to display the glossary.
-</p><!--l. 3908--><p class="indent" > New glossary entries are defined using the command:
-</p><!--l. 3909--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3925--><p class="indent" > New glossary entries are defined using the command:
+</p><!--l. 3926--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\newglossaryentry</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-28002"></a> <span
@@ -7740,11 +7763,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">key=value list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3911--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3928--><p class="noindent" >
This is a short command, so values in ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">key-val list</span>⟩ can’t contain any paragraph breaks. If you
have a long description that needs to span multiple paragraphs, use
-</p><!--l. 3915--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3932--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\longnewglossaryentry</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-28003"></a> <span
@@ -7757,7 +7780,7 @@
<span
class="cmitt-10">description</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3918--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3935--><p class="noindent" >
instead. Note that this command may only be used in the preamble. Be careful of unwanted
spaces. <span
class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry </span>will remove trailing spaces in the description (via <span
@@ -7765,9 +7788,9 @@
but won’t remove leading spaces (otherwise it would interfere with commands like
<span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrydesc</span>).
-</p><!--l. 3925--><p class="indent" > There are also commands that will only define the entry if it hasn’t already been
+</p><!--l. 3942--><p class="indent" > There are also commands that will only define the entry if it hasn’t already been
defined:
-</p><!--l. 3927--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3944--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\provideglossaryentry</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-28004"></a> <span
@@ -7777,13 +7800,13 @@
class="cmitt-10">key=value list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3929--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3946--><p class="noindent" >
and
-</p><!--l. 3931--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3948--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\longprovideglossaryentry</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-28005"></a>
-</p><!--l. 3933--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+</p><!--l. 3950--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\longprovideglossaryentry{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -7792,9 +7815,9 @@
class="cmitt-10">long description</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3935--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3952--><p class="noindent" >
(These are both preamble-only commands.)
-</p><!--l. 3938--><p class="indent" > For all the above commands, the first argument, ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 3955--><p class="indent" > For all the above commands, the first argument, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, must be a unique label with which
to identify this entry. <span
class="cmbx-10">This can’t contain any non-expandable commands</span>
@@ -7804,7 +7827,7 @@
commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\label</span>) and therefore must be able to expand to a valid control sequence
name.
-</p><!--l. 3946--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that although an <a
+</p><!--l. 3963--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that although an <a
href="#glo:exlatinchar">extended Latin character<a
id="dx1-28006"></a></a> or other <a
href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a
@@ -7821,8 +7844,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">: </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">-</span>)
to active characters. </div>
-</p><!--l. 3954--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3956--><p class="indent" > The second argument, ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 3971--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3973--><p class="indent" > The second argument, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">key=value list</span>⟩, is a ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span
class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ list that supplies the relevant
@@ -7851,7 +7874,7 @@
and the <span
class="cmss-10">parent</span><a
id="dx1-28014"></a> key is supplied, this value will be the same as the parent’s name.
- <!--l. 3972--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If the <span
+ <!--l. 3989--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
id="dx1-28015"></a> key contains any commands, you must also use the <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
@@ -7858,7 +7881,7 @@
id="dx1-28016"></a> key (described
below) if you intend sorting the entries alphabetically, otherwise the entries can’t be
sorted correctly. </div>
- </p><!--l. 3976--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 3993--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmssbx-10">description</span><a
@@ -7865,23 +7888,23 @@
id="dx1-28017"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">A brief description of this term (to appear in the glossary). Within this value,
you can use
- <!--l. 3980--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 3997--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\nopostdesc</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-28018"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 3982--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 3999--><p class="noindent" >
to suppress the description terminator for this entry. For example, if this
entry is a parent entry that doesn’t require a description, you can do
<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">description={\nopostdesc}</span></span></span>. If you want a paragraph break in the description
use
- </p><!--l. 3988--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ </p><!--l. 4005--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glspar</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-28019"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspar </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 3990--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4007--><p class="noindent" >
or, better, use <span
class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry</span>. However, note that not all glossary styles
support multi-line descriptions. If you are using one of the tabular-like glossary styles
@@ -7999,7 +8022,7 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a
id="dx1-28054"></a>.
- <!--l. 4032--><p class="noindent" ><span
+ <!--l. 4049--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmbx-10">Note: </span>prior to version 1.13, the default value of <span
class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a
id="dx1-28055"></a> was always taken by
@@ -8067,7 +8090,7 @@
href="#sec:pkgopts-sort"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.4 </a><a
href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">Sorting Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-sort --></a>).
- <!--l. 4056--><p class="noindent" ><a
+ <!--l. 4073--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#option1">Option 1</a> by default strips the <a
href="#glo:latexexlatinchar">standard <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span></span> accents</a> (that is, accents generated by
@@ -8084,22 +8107,22 @@
</p>
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-99">
\newglossaryentry{elite}{%
-  <br />  name={{\’e}lite},
+  <br />  name={{\'e}lite},
 <br />  description={select group of people}
 <br />}
</div>
- <!--l. 4065--><p class="nopar" > This is equivalent to:
+ <!--l. 4082--><p class="nopar" > This is equivalent to:
</p>
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-100">
\newglossaryentry{elite}{%
-  <br />  name={{\’e}lite},
+  <br />  name={{\'e}lite},
 <br />  description={select group of people},
 <br />  sort={elite}
 <br />}
</div>
- <!--l. 4073--><p class="nopar" > Unless you use the package option <span
+ <!--l. 4090--><p class="nopar" > Unless you use the package option <span
class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=true</span><a
id="dx1-28078"></a>, in which case it’s equivalent
to:
@@ -8108,14 +8131,14 @@
</p>
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-101">
\newglossaryentry{elite}{%
-  <br />  name={{\’e}lite},
+  <br />  name={{\'e}lite},
 <br />  description={select group of people},
-  <br />  sort={\’elite}
+  <br />  sort={\'elite}
 <br />}
</div>
- <!--l. 4082--><p class="nopar" > This will place the entry before the “A” letter group since the sort value starts with a
+ <!--l. 4099--><p class="nopar" > This will place the entry before the “A” letter group since the sort value starts with a
symbol.
- </p><!--l. 4086--><p class="noindent" >Similarly if you use the <span
+ </p><!--l. 4103--><p class="noindent" >Similarly if you use the <span
class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a
id="dx1-28079"></a> package: </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
@@ -8202,7 +8225,7 @@
</div> Again, this will place the entry before the “A” group.
- <!--l. 4112--><p class="noindent" >With Options <a
+ <!--l. 4129--><p class="noindent" >With Options <a
href="#option2">2</a> and <a
href="#option3">3</a>, the default value of <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
@@ -8217,7 +8240,7 @@
<span
class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=false</span><a
id="dx1-28085"></a>).
- </p><!--l. 4117--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Take care with <a
+ </p><!--l. 4134--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Take care with <a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
id="dx1-28086"></a></a> (<a
@@ -8239,7 +8262,7 @@
class="cmsy-10">{</span><span
class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><span
class="cmsy-10">}</span>).
- </p><!--l. 4125--><p class="noindent" >Take care if you use <a
+ </p><!--l. 4142--><p class="noindent" >Take care if you use <a
href="#option1">Option 1</a> and the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
id="dx1-28090"></a> contains fragile commands. You will either
@@ -8251,7 +8274,7 @@
use the <span
class="cmtt-10">def </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">use </span>sort methods). </div>
- </p><!--l. 4129--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4146--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmssbx-10">type</span><a
@@ -8352,7 +8375,7 @@
class="cmsy-10">§</span>8 </a><a
href="#sec:crossref">Cross-Referencing
Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:crossref --></a>.
- <!--l. 4167--><p class="noindent" >This key essentially provides a convenient shortcut that performs </p><div class="alltt">
+ <!--l. 4184--><p class="noindent" >This key essentially provides a convenient shortcut that performs </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
@@ -8367,7 +8390,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div>
</div> after the entry has been defined.
- <!--l. 4173--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> For Options <a
+ <!--l. 4190--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> For Options <a
href="#option2">2</a> and <a
href="#option3">3</a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
@@ -8381,8 +8404,8 @@
class="cmss-10">document</span><a
id="dx1-28119"></a><a
id="dx1-28120"></a> environment. </div>
- </p><!--l. 4177--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 4179--><p class="noindent" >If you use the <span
+ </p><!--l. 4194--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4196--><p class="noindent" >If you use the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
id="dx1-28121"></a> key, you may want to consider using the supplementary <a
href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
@@ -8390,7 +8413,7 @@
package.
</p>
</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 4184--><p class="indent" > The following keys are reserved for <span
+<!--l. 4201--><p class="indent" > The following keys are reserved for <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
id="dx1-28122"></a> (see <a
href="#sec:acronyms"><span
@@ -8421,7 +8444,7 @@
class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.3 </a><a
href="#sec:addkey">Additional
Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:addkey --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 4192--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Avoid using any of the <a
+</p><!--l. 4209--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Avoid using any of the <a
href="#sec:gls-like"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> or <a
href="#sec:glstext-like"><span
@@ -8448,8 +8471,8 @@
Additionally, they’ll confuse the entry formatting commands, such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span>.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 4205--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4207--><p class="indent" > Note that if the name starts with <a
+</p><!--l. 4222--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4224--><p class="indent" > Note that if the name starts with <a
href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a
id="dx1-28135"></a></a>, you must group the
character, otherwise it will cause a problem for commands like <span
@@ -8462,10 +8485,10 @@
</p>
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-102">
-\newglossaryentry{elite}{name={{\’e}lite},
+\newglossaryentry{elite}{name={{\'e}lite},
 <br />description={select group or class}}
</div>
-<!--l. 4214--><p class="nopar" > Note that the same applies if you are using the <span
+<!--l. 4231--><p class="nopar" > Note that the same applies if you are using the <span
class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a
id="dx1-28138"></a> package: </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
@@ -8486,7 +8509,7 @@
see the “UTF-8” section in the <span
class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a
id="dx1-28140"></a> user manual.)
-<!--l. 4225--><p class="indent" > Note that in both of the above examples, you will also need to supply the <span
+<!--l. 4242--><p class="indent" > Note that in both of the above examples, you will also need to supply the <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
id="dx1-28141"></a> key if you
are using <a
@@ -8506,17 +8529,17 @@
class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=true</span><a
id="dx1-28145"></a>.
</p>
-<!--l. 4233--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 4250--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.1 </span> <a
id="sec:plurals"></a>Plurals</h3>
-<!--l. 4236--><p class="noindent" >You may have noticed from above that you can specify the plural form when you define a
+<!--l. 4253--><p class="noindent" >You may have noticed from above that you can specify the plural form when you define a
term. If you omit this, the plural will be obtained by appending
-</p><!--l. 4239--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4256--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glspluralsuffix</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-29001"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4241--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4258--><p class="noindent" >
to the singular form. This command defaults to the letter “s”. For example:
@@ -8525,7 +8548,7 @@
\newglossaryentry{cow}{name=cow,description={a fully grown
 <br />female of any bovine animal}}
</div>
-<!--l. 4247--><p class="nopar" > defines a new entry whose singular form is “cow” and plural form is “cows”. However, if you
+<!--l. 4264--><p class="nopar" > defines a new entry whose singular form is “cow” and plural form is “cows”. However, if you
are writing in archaic English, you may want to use “kine” as the plural form, in which case
you would have to do:
@@ -8535,8 +8558,8 @@
\newglossaryentry{cow}{name=cow,plural=kine,
 <br />description={a fully grown female of any bovine animal}}
</div>
-<!--l. 4255--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4257--><p class="indent" > If you are writing in a language that supports multiple plurals (for a given term) then use
+<!--l. 4272--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4274--><p class="indent" > If you are writing in a language that supports multiple plurals (for a given term) then use
the <span
class="cmss-10">plural</span><a
id="dx1-29002"></a> key for one of them and one of the user keys to specify the other plural form. For
@@ -8551,7 +8574,7 @@
 <br />               (plural cows, archaic plural kine)},%
 <br />  user1={kine}}
</div>
-<!--l. 4267--><p class="nopar" > You can then use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 4284--><p class="nopar" > You can then use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glspl{cow}</span></span></span> to produce “cows” and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsuseri{cow}</span></span></span> to produce “kine”.
You can, of course, define an easy to remember synonym. For example:
@@ -8561,7 +8584,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-106">
\let\glsaltpl\glsuseri
</div>
-<!--l. 4273--><p class="nopar" > Then you don’t have to remember which key you used to store the second plural.
+<!--l. 4290--><p class="nopar" > Then you don’t have to remember which key you used to store the second plural.
Alternatively, you can define your own keys using <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey</span><a
id="dx1-29003"></a>, described in <a
@@ -8569,7 +8592,7 @@
class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.3 </a><a
href="#sec:addkey">Additional
Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:addkey --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 4278--><p class="indent" > If you are using a language that usually forms plurals by appending a different letter, or
+</p><!--l. 4295--><p class="indent" > If you are using a language that usually forms plurals by appending a different letter, or
sequence of letters, you can redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix </span>as required. However, this must be
done <span
@@ -8580,12 +8603,12 @@
<span
class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a
id="dx1-29005"></a> key where necessary).
-</p><!--l. 4286--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4303--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 4286--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 4303--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.2 </span> <a
id="sec:grammar"></a>Other Grammatical Constructs</h3>
-<!--l. 4289--><p class="noindent" >You can use the six user keys to provide alternatives, such as participles. For example:
+<!--l. 4306--><p class="noindent" >You can use the six user keys to provide alternatives, such as participles. For example:
</p>
@@ -8603,7 +8626,7 @@
 <br />  }%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 4306--><p class="nopar" > With the above definitions, I can now define terms like this:
+<!--l. 4323--><p class="nopar" > With the above definitions, I can now define terms like this:
</p>
@@ -8612,7 +8635,7 @@
 <br />\newword[\edkey={ran},\ingkey={running}]{run}{to move fast using
 <br />the legs}
</div>
-<!--l. 4312--><p class="nopar" > and use them in the text:
+<!--l. 4329--><p class="nopar" > and use them in the text:
</p>
@@ -8621,8 +8644,8 @@
 <br />Jane \glsd{play} in the park yesterday.
 <br />Peter and Jane \glsd{run} in the park last week.
</div>
-<!--l. 4320--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4322--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, you can define your own keys using <span
+<!--l. 4337--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4339--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, you can define your own keys using <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey</span><a
id="dx1-30001"></a>, described below in <a
href="#sec:addkey"><span
@@ -8629,15 +8652,15 @@
class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.3
</a><a
href="#sec:addkey">Additional Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:addkey --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 4325--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4342--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 4325--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 4342--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.3 </span> <a
id="sec:addkey"></a>Additional Keys</h3>
-<!--l. 4328--><p class="noindent" >You can now also define your own custom keys using the commands described in this section.
+<!--l. 4345--><p class="noindent" >You can now also define your own custom keys using the commands described in this section.
There are two types of keys: those for use within the document and those to store information
used behind the scenes by other commands.
-</p><!--l. 4333--><p class="indent" > For example, if you want to add a key that indicates the associated unit for a term, you
+</p><!--l. 4350--><p class="indent" > For example, if you want to add a key that indicates the associated unit for a term, you
might want to reference this unit in your document. In this case use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey </span>described in
<a
@@ -8651,7 +8674,7 @@
class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.5 </a><a
href="#sec:glsaddstoragekey">Storage
Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsaddstoragekey --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 4341--><p class="indent" > In both cases, a new command ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 4358--><p class="indent" > In both cases, a new command ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">no link cs</span>⟩ will be defined that can be used to access the
value of this key (analogous to commands such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span>). This can be used in an
@@ -8660,13 +8683,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey </span>before glossary
entries are defined.
-</p><!--l. 4348--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4365--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 4348--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 4365--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.4 </span> <a
id="sec:glsaddkey"></a>Document Keys</h3>
-<!--l. 4351--><p class="noindent" >A custom key that can be used in the document is defined using:
-</p><!--l. 4352--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 4368--><p class="noindent" >A custom key that can be used in the document is defined using:
+</p><!--l. 4369--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsaddkey</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-32001"></a> <span
@@ -8687,7 +8710,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">link allcaps cs</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4360--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4377--><p class="noindent" >
where:
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
⟨<span
@@ -8740,16 +8763,16 @@
class="description">is the control sequence to use analogous to commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLStext</span><a
id="dx1-32008"></a>.</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 4381--><p class="noindent" >The starred version of <span
+<!--l. 4398--><p class="noindent" >The starred version of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey </span>switches on expansion for this key. The unstarred version
doesn’t override the current expansion setting.
<a
id="x1-32009r3"></a>
-</p><!--l. 4385--><p class="noindent" ><span
+</p><!--l. 4402--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmbx-12">Example 3</span><span
class="cmbx-12"> (Defining Custom Keys)</span><a
id="x1-32010"></a>
-</p><!--l. 4386--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want to define two new keys, <span
+</p><!--l. 4403--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want to define two new keys, <span
class="cmtt-10">ed </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">ing</span>, that default to the entry text followed
by “ed” and “ing”, respectively. The default value will need expanding in both cases, so I
@@ -8777,7 +8800,7 @@
 <br />  {\Glsing}% command analogous to \Glstext
 <br />  {\GLSing}% command analogous to \GLStext
</div>
-<!--l. 4410--><p class="nopar" > Now I can define some entries:
+<!--l. 4427--><p class="nopar" > Now I can define some entries:
</p>
@@ -8794,8 +8817,8 @@
 <br />   ing={waddling},%
 <br />   description={}}
</div>
-<!--l. 4428--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4430--><p class="indent" > These entries can later be used in the document:
+<!--l. 4445--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4447--><p class="indent" > These entries can later be used in the document:
</p>
@@ -8804,20 +8827,20 @@
 <br />The duck was \glsing{waddle} round the dog.
 <br />The dog \glsed{run} away from the duck.
</div>
-<!--l. 4437--><p class="nopar" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a
+<!--l. 4454--><p class="nopar" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a
href="#x1-5093r27"><span
class="cmtt-10">sample-newkeys.tex</span></a>. </p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 4439--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4439--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 4441--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 4456--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4456--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 4458--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 4441--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 4458--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.5 </span> <a
id="sec:glsaddstoragekey"></a>Storage Keys</h3>
-<!--l. 4444--><p class="noindent" >A custom key that can be used for simply storing information is defined using:
-</p><!--l. 4446--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 4461--><p class="noindent" >A custom key that can be used for simply storing information is defined using:
+</p><!--l. 4463--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsaddstoragekey</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-33001"></a> <span
@@ -8829,7 +8852,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">no link cs</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4448--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4465--><p class="noindent" >
where the arguments are as the first three arguments of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey</span>, described above in <a
href="#sec:glsaddkey"><span
@@ -8836,7 +8859,7 @@
class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.4
</a><a
href="#sec:glsaddkey">Document Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsaddkey --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 4452--><p class="indent" > This is essentially the same as <span
+</p><!--l. 4469--><p class="indent" > This is essentially the same as <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey </span>except that it doesn’t define the additional
commands. You can access or update the value of your new field using the commands
described in <a
@@ -8845,19 +8868,19 @@
href="#sec:fetchset">Fetching and Updating the Value of a Field<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:fetchset --></a>.
<a
id="x1-33002r4"></a>
-</p><!--l. 4457--><p class="noindent" ><span
+</p><!--l. 4474--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmbx-12">Example 4</span><span
class="cmbx-12"> (Defining Custom Storage Key (Acronyms and</span>
<span
class="cmbx-12">Initialisms))</span><a
id="x1-33003"></a>
-</p><!--l. 4458--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want to define acronyms and other forms of abbreviations, such as initialisms, but I
+</p><!--l. 4475--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want to define acronyms and other forms of abbreviations, such as initialisms, but I
want them all in the same glossary and I want the acronyms on first use to be displayed with the
short form followed by the long form in parentheses, but the opposite way round for other forms of
abbreviations.<span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn1x4" id="fn1x4-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">4.1</sup></a></span><a
id="x1-33004f1"></a>
-</p><!--l. 4465--><p class="indent" > Here I can define a new key that determines whether the term is actually an acronym
+</p><!--l. 4482--><p class="indent" > Here I can define a new key that determines whether the term is actually an acronym
rather than some other form of abbreviation. I’m going to call this key <span
class="cmtt-10">abbrtype </span>(since <span
class="cmtt-10">type</span>
@@ -8871,8 +8894,8 @@
 <br /> {word}% default value if not explicitly set
 <br /> {\abbrtype}% custom command to access the value if required
</div>
-<!--l. 4474--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4476--><p class="indent" > Now I can define a style that looks up the value of this new key to determine how to
+<!--l. 4491--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4493--><p class="indent" > Now I can define a style that looks up the value of this new key to determine how to
display the full form:
@@ -8886,7 +8909,7 @@
 <br /> {% Put the long form in the description
 <br />   \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{description={\the\glslongtok}}%
 <br />   % For the full format, test the value of the "abbrtype" key.
- <br />   % If it’s set to "word" put the short form first with
+ <br />   % If it's set to "word" put the short form first with
 <br />   % the long form in brackets.
 <br />   \renewcommand*{\genacrfullformat}[2]{%
 <br />    \ifglsfieldeq{##1}{abbrtype}{word}
@@ -8945,11 +8968,11 @@
 <br />  \renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{##1}%
 <br />  % Same for first use:
 <br />  \renewcommand*{\firstacronymfont}[1]{\acronymfont{##1}}%
- <br />  % Default plural suffix if the plural isn’t explicitly set
+ <br />  % Default plural suffix if the plural isn't explicitly set
 <br />  \renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glspluralsuffix}%
 <br /> }
</div>
-<!--l. 4547--><p class="nopar" > Remember that the new style needs to be set before defining any terms:
+<!--l. 4564--><p class="nopar" > Remember that the new style needs to be set before defining any terms:
</p>
@@ -8956,8 +8979,8 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-115">
\setacronymstyle{mystyle}
</div>
-<!--l. 4552--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4554--><p class="indent" > Since it’s a bit confusing to use <span
+<!--l. 4569--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4571--><p class="indent" > Since it’s a bit confusing to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
id="dx1-33005"></a> for something that’s not technically an
acronym, let’s define a new command for initialisms:
@@ -8969,7 +8992,7 @@
 <br />  \newacronym[abbrtype=initialism,#1]{#2}{#3}{#4}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 4561--><p class="nopar" > Now the entries can all be defined:
+<!--l. 4578--><p class="nopar" > Now the entries can all be defined:
</p>
@@ -8982,19 +9005,19 @@
 <br />\newinitialism{dsp}{DSP}{digital signal processing}
 <br />\newinitialism{atm}{ATM}{automated teller machine}
</div>
-<!--l. 4571--><p class="nopar" > On <a
+<!--l. 4588--><p class="nopar" > On <a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{radar}</span></span></span> will produce “radar (radio detecting and ranging)” but <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{dsp}</span></span></span>
will produce “DSP (digital signal processing)”.
-</p><!--l. 4576--><p class="indent" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a
+</p><!--l. 4593--><p class="indent" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a
href="#x1-5094r28"><span
class="cmtt-10">sample-storage-abbr.tex</span></a>. </p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 4578--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4578--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 4580--><p class="indent" > In the above example, if <span
+<!--l. 4595--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4595--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 4597--><p class="indent" > In the above example, if <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>is explicitly used (instead of through
<span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>) the <span
@@ -9009,13 +9032,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">abbrtype </span>field.
<a
id="x1-33007r5"></a>
-</p><!--l. 4589--><p class="noindent" ><span
+</p><!--l. 4606--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmbx-12">Example 5</span><span
class="cmbx-12"> (Defining Custom Storage Key (Acronyms and</span>
<span
class="cmbx-12">Non-Acronyms with Descriptions))</span><a
id="x1-33008"></a>
-</p><!--l. 4590--><p class="indent" > The previous example can be modified if the <span
+</p><!--l. 4607--><p class="indent" > The previous example can be modified if the <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
id="dx1-33009"></a> also needs to be provided. Here
I’ve changed “word” to “acronym”:
@@ -9028,7 +9051,7 @@
 <br /> {acronym}% default value if not explicitly set
 <br /> {\abbrtype}% custom command to access the value if required
</div>
-<!--l. 4598--><p class="nopar" > This may seem a little odd for non-abbreviated entries defined using <span
+<!--l. 4615--><p class="nopar" > This may seem a little odd for non-abbreviated entries defined using <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span>
directly, but <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglshaslong</span><a
@@ -9035,7 +9058,7 @@
id="dx1-33010"></a> can be used to determine whether or not to reference the value
of this new <span
class="cmtt-10">abbrtype </span>field.
-</p><!--l. 4604--><p class="indent" > The new acronym style has a minor modification that forces the user to specify a
+</p><!--l. 4621--><p class="indent" > The new acronym style has a minor modification that forces the user to specify a
description. In the previous example, the line:
@@ -9043,7 +9066,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-119">
   \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{description={\the\glslongtok}}%
</div>
-<!--l. 4608--><p class="nopar" > needs to be changed to:
+<!--l. 4625--><p class="nopar" > needs to be changed to:
</p>
@@ -9050,7 +9073,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-120">
   \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}%
</div>
-<!--l. 4612--><p class="nopar" > Additionally, to accommodate the change in the default value of the <span
+<!--l. 4629--><p class="nopar" > Additionally, to accommodate the change in the default value of the <span
class="cmtt-10">abbrtype </span>key, all
instances of
@@ -9059,7 +9082,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-121">
    \ifglsfieldeq{##1}{abbrtype}{word}
</div>
-<!--l. 4617--><p class="nopar" > need to be changed to:
+<!--l. 4634--><p class="nopar" > need to be changed to:
</p>
@@ -9066,8 +9089,8 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-122">
    \ifglsfieldeq{##1}{abbrtype}{acronym}
</div>
-<!--l. 4621--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4623--><p class="indent" > Once this new style has been set, the new acronyms can be defined using the optional
+<!--l. 4638--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4640--><p class="indent" > Once this new style has been set, the new acronyms can be defined using the optional
argument to set the description:
@@ -9077,8 +9100,8 @@
 <br />speed of aircraft, ships, etc}]{radar}{radar}{radio detecting
 <br />and ranging}
</div>
-<!--l. 4629--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4631--><p class="indent" > No change is required for the definition of <span
+<!--l. 4646--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4648--><p class="indent" > No change is required for the definition of <span
class="cmtt-10">\newinitialism </span>but again the optional
argument is required to set the description:
@@ -9088,8 +9111,8 @@
\newinitialism[description={mathematical manipulation of an
 <br />information signal}]{dsp}{DSP}{digital signal processing}
</div>
-<!--l. 4636--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4638--><p class="indent" > We can also accommodate contractions in a similar manner to the initialisms:
+<!--l. 4653--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4655--><p class="indent" > We can also accommodate contractions in a similar manner to the initialisms:
</p>
@@ -9098,22 +9121,22 @@
 <br />  \newacronym[abbrtype=contraction,#1]{#2}{#3}{#4}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 4644--><p class="nopar" > The contractions can similarly been defined using this new command:
+<!--l. 4661--><p class="nopar" > The contractions can similarly been defined using this new command:
</p>
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-126">
\newcontraction[description={front part of a ship below the
- <br />deck}]{focsle}{fo’c’s’le}{forecastle}
+ <br />deck}]{focsle}{fo'c's'le}{forecastle}
</div>
-<!--l. 4649--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4651--><p class="indent" > Since the custom acronym style just checks if <span
+<!--l. 4666--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4668--><p class="indent" > Since the custom acronym style just checks if <span
class="cmtt-10">abbrtype </span>is <span
class="cmtt-10">acronym</span>, the contractions will
be treated the same as the initialisms, but the style could be modified by a further test of the
<span
class="cmtt-10">abbrtype </span>value if required.
-</p><!--l. 4656--><p class="indent" > To test regular non-abbreviated entries, I’ve also defined a simple word:
+</p><!--l. 4673--><p class="indent" > To test regular non-abbreviated entries, I’ve also defined a simple word:
</p>
@@ -9120,8 +9143,8 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-127">
\newglossaryentry{apple}{name={apple},description={a fruit}}
</div>
-<!--l. 4660--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4662--><p class="indent" > Now for a new glossary style that provides information about the abbreviation (in
+<!--l. 4677--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4679--><p class="indent" > Now for a new glossary style that provides information about the abbreviation (in
addition to the description):
@@ -9139,7 +9162,7 @@
 <br />       \glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription\space ##2}%
 <br /> }
</div>
-<!--l. 4676--><p class="nopar" > This uses <span
+<!--l. 4693--><p class="nopar" > This uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglshaslong</span><a
id="dx1-33011"></a> to determine whether or not the term is an abbreviation. If it has
an abbreviation, the full form is supplied in parentheses and <span
@@ -9146,46 +9169,46 @@
class="cmtt-10">\abbrtype </span>(defined by
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey </span>earlier) is used to indicate the type of abbreviation.
-</p><!--l. 4683--><p class="indent" > With this style set, the <span
+</p><!--l. 4700--><p class="indent" > With this style set, the <span
class="cmtt-10">apple </span>entry is simply displayed in the glossary as
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmbx-10">apple</span> </dt><dd
class="description">a fruit.</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 4688--><p class="noindent" >but the abbreviations are displayed in the form
+<!--l. 4705--><p class="noindent" >but the abbreviations are displayed in the form
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmbx-10">laser</span> </dt><dd
class="description">(acronym: light amplification by stimulated emission of radiation) device that
creates a narrow beam of intense light.</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 4694--><p class="noindent" >(for acronyms) or
+<!--l. 4711--><p class="noindent" >(for acronyms) or
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmbx-10">DSP</span> </dt><dd
class="description">(initialism: digital signal processing) mathematical manipulation of an
information signal.</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 4699--><p class="noindent" >(for initalisms) or
+<!--l. 4716--><p class="noindent" >(for initalisms) or
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmbx-10">fo’c’s’le</span> </dt><dd
class="description">(contraction: forecastle) front part of a ship below the deck.</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 4704--><p class="noindent" >(for contractions).
-</p><!--l. 4706--><p class="indent" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a
+<!--l. 4721--><p class="noindent" >(for contractions).
+</p><!--l. 4723--><p class="indent" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a
href="#x1-5095r29"><span
class="cmtt-10">sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex</span></a>.
</p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 4708--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4708--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 4725--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4725--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 4710--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 4727--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 4710--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 4727--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.6 </span> <a
id="sec:expansion"></a>Expansion</h3>
-<!--l. 4713--><p class="noindent" >When you define new glossary entries expansion is performed by default, except for the <span
+<!--l. 4730--><p class="noindent" >When you define new glossary entries expansion is performed by default, except for the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
id="dx1-34001"></a>,
<span
@@ -9201,8 +9224,8 @@
id="dx1-34006"></a> keys (these keys all have expansion
suppressed via <span
class="cmtt-10">\glssetnoexpandfield</span>).
-</p><!--l. 4719--><p class="indent" > You can switch expansion on or off for individual keys using
-</p><!--l. 4720--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4736--><p class="indent" > You can switch expansion on or off for individual keys using
+</p><!--l. 4737--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glssetexpandfield</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-34007"></a> <span
@@ -9209,9 +9232,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glssetexpandfield{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4722--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4739--><p class="noindent" >
or
-</p><!--l. 4724--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4741--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glssetnoexpandfield</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-34008"></a> <span
@@ -9218,7 +9241,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glssetnoexpandfield{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4726--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4743--><p class="noindent" >
respectively, where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ is the field tag corresponding to the key. In most cases, this is the
same as the name of the key except for those listed in <a
@@ -9227,7 +9250,7 @@
<div class="table">
-<!--l. 4731--><p class="indent" > <a
+<!--l. 4748--><p class="indent" > <a
id="tab:fieldmap"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float"
>
@@ -9333,31 +9356,31 @@
</div><hr class="endfloat" />
</div>
-<!--l. 4752--><p class="indent" > Any keys that haven’t had the expansion explicitly set using <span
+<!--l. 4769--><p class="indent" > Any keys that haven’t had the expansion explicitly set using <span
class="cmtt-10">\glssetexpandfield </span>or
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glssetnoexpandfield </span>are governed by
-</p><!--l. 4754--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4771--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsexpandfields</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-34022"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsexpandfields </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4756--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4773--><p class="noindent" >
and
-</p><!--l. 4758--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4775--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsnoexpandfields</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-34023"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsnoexpandfields </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4760--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4762--><p class="indent" > If your entries contain any fragile commands, I recommend you switch off expansion via
+</p><!--l. 4777--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4779--><p class="indent" > If your entries contain any fragile commands, I recommend you switch off expansion via
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsnoexpandfields</span>. (This should be used before you define the entries.)
</p>
-<!--l. 4766--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 4783--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.7 </span> <a
id="sec:subentries"></a>Sub-Entries</h3>
-<!--l. 4769--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.17, it is possible to specify sub-entries. These may be used to order the
+<!--l. 4786--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.17, it is possible to specify sub-entries. These may be used to order the
glossary into categories, in which case the sub-entry will have a different name to its parent
entry, or it may be used to distinguish different definitions for the same word, in which
case the sub-entries will have the same name as the parent entry. Note that not all
@@ -9376,7 +9399,7 @@
class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.3 </a><a
href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">Glossary Appearance Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-printglos --></a> for further
details).
-</p><!--l. 4784--><p class="indent" > Note that the parent entry will automatically be added to the glossary if any of its child
+</p><!--l. 4801--><p class="indent" > Note that the parent entry will automatically be added to the glossary if any of its child
entries are used in the document. If the parent entry is not referenced in the document, it will
not have a <a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
@@ -9385,12 +9408,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
id="dx1-35003"></a></a> has a restriction on the maximum
sub-entry depth.
-</p><!--l. 4790--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4807--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 4790--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 4807--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.7.1 </span> <a
id="sec:hierarchical"></a>Hierarchical Categories</h4>
-<!--l. 4793--><p class="noindent" >To arrange a glossary with hierarchical categories, you need to first define the category and
+<!--l. 4810--><p class="noindent" >To arrange a glossary with hierarchical categories, you need to first define the category and
then define the sub-entries using the relevant category entry as the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">parent</span><a
id="dx1-36001"></a>
@@ -9397,13 +9420,13 @@
key.
<a
id="x1-36002r6"></a>
-</p><!--l. 4798--><p class="noindent" ><span
+</p><!--l. 4815--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmbx-12">Example 6</span><span
class="cmbx-12"> (Hierarchical Categories—Greek and Roman Mathematical</span>
<span
class="cmbx-12">Symbols)</span><a
id="x1-36003"></a>
-</p><!--l. 4800--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want a glossary of mathematical symbols that are divided into Greek letters
+</p><!--l. 4817--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want a glossary of mathematical symbols that are divided into Greek letters
and Roman letters. Then I can define the categories as follows:
@@ -9416,13 +9439,13 @@
 <br />\newglossaryentry{romanletter}{name={Roman letters},
 <br />description={\nopostdesc}}
</div>
-<!--l. 4809--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4811--><p class="indent" > Note that in this example, the category entries don’t need a description so I have set the
+<!--l. 4826--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4828--><p class="indent" > Note that in this example, the category entries don’t need a description so I have set the
descriptions to <span
class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><a
id="dx1-36004"></a>. This gives a blank description and suppresses the description
terminator.
-</p><!--l. 4816--><p class="indent" > I can now define my sub-entries as follows:
+</p><!--l. 4833--><p class="indent" > I can now define my sub-entries as follows:
</p>
@@ -9432,22 +9455,22 @@
 <br />the diameter},
 <br />parent=greekletter}
 <br />\newglossaryentry{C}{name={\ensuremath{C}},sort={C},
- <br />description={Euler’s constant},
+ <br />description={Euler's constant},
 <br />parent=romanletter}
</div>
-<!--l. 4826--><p class="nopar" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a
+<!--l. 4843--><p class="nopar" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a
href="#x1-5063r20"><span
class="cmtt-10">sampletree.tex</span></a>. </p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 4828--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4828--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 4830--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 4845--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4845--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 4847--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 4830--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 4847--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.7.2 </span> <a
id="sec:homographs"></a>Homographs</h4>
-<!--l. 4833--><p class="noindent" >Sub-entries that have the same name as the parent entry, don’t need to have the
+<!--l. 4850--><p class="noindent" >Sub-entries that have the same name as the parent entry, don’t need to have the
<span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
id="dx1-37001"></a> key. For example, the word “glossary” can mean a list of technical words or a
@@ -9461,11 +9484,11 @@
 <br />description={\nopostdesc},
 <br />plural={glossaries}}
</div>
-<!--l. 4842--><p class="nopar" > Again, the parent entry has no description, so the description terminator needs to be
+<!--l. 4859--><p class="nopar" > Again, the parent entry has no description, so the description terminator needs to be
suppressed using <span
class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><a
id="dx1-37002"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 4846--><p class="indent" > Now define the two different meanings of the word:
+</p><!--l. 4863--><p class="indent" > Now define the two different meanings of the word:
</p>
@@ -9479,7 +9502,7 @@
 <br />sort={2},
 <br />parent={glossary}}
</div>
-<!--l. 4857--><p class="nopar" > Note that if I reference the parent entry, the location will be added to the parent’s <a
+<!--l. 4874--><p class="nopar" > Note that if I reference the parent entry, the location will be added to the parent’s <a
href="#glo:numberlist">number
list<a
id="dx1-37003"></a></a>, whereas if I reference any of the child entries, the location will be added to the child
@@ -9502,7 +9525,7 @@
class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.3 </a><a
href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">Glossary Appearance Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-printglos --></a> for further
details.
-</p><!--l. 4869--><p class="indent" > In the above example, the plural form for both of the child entries is the same as the
+</p><!--l. 4886--><p class="indent" > In the above example, the plural form for both of the child entries is the same as the
parent entry, so the <span
class="cmss-10">plural</span><a
id="dx1-37008"></a> key was not required for the child entries. However, if the
@@ -9524,14 +9547,14 @@
 <br />plural={bravoes},
 <br />parent=bravo}
</div>
-<!--l. 4888--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4891--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 4905--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4908--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 4891--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 4908--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.8 </span> <a
id="sec:loadglsentries"></a>Loading Entries From a File</h3>
-<!--l. 4894--><p class="noindent" >You can store all your glossary entry definitions in another file and use:
-</p><!--l. 4896--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 4911--><p class="noindent" >You can store all your glossary entry definitions in another file and use:
+</p><!--l. 4913--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\loadglsentries</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-38001"></a> <span
@@ -9540,7 +9563,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">filename</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4898--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4915--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">filename</span>⟩ is the name of the file containing all the <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
@@ -9558,13 +9581,13 @@
which is what <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
id="dx1-38006"></a> uses by default).
-</p><!--l. 4908--><p class="indent" > This is a preamble-only command. You may also use <span
+</p><!--l. 4925--><p class="indent" > This is a preamble-only command. You may also use <span
class="cmtt-10">\input</span><a
id="dx1-38007"></a> to load the file but don’t use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\include</span><a
id="dx1-38008"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 4911--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use <span
+</p><!--l. 4928--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\AtBeginDocument</span><a
id="dx1-38009"></a> to <span
class="cmtt-10">\input </span>all your entries automatically at the
@@ -9586,16 +9609,16 @@
class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.10 </a><a
href="#sec:docdefs">Drawbacks With Defining Entries in the Document Environment<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:docdefs --></a>.)
</div>
-</p><!--l. 4920--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4937--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="x1-38014r7"></a>
-</p><!--l. 4922--><p class="noindent" ><span
+</p><!--l. 4939--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmbx-12">Example 7</span><span
class="cmbx-12"> (Loading Entries from Another File)</span><a
id="x1-38015"></a>
-</p><!--l. 4923--><p class="indent" > Suppose I have a file called <span
+</p><!--l. 4940--><p class="indent" > Suppose I have a file called <span
class="cmtt-10">myentries.tex </span>which contains:
@@ -9610,7 +9633,7 @@
 <br />name={html},
 <br />description={A mark up language}}
</div>
-<!--l. 4935--><p class="nopar" > and suppose in my document preamble I use the command:
+<!--l. 4952--><p class="nopar" > and suppose in my document preamble I use the command:
</p>
@@ -9617,7 +9640,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-135">
\loadglsentries[languages]{myentries}
</div>
-<!--l. 4939--><p class="nopar" > then this will add the entries <span
+<!--l. 4956--><p class="nopar" > then this will add the entries <span
class="cmtt-10">tex </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">html </span>to the glossary whose type is given by
<span
@@ -9627,9 +9650,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">main</span>. </p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 4944--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4944--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 4946--><p class="indent" > <span
+<!--l. 4961--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4961--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 4963--><p class="indent" > <span
class="cmbx-10">Note: </span>if you use <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
id="dx1-38016"></a> (see <a
@@ -9646,7 +9669,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-136">
\newacronym{aca}{aca}{a contrived acronym}
</div>
-<!--l. 4952--><p class="nopar" > then (supposing I have defined a new glossary type called <span
+<!--l. 4969--><p class="nopar" > then (supposing I have defined a new glossary type called <span
class="cmtt-10">altacronym</span>)
@@ -9654,7 +9677,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-137">
\loadglsentries[altacronym]{myacronyms}
</div>
-<!--l. 4957--><p class="nopar" > will add <span
+<!--l. 4974--><p class="nopar" > will add <span
class="cmtt-10">aca </span>to the glossary type <span
class="cmtt-10">acronym</span>, if the package option <span
class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
@@ -9667,7 +9690,7 @@
specified.<span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn2x4" id="fn2x4-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">4.2</sup></a></span><a
id="x1-38019f2"></a>
-</p><!--l. 4965--><p class="indent" > If you have used the <span
+</p><!--l. 4982--><p class="indent" > If you have used the <span
class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
id="dx1-38023"></a> package option, there are two possible solutions to this
problem:
@@ -9681,7 +9704,7 @@
\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{aca}{aca}{a
 <br />contrived acronym}
</div>
- <!--l. 4973--><p class="nopar" > and do:
+ <!--l. 4990--><p class="nopar" > and do:
</p>
@@ -9688,7 +9711,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-139">
\loadglsentries[altacronym]{myacronyms}
</div>
- <!--l. 4977--><p class="nopar" >
+ <!--l. 4994--><p class="nopar" >
</p></li>
<li
class="enumerate" id="x1-38027x2">Temporarily change <span
@@ -9701,11 +9724,11 @@
 <br />\loadglsentries{myacronyms}
 <br />\let\acronymtype\orgacronymtype
</div>
- <!--l. 4985--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ol>
-<!--l. 4988--><p class="indent" > Note that only those entries that have been used in the text will appear in the relevant
+ <!--l. 5002--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ol>
+<!--l. 5005--><p class="indent" > Note that only those entries that have been used in the text will appear in the relevant
glossaries. Note also that <span
class="cmtt-10">\loadglsentries </span>may only be used in the preamble.
-</p><!--l. 4993--><p class="indent" > Remember that you can use <span
+</p><!--l. 5010--><p class="indent" > Remember that you can use <span
class="cmtt-10">\provideglossaryentry</span><a
id="dx1-38028"></a> rather than <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
@@ -9726,7 +9749,7 @@
\provideglossaryentry{mallard}{name=mallard,
 <br /> description={a type of duck}}
</div>
-<!--l. 5006--><p class="nopar" > but suppose your document requires a more detailed description, you can do:
+<!--l. 5023--><p class="nopar" > but suppose your document requires a more detailed description, you can do:
</p>
@@ -9737,16 +9760,16 @@
 <br /> description={a dabbling duck where the male has a green head}}
 <br />\loadglsentries{terms}
</div>
-<!--l. 5017--><p class="nopar" > Now the <span
+<!--l. 5034--><p class="nopar" > Now the <span
class="cmtt-10">mallard </span>definition in the <span
class="cmtt-10">terms.tex </span>file will be ignored.
-</p><!--l. 5021--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5038--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 5021--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 5038--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.9 </span> <a
id="sec:moveentry"></a>Moving Entries to Another Glossary</h3>
-<!--l. 5024--><p class="noindent" >As from version 3.02, you can move an entry from one glossary to another using:
-</p><!--l. 5026--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 5041--><p class="noindent" >As from version 3.02, you can move an entry from one glossary to another using:
+</p><!--l. 5043--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsmoveentry</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-39001"></a> <span
@@ -9755,12 +9778,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">target glossary label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5028--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5045--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the unique label identifying the required entry and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">target glossary label</span>⟩ is the
unique label identifying the glossary in which to put the entry.
-</p><!--l. 5033--><p class="indent" > Note that no check is performed to determine the existence of the target glossary. If
+</p><!--l. 5050--><p class="indent" > Note that no check is performed to determine the existence of the target glossary. If
you want to move an entry to a glossary that’s skipped by <span
class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-39002"></a>,
@@ -9771,15 +9794,15 @@
class="cmsy-10">§</span>12 </a><a
href="#sec:newglossary">Defining New
Glossaries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglossary --></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 5039--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Unpredictable results may occur if you move an entry to a different glossary from its
+</p><!--l. 5056--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Unpredictable results may occur if you move an entry to a different glossary from its
parent or children. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5042--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5044--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5059--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5061--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 5044--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 5061--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.10 </span> <a
id="sec:docdefs"></a>Drawbacks With Defining Entries in the Document Environment</h3>
-<!--l. 5047--><p class="noindent" >Originally, <span
+<!--l. 5064--><p class="noindent" >Originally, <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
id="dx1-40001"></a> (and <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
@@ -9801,12 +9824,12 @@
definitions.)
-</p><!--l. 5057--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5074--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 5057--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 5074--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.10.1 </span> <a
id="sec:techissues"></a>Technical Issues</h4>
-<!--l. 5060--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 5077--><p class="noindent" >
</p><ol class="enumerate1" >
<li
class="enumerate" id="x1-41002x1">If you define an entry mid-way through your document, but subsequently shuffle
@@ -9843,7 +9866,7 @@
class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span
class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ arguments.
</li></ol>
-<!--l. 5086--><p class="noindent" >To overcome the first two problems, as from version 4.0 the <span
+<!--l. 5103--><p class="noindent" >To overcome the first two problems, as from version 4.0 the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package modifies the
definition of <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>at the beginning of the <span
@@ -9860,7 +9883,7 @@
id="dx1-41015"></a> environment if it doesn’t already exist. This means that the entry can now
be looked up in the glossary, even if the glossary occurs at the beginning of the
document.
-</p><!--l. 5096--><p class="indent" > There are drawbacks to this mechanism: if you modify an entry definition, you need a
+</p><!--l. 5113--><p class="indent" > There are drawbacks to this mechanism: if you modify an entry definition, you need a
second run to see the effect of your modification; this method requires an extra <span
class="cmtt-10">\newwrite</span>,
which may exceed <span class="TEX">T<span
@@ -9872,12 +9895,12 @@
id="dx1-41017"></a> file when it’s
created at the end of the document (and therefore won’t be present on subsequent
runs).
-</p><!--l. 5104--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5121--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 5104--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 5121--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.10.2 </span> <a
id="sec:goodpractice"></a>Good Practice Issues</h4>
-<!--l. 5107--><p class="noindent" >The above section covers technical issues that can cause your document to have compilation
+<!--l. 5124--><p class="noindent" >The above section covers technical issues that can cause your document to have compilation
errors or produce incorrect output. This section focuses on good writing practice. The main
reason cited by users wanting to define entries within the <span
class="cmss-10">document</span><a
@@ -9889,7 +9912,7 @@
their document text. This suggests a “stream of consciousness” style of writing
that may be acceptable in certain literary genres but is inappropriate for factual
documents.
-</p><!--l. 5116--><p class="indent" > When you write technical documents, regardless of whether it’s a PhD thesis or an article
+</p><!--l. 5133--><p class="indent" > When you write technical documents, regardless of whether it’s a PhD thesis or an article
for a journal or proceedings, you must plan what you write in advance. If you plan in
advance, you should have a fairly good idea of the type of terminology that your
document will contain, so while you are planning, create a new file with all your
@@ -9902,11 +9925,11 @@
</p>
-<!--l. 5129--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 5129--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 5146--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 5146--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">5. <a
id="sec:numberlists"></a>Number lists</h2>
-</p><!--l. 5132--><p class="indent" > Each entry in the glossary has an associated <a
+</p><!--l. 5149--><p class="indent" > Each entry in the glossary has an associated <a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
id="dx1-43001"></a></a>. By default, these numbers refer
to the pages on which that entry has been used (using any of the commands described in <a
@@ -9925,7 +9948,7 @@
id="dx1-43003"></a> package option. The number list is also
referred to as the location list<a
id="dx1-43004"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 5141--><p class="indent" > Each location in the <a
+</p><!--l. 5158--><p class="indent" > Each location in the <a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
id="dx1-43005"></a></a> is encapsulated with a command. (The <span
class="cmti-10">encap</span><a
@@ -9968,7 +9991,7 @@
href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
id="dx1-43013"></a></a> with the same location repeated in different
fonts.
-</p><!--l. 5159--><p class="indent" > This is something you need to be careful about, but if you use the
+</p><!--l. 5176--><p class="indent" > This is something you need to be careful about, but if you use the
<a
href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
@@ -10003,7 +10026,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsnumberformat </span>encap will always have the least
precedence. Other conflicting encaps will have the last one override earlier ones for the same
location.
-</p><!--l. 5170--><p class="indent" > Due to the asynchronous nature of <span class="TEX">T<span
+</p><!--l. 5187--><p class="indent" > Due to the asynchronous nature of <span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span>’s output routine (see, for example, <a
href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=oddpage" >Finding if
you’re on an odd or an even page</a>) the <span
@@ -10027,7 +10050,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
id="dx1-43026"></a>
preferable.)
-</p><!--l. 5186--><p class="indent" > To compensate, the <span
+</p><!--l. 5203--><p class="indent" > To compensate, the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package has to make some adjustments to ensure the
location number is correct for this situation. By default, the adjustments only affect the
counter styles: <span
@@ -10044,7 +10067,7 @@
class="cmti-10">internal cs name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">\c at page </span>you need to
use:
-</p><!--l. 5194--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5211--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsaddprotectedpagefmt</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-43027"></a> <span
@@ -10054,11 +10077,11 @@
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5196--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5213--><p class="noindent" >
Note that the backslash must be omitted from ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">internal cs name</span>⟩ and the corresponding
command must be able to process a count register as the (sole) argument.
-</p><!--l. 5201--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you have a style <span
+</p><!--l. 5218--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you have a style <span
class="cmtt-10">samplenum </span>that is implemented as follows:
@@ -10068,7 +10091,7 @@
 <br />   \expandafter\@samplenum\csname c@#1\endcsname}
 <br /> \newcommand*{\@samplenum}[1]{\two at digits{#1}}
</div>
-<!--l. 5208--><p class="nopar" > (That is, it displays the value of the counter as a two-digit number.) Then to ensure the
+<!--l. 5225--><p class="nopar" > (That is, it displays the value of the counter as a two-digit number.) Then to ensure the
location is correct for entries in page-spanning paragraphs, you need to do:
@@ -10076,11 +10099,11 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-144">
\glsaddprotectedpagefmt{@samplenum}
</div>
-<!--l. 5214--><p class="nopar" > (If you are using a different counter for the location, such as <span
+<!--l. 5231--><p class="nopar" > (If you are using a different counter for the location, such as <span
class="cmtt-10">section </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">equation</span>, you don’t
need to worry about this.)
-</p><!--l. 5219--><p class="indent" > If the inner macro (as given by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+</p><!--l. 5236--><p class="indent" > If the inner macro (as given by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\</span></span></span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">internal cs name</span>⟩) contains non-expandable
commands then you may need to redefine <span
@@ -10102,7 +10125,7 @@
 <br />  \expandafter\@samplenum\csname c@#1\endcsname}
 <br /> \newcommand*{\@samplenum}[1]{\textsc{\romannumeral#1}}
</div>
-<!--l. 5229--><p class="nopar" > Again, the inner macro needs to be identified using:
+<!--l. 5246--><p class="nopar" > Again, the inner macro needs to be identified using:
</p>
@@ -10109,7 +10132,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-146">
\glsaddprotectedpagefmt{@samplenum}
</div>
-<!--l. 5233--><p class="nopar" > However, since <span
+<!--l. 5250--><p class="nopar" > However, since <span
class="cmtt-10">\textsc </span>isn’t fully expandable, the location is written to the file as
<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><span
@@ -10134,7 +10157,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-147">
\renewcommand*{\gls at samplenumpage}{\romannumeral\c at page}
</div>
-<!--l. 5243--><p class="nopar" > While this modification means that the location list in the glossary won’t exactly match the
+<!--l. 5260--><p class="nopar" > While this modification means that the location list in the glossary won’t exactly match the
format of the page numbers (displaying lower case Roman numbers instead of small cap
Roman numerals) this method will at least work correctly for both <a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
@@ -10154,7 +10177,7 @@
 \renewcommand*{\gls at samplenumpage}{%
 <br />   \glsbackslash\string\textsc{\romannumeral\c at page}}
</div>
-<!--l. 5253--><p class="nopar" > combined with
+<!--l. 5270--><p class="nopar" > combined with
</p>
@@ -10162,9 +10185,9 @@
\GlsAddXdyLocation{romansc}{:sep "\string\textsc\glsopenbrace"
 <br /> "roman-numbers-lowercase" :sep "\glsclosebrace"}
</div>
-<!--l. 5258--><p class="nopar" > will now have lowercase Roman numerals in the location list. (This option may cause
+<!--l. 5275--><p class="nopar" > will now have lowercase Roman numerals in the location list. (This option may cause
problems if your locations should be hyperlinks.)
-</p><!--l. 5263--><p class="indent" > Another possibility that will work with both <a
+</p><!--l. 5280--><p class="indent" > Another possibility that will work with both <a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
id="dx1-43032"></a></a> and <a
@@ -10187,8 +10210,8 @@
  \renewcommand*{\gls at samplenumpage}{\number\c at page}
 <br />  \renewcommand*{\glsnumberformat}[1]{\textsc{\romannumeral#1}}
</div>
-<!--l. 5271--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5273--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you redefine <span
+<!--l. 5288--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5290--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">internal cs name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">page</span>, you must make sure that <span
@@ -10196,20 +10219,20 @@
when it’s written to the file. (So don’t, for example, hide <span
class="cmtt-10">\c at page </span>inside a robust command.)
</div>
-</p><!--l. 5278--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5280--><p class="indent" > The mechanism that allows this to work temporarily redefines <span
+</p><!--l. 5295--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5297--><p class="indent" > The mechanism that allows this to work temporarily redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\the</span><a
id="dx1-43035"></a> and <span
class="cmtt-10">\number</span><a
id="dx1-43036"></a> while it
processes the location. If this causes a problem you can disallow it using
-</p><!--l. 5283--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5300--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glswrallowprimitivemodsfalse</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-43037"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glswrallowprimitivemodsfalse </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5285--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5287--><p class="indent" > Both <a
+</p><!--l. 5302--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5304--><p class="indent" > Both <a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
id="dx1-43038"></a></a> and <a
@@ -10231,7 +10254,7 @@
class="cmti-10">n</span>⟩ is either an integer or the keyword
<span
class="cmtt-10">none </span>which indicates that there should be no range formation.
-</p><!--l. 5294--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span
+</p><!--l. 5311--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength </span>must be used before <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-43042"></a> and has
@@ -10238,8 +10261,8 @@
no effect if <span
class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a
id="dx1-43043"></a> is used. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5297--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5299--><p class="indent" > With both <a
+</p><!--l. 5314--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5316--><p class="indent" > With both <a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
id="dx1-43044"></a></a> and <a
@@ -10249,7 +10272,7 @@
href="#option2">2</a> and <a
href="#option3">3</a>), you can replace the separator and
the closing number in the range using:
-</p><!--l. 5301--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5318--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsSetSuffixF</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-43046"></a> <span
@@ -10256,8 +10279,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsSetSuffixF{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">suffix</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5303--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5304--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5320--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5321--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsSetSuffixFF</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-43047"></a> <span
@@ -10264,7 +10287,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsSetSuffixFF{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">suffix</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5306--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5323--><p class="noindent" >
where the former command specifies the suffix to use for a 2 page list and the latter specifies
the suffix to use for longer lists. For example:
@@ -10274,7 +10297,7 @@
\glsSetSuffixF{f.}
 <br />\glsSetSuffixFF{ff.}
</div>
-<!--l. 5313--><p class="nopar" > Note that if you use <a
+<!--l. 5330--><p class="nopar" > Note that if you use <a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
id="dx1-43048"></a></a> (<a
@@ -10286,7 +10309,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-152">
\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength{1}
</div>
-<!--l. 5319--><p class="nopar" > Note that if you use the <span
+<!--l. 5336--><p class="nopar" > Note that if you use the <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-43049"></a> package, you will need to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\nohyperpage</span><a
@@ -10299,8 +10322,8 @@
\glsSetSuffixF{\nohyperpage{f.}}
 <br />\glsSetSuffixFF{\nohyperpage{ff.}}
</div>
-<!--l. 5326--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5328--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span
+<!--l. 5343--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5345--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsSetSuffixF </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsSetSuffixFF </span>must be used before <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
@@ -10308,13 +10331,13 @@
and have no effect if <span
class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a
id="dx1-43052"></a> is used. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5332--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5334--><p class="indent" > <a
+</p><!--l. 5349--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5351--><p class="indent" > <a
href="#option1">Option 1</a> doesn’t form ranges. However, with this option you can iterate over an entry’s
<a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
id="dx1-43053"></a></a> using:
-</p><!--l. 5336--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5353--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsnumberlistloop</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-43054"></a> <span
@@ -10326,12 +10349,12 @@
class="cmitt-10">xr handler cs</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5339--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5356--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">handler cs</span>⟩ is a handler control sequence of the
form:
-</p><!--l. 5343--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition">⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 5360--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition">⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">handler cs</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span
@@ -10342,7 +10365,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5344--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5361--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩ is the <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
@@ -10354,7 +10377,7 @@
class="cmti-10">location</span>⟩ is the location.
The third argument is the control sequence to use for any cross-references in the list. This
handler should have the syntax:
-</p><!--l. 5352--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition">⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 5369--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition">⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">xr handler cs</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">tag</span>⟩<span
@@ -10361,7 +10384,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5353--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5370--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">tag</span>⟩ is the cross-referenced text (e.g. “see”) and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">xr list</span>⟩ is a comma-separated list of
@@ -10368,7 +10391,7 @@
labels. (This actually has a third argument but it’s always empty when used with
<a
href="#option1">Option 1</a>.)
-</p><!--l. 5358--><p class="indent" > For example, if on page 12 I have used
+</p><!--l. 5375--><p class="indent" > For example, if on page 12 I have used
</p>
@@ -10375,7 +10398,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-154">
\gls[format=textbf]{apple}
</div>
-<!--l. 5362--><p class="nopar" > and on page 18 I have used
+<!--l. 5379--><p class="nopar" > and on page 18 I have used
</p>
@@ -10382,7 +10405,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-155">
\gls[format=emph]{apple}
</div>
-<!--l. 5366--><p class="nopar" > then
+<!--l. 5383--><p class="nopar" > then
</p>
@@ -10389,7 +10412,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-156">
\glsnumberlistloop{apple}{\myhandler}
</div>
-<!--l. 5370--><p class="nopar" > will be equivalent to:
+<!--l. 5387--><p class="nopar" > will be equivalent to:
</p>
@@ -10397,10 +10420,10 @@
\myhandler{}{page}{textbf}{12}%
 <br />\myhandler{}{page}{emph}{18}%
</div>
-<!--l. 5375--><p class="nopar" > There is a predefined handler that’s used to display the <a
+<!--l. 5392--><p class="nopar" > There is a predefined handler that’s used to display the <a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
id="dx1-43056"></a></a> in the glossary:
-</p><!--l. 5378--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5395--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsnoidxdisplayloc</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-43057"></a> <span
@@ -10414,9 +10437,9 @@
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5380--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5397--><p class="noindent" >
The predefined handler used for the cross-references in the glossary is:
-</p><!--l. 5383--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+</p><!--l. 5400--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsseeformat[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">tag</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -10424,21 +10447,21 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5384--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5401--><p class="noindent" >
which is described in <a
href="#sec:customxr"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>8.1 </a><a
href="#sec:customxr">Customising Cross-reference Text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:customxr --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 5387--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span
+</p><!--l. 5404--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsnumberlistloop </span>is not available for Options <a
href="#option2">2</a> and <a
href="#option3">3</a>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5389--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5391--><p class="indent" > As from version 4.24, there’s a hook that’s used near the end of <span
+</p><!--l. 5406--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5408--><p class="indent" > As from version 4.24, there’s a hook that’s used near the end of <span
class="cmtt-10">\writeist</span><a
id="dx1-43058"></a> before the file
is closed. You can set the code to be performed then using:
-</p><!--l. 5394--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5411--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsSetWriteIstHook</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-43059"></a> <span
@@ -10445,10 +10468,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetWriteIstHook{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5396--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5413--><p class="noindent" >
If you want the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩ to write any information to the file, you need to use
-</p><!--l. 5399--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5416--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glswrite</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-43060"></a> <span
@@ -10455,7 +10478,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\write\glswrite{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">style information</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5401--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5418--><p class="noindent" >
Make sure you use the correct format within ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">style information</span>⟩. For example, if you are using
<span
@@ -10470,22 +10493,22 @@
 <br /> \write\glswrite{line_max 80}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 5409--><p class="nopar" > This changes the page type precedence<a
+<!--l. 5426--><p class="nopar" > This changes the page type precedence<a
id="dx1-43062"></a> and the maximum line length used by
<span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
id="dx1-43063"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 5413--><p class="indent" > Remember that if you switch to <span
+</p><!--l. 5430--><p class="indent" > Remember that if you switch to <span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
id="dx1-43064"></a>, this will no longer be valid code.
</p>
-<!--l. 5416--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 5416--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 5433--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 5433--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">6. <a
id="sec:glslink"></a>Links to Glossary Entries</h2>
-</p><!--l. 5419--><p class="indent" > Once you have defined a glossary entry using <span
+</p><!--l. 5436--><p class="indent" > Once you have defined a glossary entry using <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
id="dx1-44001"></a> or <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
@@ -10528,7 +10551,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-44007"></a> these external files won’t be
created.
-</p><!--l. 5436--><p class="indent" > Note that repeated use of these commands for the same entry can cause the <a
+</p><!--l. 5453--><p class="indent" > Note that repeated use of these commands for the same entry can cause the <a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
id="dx1-44008"></a></a> to
become quite long, which may not be particular helpful to the reader. In this case,
@@ -10541,10 +10564,10 @@
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package, which
provides a means to suppress the automated indexing of the commands listed in this
chapter.
-</p><!--l. 5444--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> I strongly recommend that you don’t use the commands defined in this chapter in the
+</p><!--l. 5461--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> I strongly recommend that you don’t use the commands defined in this chapter in the
arguments of sectioning or caption commands or any other command that has a moving
argument.
-</p><!--l. 5449--><p class="indent" > Aside from problems with expansion issues, PDF bookmarks and possible nested
+</p><!--l. 5466--><p class="indent" > Aside from problems with expansion issues, PDF bookmarks and possible nested
hyperlinks in the table of contents (or list of whatever) any use of the commands
described in <a
href="#sec:gls-like"><span
@@ -10554,8 +10577,8 @@
<a
href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> unset when they appear in the table of contents (or list of whatever).
</div>
-</p><!--l. 5454--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5456--><p class="indent" > The above warning is particularly important if you are using the <span
+</p><!--l. 5471--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5473--><p class="indent" > The above warning is particularly important if you are using the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package in
conjunction with the <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
@@ -10585,13 +10608,13 @@
 <br />\chapter[An overview of Perl]{An overview of \gls{perl}}
 <br />\chapter{An overview of \texorpdfstring{\gls{perl}}{Perl}}
</div>
-<!--l. 5468--><p class="nopar" > If you want to retain the formatting that’s available through commands like <span
+<!--l. 5485--><p class="nopar" > If you want to retain the formatting that’s available through commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\acrshort </span>(for
example, if you are using one of the small caps styles), then you might want to consider the
<a
href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package which provides commands for this purpose.
-</p><!--l. 5475--><p class="indent" > If you want the <a
+</p><!--l. 5492--><p class="indent" > If you want the <a
href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
id="dx1-44014"></a></a> to produce a hyperlink to the corresponding entry details in the
glossary, you should load the <span
@@ -10604,7 +10627,7 @@
id="dx1-44016"></a></a>, you can click on
the word or phrase and it will take you to a brief description in this document’s
glossary.
-</p><!--l. 5483--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the <span
+</p><!--l. 5500--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-44017"></a> package, I strongly recommend you use <span
class="cmtt-10">pdflatex</span><a
@@ -10622,11 +10645,11 @@
subscripts or superscripts. This means that if you define a term that may be used as a
subscript or superscript, if you use the DVI format, it won’t come out the correct
size.
-</p><!--l. 5497--><p class="indent" > These are limitations of the DVI format not of the <span
+</p><!--l. 5514--><p class="indent" > These are limitations of the DVI format not of the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
id="dx1-44020"></a> package. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5499--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5501--><p class="indent" > It may be that you only want terms in certain glossaries to have hyperlinks, but not for
+</p><!--l. 5516--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5518--><p class="indent" > It may be that you only want terms in certain glossaries to have hyperlinks, but not for
other glossaries. In this case, you can use the package option <span
class="cmss-10">nohypertypes</span><a
id="dx1-44021"></a> to identify the
@@ -10637,10 +10660,10 @@
class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.1 </a><a
href="#sec:pkgopts-general">General Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-general --></a> for further
details.
-</p><!--l. 5507--><p class="indent" > The way the <a
+</p><!--l. 5524--><p class="indent" > The way the <a
href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
id="dx1-44023"></a></a> is displayed depends on
-</p><!--l. 5508--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5525--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glstextformat</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-44024"></a> <span
@@ -10647,7 +10670,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5510--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5527--><p class="noindent" >
For example, to make all <a
href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
id="dx1-44025"></a></a> appear in a sans-serif font, do:
@@ -10657,7 +10680,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-160">
\renewcommand*{\glstextformat}[1]{\textsf{#1}}
</div>
-<!--l. 5515--><p class="nopar" > Further customisation can be done via <span
+<!--l. 5532--><p class="nopar" > Further customisation can be done via <span
class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span><a
id="dx1-44026"></a> or by redefining <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a
@@ -10666,7 +10689,7 @@
href="#sec:glsdisplay"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.3 </a><a
href="#sec:glsdisplay">Changing the format of the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a> for further details.
-</p><!--l. 5520--><p class="indent" > Each entry has an associated conditional referred to as the <a
+</p><!--l. 5537--><p class="indent" > Each entry has an associated conditional referred to as the <a
href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. Some of the
commands described in this chapter automatically unset this flag and can also use it
to determine what text should be displayed. These types of commands are the
@@ -10693,7 +10716,7 @@
(mark the entry as having been used) or reset (mark the entry as not used) the <a
href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use
flag</a> without referencing the entries.
-</p><!--l. 5532--><p class="indent" > The <a
+</p><!--l. 5549--><p class="indent" > The <a
href="#sec:gls-like"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> and <a
href="#sec:glstext-like"><span
@@ -10724,7 +10747,7 @@
href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides the option to add a third custom
variant.
-</p><!--l. 5549--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Avoid nesting these commands. For example don’t do <span
+</p><!--l. 5566--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Avoid nesting these commands. For example don’t do <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslink{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span><span
@@ -10750,8 +10773,8 @@
id="dx1-44034"></a> key if you intend to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glssymbol</span>.)
</div>
-</p><!--l. 5559--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5561--><p class="indent" > The following keys are available for the optional argument:
+</p><!--l. 5576--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5578--><p class="indent" > The following keys are available for the optional argument:
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmssbx-10">hyper</span><a
@@ -10814,8 +10837,8 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-161">
\newcommand*{\textbfem}[1]{\textbf{\emph{#1}}}
</div>
- <!--l. 5590--><p class="nopar" > and use that command.
- </p><!--l. 5593--><p class="noindent" >In this document, the standard formats refer to the standard text block commands such
+ <!--l. 5607--><p class="nopar" > and use that command.
+ </p><!--l. 5610--><p class="noindent" >In this document, the standard formats refer to the standard text block commands such
as <span
class="cmtt-10">\textbf</span><a
id="dx1-44045"></a> or <span
@@ -10822,7 +10845,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\emph</span><a
id="dx1-44046"></a> or any of the commands listed in <a
href="#tab:hyperxx">table 6.1</a>.
- </p><!--l. 5597--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <a
+ </p><!--l. 5614--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
id="dx1-44047"></a></a> instead of <a
@@ -10847,12 +10870,12 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-162">
\GlsAddXdyAttribute{textbfem}
</div>
- <!--l. 5605--><p class="nopar" > See <a
+ <!--l. 5622--><p class="nopar" > See <a
href="#sec:xindy"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>11 </a><a
href="#sec:xindy">Xindy (Option 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a> for further details. </div>
- </p><!--l. 5607--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 5609--><p class="noindent" >If you are using hyperlinks and you want to change the font of the hyperlinked location,
+ </p><!--l. 5624--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 5626--><p class="noindent" >If you are using hyperlinks and you want to change the font of the hyperlinked location,
don’t use <span
class="cmtt-10">\hyperpage</span><a
id="dx1-44052"></a> (provided by the <span
@@ -10864,7 +10887,7 @@
href="#tab:hyperxx">table 6.1</a>.
</p>
<div class="table">
- <!--l. 5615--><p class="noindent" ><a
+ <!--l. 5632--><p class="noindent" ><a
id="tab:hyperxx"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float"
>
<div class="caption"
@@ -10937,7 +10960,7 @@
</div>
</div><hr class="endfloat" />
</div>
- <!--l. 5635--><p class="noindent" >Note that if the <span
+ <!--l. 5652--><p class="noindent" >Note that if the <span
class="cmtt-10">\hyperlink</span><a
id="dx1-44065"></a> command hasn’t been defined, the <span
class="cmtt-10">hyper</span>⟨<span
@@ -10959,7 +10982,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-163">
\newcommand{\hyperbsf}[1]{\textbf{\hypersf{#1}}}
</div>
- <!--l. 5645--><p class="nopar" > and then use <span
+ <!--l. 5662--><p class="nopar" > and then use <span
class="cmtt-10">hyperbsf </span>as the value for the <span
class="cmss-10">format</span><a
id="dx1-44067"></a> key. (See also “Displaying the
@@ -10975,7 +10998,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-164">
\GlsAddXdyAttribute{hyperbsf}
</div>
- <!--l. 5653--><p class="nopar" >
+ <!--l. 5670--><p class="nopar" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmssbx-10">counter</span><a
@@ -10998,25 +11021,25 @@
be localised to the current scope. The default is <span
class="cmtt-10">local=false</span>.
</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 5666--><p class="noindent" >The <a
+<!--l. 5683--><p class="noindent" >The <a
href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides an additional key. Please see the <a
href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> user manual
for further details.
-</p><!--l. 5670--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <a
+</p><!--l. 5687--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <a
href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
id="dx1-44071"></a></a> isn’t scoped by default. Any unscoped declarations in the <a
href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
id="dx1-44072"></a></a> may
affect subsequent text. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5673--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5690--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 5675--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 5692--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.1 </span> <a
id="sec:gls-like"></a>The <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-Like Commands (First Use Flag Queried)</h3>
-<!--l. 5678--><p class="noindent" >This section describes the commands that unset (mark as used) the <a
+<!--l. 5695--><p class="noindent" >This section describes the commands that unset (mark as used) the <a
href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> on
completion, and in most cases they use the current state of the flag to determine the text to
be displayed. As described above, these commands all have a star-variant (<span
@@ -11026,7 +11049,7 @@
class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span
class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩
list.
-</p><!--l. 5685--><p class="indent" > These commands use <span
+</p><!--l. 5702--><p class="indent" > These commands use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a
id="dx1-45001"></a> or the equivalent definition provided by
<span
@@ -11036,7 +11059,7 @@
class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.3
</a><a
href="#sec:glsdisplay">Changing the format of the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 5689--><p class="indent" > Apart from <span
+</p><!--l. 5706--><p class="indent" > Apart from <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span><a
id="dx1-45003"></a>, the commands described in this section also have a <span
class="cmti-10">final </span>optional
@@ -11043,7 +11066,7 @@
argument ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ which may be used to insert material into the automatically generated
text.
-</p><!--l. 5693--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Since the commands have a final optional argument, take care if you actually want to
+</p><!--l. 5710--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Since the commands have a final optional argument, take care if you actually want to
display an open square bracket after the command when the final optional argument is
absent. Insert an empty set of braces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">{}</span></span></span> immediately before the opening square bracket to
@@ -11052,10 +11075,10 @@
</p>
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-165">
-\gls{sample} {}[Editor’s comment]
+\gls{sample} {}[Editor's comment]
</div>
-<!--l. 5702--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5704--><p class="indent" > Don’t use any of the <a
+<!--l. 5719--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5721--><p class="indent" > Don’t use any of the <a
href="#sec:gls-like"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> or <a
href="#sec:glstext-like"><span
@@ -11062,8 +11085,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands in the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ argument.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 5706--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5708--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5723--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5725--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\gls</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-45004"></a> <span
@@ -11074,7 +11097,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5710--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5727--><p class="noindent" >
This command typically determines the <a
href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
id="dx1-45005"></a></a> from the values of the <span
@@ -11096,8 +11119,8 @@
id="dx1-45012"></a> or <span
class="cmss-10">short</span><a
id="dx1-45013"></a> keys.
-</p><!--l. 5718--><p class="indent" > There are two upper case variants:
-</p><!--l. 5719--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5735--><p class="indent" > There are two upper case variants:
+</p><!--l. 5736--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Gls</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-45014"></a> <span
@@ -11108,9 +11131,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5721--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5738--><p class="noindent" >
and
-</p><!--l. 5723--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5740--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GLS</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-45015"></a> <span
@@ -11121,17 +11144,17 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5725--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5742--><p class="noindent" >
which make the first letter of the link text or all the link text upper case, respectively. For the
former, the uppercasing of the first letter is performed by <span
class="cmtt-10">\makefirstuc</span><a
id="dx1-45016"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 5730--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The first letter uppercasing command <span
+</p><!--l. 5747--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The first letter uppercasing command <span
class="cmtt-10">\makefirstuc </span>has limitations which must be taken
into account if you use <span
class="cmtt-10">\Gls </span>or any of the other commands that convert the first letter to
uppercase. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5735--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5752--><p class="noindent" >
The upper casing is performed as follows: </p>
<ul class="itemize1">
<li class="itemize">If the first thing in the <a
@@ -11147,7 +11170,7 @@
 <br /> sort={sample phrase},
 <br /> description={an example}}
</div>
- <!--l. 5746--><p class="nopar" > Then <span
+ <!--l. 5763--><p class="nopar" > Then <span
class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">{sample}</span></span></span> will set the <a
href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
@@ -11161,7 +11184,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-167">
\emph{\MakeUppercase sample} phrase
</div>
- <!--l. 5752--><p class="nopar" > which will appear as <span
+ <!--l. 5769--><p class="nopar" > which will appear as <span
class="cmti-10">Sample </span>phrase.
</p></li>
<li class="itemize">If the first thing in the <a
@@ -11178,7 +11201,7 @@
 <br />  description={an example}
 <br />}
</div>
- <!--l. 5765--><p class="nopar" > Then <span
+ <!--l. 5782--><p class="nopar" > Then <span
class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">{sample}</span></span></span> will set the <a
href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
@@ -11189,7 +11212,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-169">
\MakeUppercase \oe-ligature
</div>
- <!--l. 5769--><p class="nopar" > which will appear as Œ-ligature.
+ <!--l. 5786--><p class="nopar" > which will appear as Œ-ligature.
</p></li>
<li class="itemize">If you have <span
class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a
@@ -11197,10 +11220,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">\protect</span>
it will be discarded and the above rules will then be tried.
</li></ul>
-<!--l. 5777--><p class="noindent" >(Note the use of the <span
+<!--l. 5794--><p class="noindent" >(Note the use of the <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
id="dx1-45023"></a> key in the above examples.)
-</p><!--l. 5779--><p class="indent" > There are hundreds of <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
+</p><!--l. 5796--><p class="indent" > There are hundreds of <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span></span> packages that altogether define thousands of commands
with various syntax and it’s impossible for <span
class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a
@@ -11217,7 +11240,7 @@
class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a
id="dx1-45027"></a>’s assumptions then
things are likely to go wrong.
-</p><!--l. 5788--><p class="indent" > For example, starting with a math-shift symbol:
+</p><!--l. 5805--><p class="indent" > For example, starting with a math-shift symbol:
</p>
@@ -11228,7 +11251,7 @@
 <br />  description={an example}
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 5795--><p class="nopar" > This falls into case 2 above, so the <a
+<!--l. 5812--><p class="nopar" > This falls into case 2 above, so the <a
href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
id="dx1-45028"></a></a> will be set to
@@ -11237,7 +11260,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-171">
\MakeUppercase $a$
</div>
-<!--l. 5799--><p class="nopar" > This attempts to uppercase the math-shift <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 5816--><p class="nopar" > This attempts to uppercase the math-shift <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">$</span></span></span>, which will go wrong. In this case it’s not
appropriate to perform any case-changing, but it may be that you want to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span>
@@ -11253,7 +11276,7 @@
 <br />  description={an example}
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 5812--><p class="nopar" > Now the <a
+<!--l. 5829--><p class="nopar" > Now the <a
href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
id="dx1-45029"></a></a> will be set to
@@ -11262,9 +11285,9 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-173">
\MakeUppercase{}$a$
</div>
-<!--l. 5816--><p class="nopar" > and the <span
+<!--l. 5833--><p class="nopar" > and the <span
class="cmtt-10">\uppercase </span>becomes harmless.
-</p><!--l. 5819--><p class="indent" > Another issue occurs when the <a
+</p><!--l. 5836--><p class="indent" > Another issue occurs when the <a
href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
id="dx1-45030"></a></a> starts with a command followed by an argument
(case 1) but the argument is a label, identifier or something else that shouldn’t have a
@@ -11291,7 +11314,7 @@
 <br />   description={another example}
 <br /> }
</div>
-<!--l. 5834--><p class="nopar" > Now the <a
+<!--l. 5851--><p class="nopar" > Now the <a
href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
id="dx1-45033"></a></a> will be set to:
@@ -11300,7 +11323,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-175">
\glsentrytext{\MakeUppercase sample} two
</div>
-<!--l. 5838--><p class="nopar" > This will generate an error because there’s no entry with the label given by
+<!--l. 5855--><p class="nopar" > This will generate an error because there’s no entry with the label given by
<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\MakeUppercase</span><span
class="cmtt-10"> sample</span></span></span>. The best solution here is to write the term out in the <span
@@ -11326,8 +11349,8 @@
 <br />   description={another example}
 <br /> }
</div>
-<!--l. 5852--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5854--><p class="indent" > If the <a
+<!--l. 5869--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5871--><p class="indent" > If the <a
href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
id="dx1-45037"></a></a> starts with a command that has an optional argument or with multiple
arguments where the actual text isn’t in the first argument, then <span
@@ -11342,7 +11365,7 @@
 <br /> sort={sample phrase},
 <br /> description={an example}}
</div>
-<!--l. 5863--><p class="nopar" > Now the <a
+<!--l. 5880--><p class="nopar" > Now the <a
href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
id="dx1-45038"></a></a> will be set to:
@@ -11351,7 +11374,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-178">
\textcolor{\MakeUppercase blue}{sample} phrase
</div>
-<!--l. 5867--><p class="nopar" > This won’t work because <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 5884--><p class="nopar" > This won’t work because <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\MakeUppercase</span><span
class="cmtt-10"> blue</span></span></span> isn’t a recognised colour name. In this case
you will have to define a helper command where the first argument is the text. For
@@ -11366,7 +11389,7 @@
 <br /> sort={sample phrase},
 <br /> description={an example}}
</div>
-<!--l. 5877--><p class="nopar" > In fact, since the whole design ethos of <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
+<!--l. 5894--><p class="nopar" > In fact, since the whole design ethos of <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span></span> is the separation of content and style, it’s
better to use a semantic command. For example:
@@ -11379,12 +11402,12 @@
 <br /> sort={sample phrase},
 <br /> description={an example}}
</div>
-<!--l. 5887--><p class="nopar" > For further details see the <span
+<!--l. 5904--><p class="nopar" > For further details see the <span
class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a
id="dx1-45039"></a> user manual.
-</p><!--l. 5890--><p class="indent" > There are plural forms that are analogous to <span
+</p><!--l. 5907--><p class="indent" > There are plural forms that are analogous to <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>:
-</p><!--l. 5891--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5908--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glspl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-45040"></a> <span
@@ -11395,8 +11418,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5893--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5894--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5910--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5911--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glspl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-45041"></a> <span
@@ -11407,8 +11430,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5896--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5897--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5913--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5914--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GLSpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-45042"></a> <span
@@ -11419,7 +11442,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5899--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5916--><p class="noindent" >
These typically determine the link text from the <span
class="cmss-10">plural</span><a
id="dx1-45043"></a> or <span
@@ -11434,7 +11457,7 @@
id="dx1-45046"></a> or <span
class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a
id="dx1-45047"></a> keys.
-</p><!--l. 5906--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful when you use glossary entries in math mode especially if you are using <span
+</p><!--l. 5923--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful when you use glossary entries in math mode especially if you are using <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-45048"></a>
as it can affect the spacing of subscripts and superscripts. For example, suppose you have
@@ -11446,7 +11469,7 @@
\newglossaryentry{Falpha}{name={F_\alpha},
 <br />description=sample}
</div>
-<!--l. 5914--><p class="nopar" > and later you use it in math mode:
+<!--l. 5931--><p class="nopar" > and later you use it in math mode:
</p>
@@ -11453,7 +11476,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-182">
$\gls{Falpha}^2$
</div>
-<!--l. 5918--><p class="nopar" > This will result in <span
+<!--l. 5935--><p class="nopar" > This will result in <span
class="cmmi-10">F</span><sub><span
class="cmmi-7">α</span></sub><sup><span
class="cmr-7">2</span></sup> instead of <span
@@ -11468,9 +11491,9 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-183">
$\gls{Falpha}[^2]$
</div>
-<!--l. 5924--><p class="nopar" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 5925--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5927--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 5941--><p class="nopar" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 5942--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5944--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsdisp</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-45049"></a> <span
@@ -11481,13 +11504,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">link text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5929--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5946--><p class="noindent" >
This behaves in the same way as the above commands, except that the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">link text</span>⟩ is explicitly
set. There’s no final optional argument as any inserted material can be added to the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">link text</span>⟩
argument.
-</p><!--l. 5935--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use any of the <a
+</p><!--l. 5952--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use any of the <a
href="#sec:gls-like"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> or <a
href="#sec:glstext-like"><span
@@ -11495,14 +11518,14 @@
class="cmti-10">link text</span>⟩ argument of
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5938--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5940--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5955--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5957--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 5940--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 5957--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.2 </span> <a
id="sec:glstext-like"></a>The <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-Like Commands (First Use Flag Not Queried)</h3>
-<!--l. 5943--><p class="noindent" >This section describes the commands that don’t change or reference the <a
+<!--l. 5960--><p class="noindent" >This section describes the commands that don’t change or reference the <a
href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>.
As described above, these commands all have a star-variant (<span
class="cmtt-10">hyper=false</span>) and a
@@ -11524,7 +11547,7 @@
class="cmsy-10">§</span>13 </a><a
href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms and Other
Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 5953--><p class="indent" > Apart from <span
+</p><!--l. 5970--><p class="indent" > Apart from <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span><a
id="dx1-46003"></a>, the commands described in this section also have a <span
class="cmti-10">final</span>
@@ -11536,7 +11559,7 @@
href="#sec:gls-like">The <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-Like Commands (First Use Flag
Queried)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:gls-like --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 5958--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5975--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glslink</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-46004"></a> <span
@@ -11547,11 +11570,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">link text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5960--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5977--><p class="noindent" >
This command explicitly sets the <a
href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
id="dx1-46005"></a></a> as given in the final argument.
-</p><!--l. 5964--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use any of the <a
+</p><!--l. 5981--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use any of the <a
href="#sec:gls-like"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> or <a
href="#sec:glstext-like"><span
@@ -11561,8 +11584,8 @@
used to form <a
href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
id="dx1-46006"></a></a>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5969--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5971--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5986--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5988--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glstext</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-46007"></a> <span
@@ -11573,7 +11596,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5973--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5990--><p class="noindent" >
This command always uses the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">text</span><a
id="dx1-46008"></a> key as the <a
@@ -11581,8 +11604,8 @@
id="dx1-46009"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 5977--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands:
-</p><!--l. 5978--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5994--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands:
+</p><!--l. 5995--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glstext</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-46010"></a> <span
@@ -11593,8 +11616,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5980--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5981--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5997--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5998--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GLStext</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-46011"></a> <span
@@ -11605,12 +11628,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5983--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6000--><p class="noindent" >
These convert the first character or all the characters to uppercase, respectively. See the note
on <span
class="cmtt-10">\Gls </span>above for details on the limitations of converting the first letter to upper
case.
-</p><!--l. 5988--><p class="indent" > There’s no equivalent command for title-casing, but you can use the more generic
+</p><!--l. 6005--><p class="indent" > There’s no equivalent command for title-casing, but you can use the more generic
command <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytitlecase</span><a
id="dx1-46012"></a> in combination with <span
@@ -11621,11 +11644,11 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-184">
\glslink{sample}{\glsentrytitlecase{sample}{text}}
</div>
-<!--l. 5993--><p class="nopar" > (See <a
+<!--l. 6010--><p class="nopar" > (See <a
href="#sec:glsnolink"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>9 </a><a
href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 5996--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6013--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfirst</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-46013"></a> <span
@@ -11636,14 +11659,14 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5998--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6015--><p class="noindent" >
This command always uses the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">first</span><a
id="dx1-46014"></a> key as the <a
href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
id="dx1-46015"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 6002--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-</p><!--l. 6003--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6019--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
+</p><!--l. 6020--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsfirst</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-46016"></a> <span
@@ -11654,8 +11677,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6005--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6006--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6022--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6023--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GLSfirst</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-46017"></a> <span
@@ -11666,8 +11689,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6008--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6010--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The value of the <span
+</p><!--l. 6025--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6027--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The value of the <span
class="cmss-10">first</span><a
id="dx1-46018"></a> key (and <span
class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a
@@ -11694,8 +11717,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspl </span>on subsequent use.)
</div>
-</p><!--l. 6018--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6020--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6035--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6037--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsplural</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-46028"></a> <span
@@ -11706,14 +11729,14 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6022--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6039--><p class="noindent" >
This command always uses the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">plural</span><a
id="dx1-46029"></a> key as the <a
href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
id="dx1-46030"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 6026--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-</p><!--l. 6027--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6043--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
+</p><!--l. 6044--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsplural</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-46031"></a> <span
@@ -11724,8 +11747,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6029--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6030--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6046--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6047--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GLSplural</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-46032"></a> <span
@@ -11736,8 +11759,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6032--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6034--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6049--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6051--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstplural</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-46033"></a> <span
@@ -11748,14 +11771,14 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6036--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6053--><p class="noindent" >
This command always uses the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a
id="dx1-46034"></a> key as the <a
href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
id="dx1-46035"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 6040--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-</p><!--l. 6041--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6057--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
+</p><!--l. 6058--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsfirstplural</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-46036"></a> <span
@@ -11766,8 +11789,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6043--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6044--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6060--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6061--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GLSfirstplural</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-46037"></a> <span
@@ -11778,8 +11801,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6046--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6048--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6063--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6065--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsname</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-46038"></a> <span
@@ -11792,7 +11815,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6050--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6067--><p class="noindent" >
This command always uses the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
id="dx1-46039"></a> key as the <a
@@ -11807,8 +11830,8 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst </span>instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsname</span>.
-</p><!--l. 6056--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-</p><!--l. 6057--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6073--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
+</p><!--l. 6074--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsname</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-46043"></a> <span
@@ -11819,8 +11842,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6059--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6060--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6076--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6077--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GLSname</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-46044"></a> <span
@@ -11831,15 +11854,15 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6062--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6064--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In general it’s best to avoid <span
+</p><!--l. 6079--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6081--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In general it’s best to avoid <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsname </span>with acronyms. Instead, consider using <span
class="cmtt-10">\Acrlong</span>,
<span
class="cmtt-10">\Acrshort </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\Acrfull</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 6067--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6069--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6084--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6086--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glssymbol</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-46045"></a> <span
@@ -11850,14 +11873,14 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6071--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6088--><p class="noindent" >
This command always uses the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a
id="dx1-46046"></a> key as the <a
href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
id="dx1-46047"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 6075--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-</p><!--l. 6076--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6092--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
+</p><!--l. 6093--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glssymbol</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-46048"></a> <span
@@ -11868,8 +11891,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6078--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6079--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6095--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6096--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GLSsymbol</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-46049"></a> <span
@@ -11880,8 +11903,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6081--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6083--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6098--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6100--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsdesc</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-46050"></a> <span
@@ -11892,14 +11915,14 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6085--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6102--><p class="noindent" >
This command always uses the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
id="dx1-46051"></a> key as the <a
href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
id="dx1-46052"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 6089--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-</p><!--l. 6090--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6106--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
+</p><!--l. 6107--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsdesc</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-46053"></a> <span
@@ -11910,8 +11933,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6092--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6093--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6109--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6110--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GLSdesc</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-46054"></a> <span
@@ -11922,8 +11945,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6095--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6097--><p class="indent" > If you want the title case version you can use
+</p><!--l. 6112--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6114--><p class="indent" > If you want the title case version you can use
</p>
@@ -11930,8 +11953,8 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-185">
\glslink{sample}{\glsentrytitlecase{sample}{desc}}
</div>
-<!--l. 6100--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6102--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 6117--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6119--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsuseri</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-46055"></a> <span
@@ -11942,14 +11965,14 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6104--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6121--><p class="noindent" >
This command always uses the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">user1</span><a
id="dx1-46056"></a> key as the <a
href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
id="dx1-46057"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 6108--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-</p><!--l. 6109--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6125--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
+</p><!--l. 6126--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsuseri</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-46058"></a> <span
@@ -11960,8 +11983,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6111--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6112--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6128--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6129--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GLSuseri</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-46059"></a> <span
@@ -11972,8 +11995,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6114--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6116--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6131--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6133--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsuserii</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-46060"></a> <span
@@ -11984,14 +12007,14 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6118--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6135--><p class="noindent" >
This command always uses the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">user2</span><a
id="dx1-46061"></a> key as the <a
href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
id="dx1-46062"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 6122--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-</p><!--l. 6123--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6139--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
+</p><!--l. 6140--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsuserii</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-46063"></a> <span
@@ -12002,8 +12025,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6125--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6126--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6142--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6143--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GLSuserii</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-46064"></a> <span
@@ -12014,8 +12037,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6128--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6130--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6145--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6147--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsuseriii</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-46065"></a> <span
@@ -12026,14 +12049,14 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6132--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6149--><p class="noindent" >
This command always uses the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">user3</span><a
id="dx1-46066"></a> key as the <a
href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
id="dx1-46067"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 6136--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-</p><!--l. 6137--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6153--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
+</p><!--l. 6154--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsuseriii</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-46068"></a> <span
@@ -12044,8 +12067,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6139--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6140--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6156--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6157--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GLSuseriii</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-46069"></a> <span
@@ -12056,8 +12079,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6142--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6144--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6159--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6161--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsuseriv</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-46070"></a> <span
@@ -12068,14 +12091,14 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6146--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6163--><p class="noindent" >
This command always uses the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">user4</span><a
id="dx1-46071"></a> key as the <a
href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
id="dx1-46072"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 6150--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-</p><!--l. 6151--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6167--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
+</p><!--l. 6168--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsuseriv</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-46073"></a> <span
@@ -12086,8 +12109,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6153--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6154--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6170--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6171--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GLSuseriv</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-46074"></a> <span
@@ -12100,8 +12123,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6156--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6158--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6173--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6175--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsuserv</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-46075"></a> <span
@@ -12112,14 +12135,14 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6160--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6177--><p class="noindent" >
This command always uses the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">user5</span><a
id="dx1-46076"></a> key as the <a
href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
id="dx1-46077"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 6164--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-</p><!--l. 6165--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6181--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
+</p><!--l. 6182--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsuserv</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-46078"></a> <span
@@ -12130,8 +12153,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6167--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6168--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6184--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6185--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GLSuserv</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-46079"></a> <span
@@ -12142,8 +12165,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6170--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6172--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6187--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6189--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsuservi</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-46080"></a> <span
@@ -12154,14 +12177,14 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6174--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6191--><p class="noindent" >
This command always uses the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">user6</span><a
id="dx1-46081"></a> key as the <a
href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
id="dx1-46082"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 6178--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-</p><!--l. 6179--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6195--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
+</p><!--l. 6196--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsuservi</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-46083"></a> <span
@@ -12172,8 +12195,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6181--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6182--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6198--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6199--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GLSuservi</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-46084"></a> <span
@@ -12184,13 +12207,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6184--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6186--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6201--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6203--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 6186--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 6203--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.3 </span> <a
id="sec:glsdisplay"></a>Changing the format of the link text</h3>
-<!--l. 6189--><p class="noindent" >The default format of the <a
+<!--l. 6206--><p class="noindent" >The default format of the <a
href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
id="dx1-47001"></a></a> for the <a
href="#sec:gls-like"><span
@@ -12198,15 +12221,15 @@
by<span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn2x6" id="fn2x6-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">6.2</sup></a></span><a
id="x1-47002f2"></a>:
-</p><!--l. 6193--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6210--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsentryfmt</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-47006"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6195--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6212--><p class="noindent" >
This may be redefined but if you only want the change the display style for a given glossary,
then you need to use
-</p><!--l. 6198--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6215--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\defglsentryfmt</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-47007"></a> <span
@@ -12215,7 +12238,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6200--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6217--><p class="noindent" >
instead of redefining <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span>. The optional first argument ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩ is the glossary type.
@@ -12223,7 +12246,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsdefaulttype</span><a
id="dx1-47008"></a> if omitted. The second argument is the entry format
definition.
-</p><!--l. 6206--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span
+</p><!--l. 6223--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>is the default display format for entries. Once the display format
has been changed for an individual glossary using <span
class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span><a
@@ -12244,37 +12267,37 @@
class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt </span>to set their display style. </div>
-</p><!--l. 6216--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6218--><p class="indent" > Within the ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 6233--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6235--><p class="indent" > Within the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">definition</span>⟩ argument of <span
class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span>, or if you want to redefine
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span>, you may use the following commands:
-</p><!--l. 6222--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6239--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glslabel</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-47012"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslabel </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6224--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6241--><p class="noindent" >
This is the label of the entry being referenced. As from version 4.08, you can also access the
glossary entry type using:
-</p><!--l. 6227--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6244--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glstype</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-47013"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstype </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6229--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6246--><p class="noindent" >
This is defined using <span
class="cmtt-10">\edef</span><a
id="dx1-47014"></a> so the replacement text is the actual glossary type rather than
<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytype{\glslabel}</span></span></span>.
-</p><!--l. 6233--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6250--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glscustomtext</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-47015"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glscustomtext </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6235--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6252--><p class="noindent" >
This is the custom text supplied in <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span>. It’s always empty for <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
@@ -12287,17 +12310,17 @@
class="cmtt-10">\ifdefempty </span>to determine if <span
class="cmtt-10">\glscustomtext </span>is
empty.)
-</p><!--l. 6241--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6258--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsinsert</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-47019"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsinsert </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6243--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6260--><p class="noindent" >
The custom text supplied in the final optional argument to <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspl </span>and their upper case
variants.
-</p><!--l. 6247--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6264--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsifplural</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-47020"></a> <span
@@ -12306,7 +12329,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6249--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6266--><p class="noindent" >
If <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glspl </span>or <span
@@ -12315,7 +12338,7 @@
class="cmti-10">false</span>
<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 6253--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6270--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glscapscase</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-47021"></a> <span
@@ -12326,7 +12349,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">all caps</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6255--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6272--><p class="noindent" >
If <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspl </span>or <span
@@ -12339,7 +12362,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\GLS </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl </span>were used, this does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">all caps</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 6260--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6277--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsifhyperon</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-47022"></a> <span
@@ -12348,7 +12371,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">hyper false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6262--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6279--><p class="noindent" >
This will do ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">hyper true</span>⟩ if the hyperlinks are on for the current reference, otherwise it will
do ⟨<span
@@ -12367,11 +12390,11 @@
id="dx1-47026"></a>) or because it’s the <a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> and the hyperlinks have been suppressed on first
use.
-</p><!--l. 6273--><p class="indent" > Note that <span
+</p><!--l. 6290--><p class="indent" > Note that <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsifhyper</span><a
id="dx1-47027"></a> is now deprecated. If you want to know if the command used to
reference this entry was used with the star or plus variant, you can use:
-</p><!--l. 6276--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6293--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glslinkvar</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-47028"></a> <span
@@ -12382,7 +12405,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">plus</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6278--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6295--><p class="noindent" >
This will do ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">unmodified</span>⟩ if the unmodified version was used, or will do ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">star</span>⟩ if the starred
@@ -12395,7 +12418,7 @@
reference.
-</p><!--l. 6287--><p class="indent" > Note that you can also use commands such as <span
+</p><!--l. 6304--><p class="indent" > Note that you can also use commands such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><a
id="dx1-47030"></a> within the definition of
<span
@@ -12403,7 +12426,7 @@
href="#sec:glsunset"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>14 </a><a
href="#sec:glsunset">Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 6290--><p class="indent" > The commands <span
+</p><!--l. 6307--><p class="indent" > The commands <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span><a
id="dx1-47031"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstype</span><a
@@ -12427,7 +12450,7 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpostsetkeys</span><a
id="dx1-47038"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 6296--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This means that using commands like <span
+</p><!--l. 6313--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This means that using commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
id="dx1-47039"></a> within the fields that are accessed using the
<a
@@ -12450,15 +12473,15 @@
ahead as well as look behind). This means that any nested commands will, at the very least,
change the label stored in <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 6306--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6308--><p class="indent" > If you only want to make minor modifications to <span
+</p><!--l. 6323--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6325--><p class="indent" > If you only want to make minor modifications to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span>, you can use
-</p><!--l. 6310--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6327--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsgenentryfmt</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-47044"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6312--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6329--><p class="noindent" >
This uses the above commands to display just the <span
class="cmss-10">first</span><a
id="dx1-47045"></a>, <span
@@ -12469,16 +12492,16 @@
class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a
id="dx1-47048"></a> keys (or the
custom text) with the insert text appended.
-</p><!--l. 6317--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, if want to change the entry format for abbreviations (defined via
+</p><!--l. 6334--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, if want to change the entry format for abbreviations (defined via
<span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
id="dx1-47049"></a>) you can use:
-</p><!--l. 6319--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6336--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsgenacfmt</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-47050"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgenacfmt </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6321--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6338--><p class="noindent" >
This uses the values from the <span
class="cmss-10">long</span><a
id="dx1-47051"></a>, <span
@@ -12498,7 +12521,7 @@
class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a
id="dx1-47058"></a> keys. The first use singular text is obtained
via:
-</p><!--l. 6326--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6343--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\genacrfullformat</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-47059"></a> <span
@@ -12507,11 +12530,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6328--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6345--><p class="noindent" >
instead of from the <span
class="cmss-10">first</span><a
id="dx1-47060"></a> key, and the first use plural text is obtained via:
-</p><!--l. 6331--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6348--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\genplacrfullformat</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-47061"></a> <span
@@ -12520,7 +12543,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6333--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6350--><p class="noindent" >
instead of from the <span
class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a
id="dx1-47062"></a> key. In both cases, ⟨<span
@@ -12536,7 +12559,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont</span><a
id="dx1-47064"></a>. There are also first letter upper case
versions:
-</p><!--l. 6342--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6359--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Genacrfullformat</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-47065"></a> <span
@@ -12545,9 +12568,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6344--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6361--><p class="noindent" >
and
-</p><!--l. 6346--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6363--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Genplacrfullformat</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-47066"></a> <span
@@ -12556,7 +12579,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6348--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6365--><p class="noindent" >
By default these perform a protected expansion on their no-case-change equivalents and then
use <span
class="cmtt-10">\makefirstuc</span><a
@@ -12582,34 +12605,34 @@
</a><a
href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms and Other Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a> for further details on changing the style of
acronyms.
-</p><!--l. 6360--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span
+</p><!--l. 6377--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>(or the formatting given by <span
class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span>) is not used by
the <a
href="#sec:glstext-like"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands. </div>
-</p><!--l. 6363--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6365--><p class="indent" > As from version 4.16, both the <a
+</p><!--l. 6380--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6382--><p class="indent" > As from version 4.16, both the <a
href="#sec:gls-like"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> and <a
href="#sec:glstext-like"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands use
-</p><!--l. 6367--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6384--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glslinkpostsetkeys</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-47073"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpostsetkeys </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6369--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6386--><p class="noindent" >
after the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩ are set. This macro does nothing by default but can be redefined. (For
example, to switch off the hyperlink under certain conditions.) This version also
introduces
-</p><!--l. 6373--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6390--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glspostlinkhook</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-47074"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspostlinkhook </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6375--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6392--><p class="noindent" >
which is done after the link text has been displayed and also <span
class="cmti-10">after </span>the <a
href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> has been
@@ -12617,11 +12640,11 @@
href="#x1-62077r24">24<!--tex4ht:ref: ex:dotabbr --></a>).
<a
id="x1-47075r8"></a>
-</p><!--l. 6380--><p class="noindent" ><span
+</p><!--l. 6397--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmbx-12">Example 8</span><span
class="cmbx-12"> (Custom Entry Display in Text)</span><a
id="x1-47076"></a>
-</p><!--l. 6381--><p class="indent" > Suppose you want a glossary of measurements and units, you can use the <span
+</p><!--l. 6398--><p class="indent" > Suppose you want a glossary of measurements and units, you can use the <span
class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a
id="dx1-47077"></a> key to
store the unit:
@@ -12633,7 +12656,7 @@
 <br />description={The length between two points},
 <br />symbol={km}}
</div>
-<!--l. 6387--><p class="nopar" > and now suppose you want <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 6404--><p class="nopar" > and now suppose you want <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{distance}</span></span></span> to produce “distance (km)” on <a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, then
you can redefine <span
@@ -12648,14 +12671,14 @@
 <br />  \ifglsused{\glslabel}{}{\space (\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel})}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 6396--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6398--><p class="indent" > (Note that I’ve used <span
+<!--l. 6413--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6415--><p class="indent" > (Note that I’ve used <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrysymbol</span><a
id="dx1-47079"></a> rather than <span
class="cmtt-10">\glssymbol</span><a
id="dx1-47080"></a> to avoid nested
hyperlinks.)
-</p><!--l. 6401--><p class="indent" > Note also that all of the <a
+</p><!--l. 6418--><p class="indent" > Note also that all of the <a
href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
id="dx1-47081"></a></a> will be formatted according to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat</span><a
@@ -12671,23 +12694,23 @@
 <br />  \ifglsused{\glslabel}{}{\space(\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel})}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 6409--><p class="nopar" > then <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 6426--><p class="nopar" > then <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{distance}</span></span></span> will produce “<span
class="cmbx-10">distance (km)</span>”.
-</p><!--l. 6412--><p class="indent" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a
+</p><!--l. 6429--><p class="indent" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a
href="#x1-5104r36"><span
class="cmtt-10">sample-entryfmt.tex</span></a>. </p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 6413--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6413--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 6430--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6430--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
<a
id="x1-47083r9"></a>
-<!--l. 6415--><p class="noindent" ><span
+<!--l. 6432--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmbx-12">Example 9</span><span
class="cmbx-12"> (Custom Format for Particular Glossary)</span><a
id="x1-47084"></a>
-</p><!--l. 6416--><p class="indent" > Suppose you have created a new glossary called <span
+</p><!--l. 6433--><p class="indent" > Suppose you have created a new glossary called <span
class="cmtt-10">notation </span>and you want to change
the way the entry is displayed on <a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> so that it includes the symbol, you can
@@ -12700,7 +12723,7 @@
 <br /> \ifglsused{\glslabel}{}{\space
 <br />   (denoted \glsentrysymbol{\glslabel})}}
</div>
-<!--l. 6423--><p class="nopar" > Now suppose you have defined an entry as follows:
+<!--l. 6440--><p class="nopar" > Now suppose you have defined an entry as follows:
</p>
@@ -12711,13 +12734,13 @@
 <br />  symbol={$S$}
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 6431--><p class="nopar" > The <a
+<!--l. 6448--><p class="nopar" > The <a
href="#glo:firstuse">first time</a> you reference this entry it will be displayed as: “set (denoted <span
class="cmmi-10">S</span>)” (assuming
<span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
id="dx1-47085"></a> was used).
-</p><!--l. 6435--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, if you expect all the symbols to be set in math mode, you can
+</p><!--l. 6452--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, if you expect all the symbols to be set in math mode, you can
do:
@@ -12727,7 +12750,7 @@
 <br /> \ifglsused{\glslabel}{}{\space
 <br />   (denoted $\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}$)}}
</div>
-<!--l. 6441--><p class="nopar" > and define entries like this:
+<!--l. 6458--><p class="nopar" > and define entries like this:
</p>
@@ -12738,21 +12761,21 @@
 <br />  symbol={S}
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 6449--><p class="nopar" > </p>
+<!--l. 6466--><p class="nopar" > </p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 6450--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6450--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 6452--><p class="indent" > Remember that if you use the <span
+<!--l. 6467--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6467--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 6469--><p class="indent" > Remember that if you use the <span
class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a
id="dx1-47086"></a> key, you need to use a glossary style that displays
the symbol, as many of the styles ignore it.
-</p><!--l. 6456--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6473--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 6456--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 6473--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.4 </span> <a
id="sec:disablehyperlinks"></a>Enabling and disabling hyperlinks to glossary entries</h3>
-<!--l. 6459--><p class="noindent" >If you load the <span
+<!--l. 6476--><p class="noindent" >If you load the <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-48001"></a> or <span
class="cmss-10">html</span><a
@@ -12769,20 +12792,20 @@
implicit means, such as via the <span
class="cmss-10">nohypertypes</span><a
id="dx1-48004"></a> package option).
-</p><!--l. 6466--><p class="indent" > You can disable or enable links using:
-</p><!--l. 6467--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6483--><p class="indent" > You can disable or enable links using:
+</p><!--l. 6484--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsdisablehyper</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-48005"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdisablehyper </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6469--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6486--><p class="noindent" >
and
-</p><!--l. 6471--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6488--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsenablehyper</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-48006"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsenablehyper </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6473--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6490--><p class="noindent" >
respectively. The effect can be localised by placing the commands within a group. Note that
you should only use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsenablehyper </span>if the commands <span
@@ -12793,7 +12816,7 @@
been defined (for example, by the <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-48009"></a> package).
-</p><!--l. 6479--><p class="indent" > You can disable just the <a
+</p><!--l. 6496--><p class="indent" > You can disable just the <a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> links using the package option <span
class="cmss-10">hyperfirst=false</span><a
id="dx1-48010"></a>. Note
@@ -12804,11 +12827,11 @@
flag</a>.
<a
id="x1-48011r10"></a>
-</p><!--l. 6483--><p class="noindent" ><span
+</p><!--l. 6500--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmbx-12">Example 10</span><span
class="cmbx-12"> (First Use With Hyperlinked Footnote Description)</span><a
id="x1-48012"></a>
-</p><!--l. 6484--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want the first use to have a hyperlink to the description in a footnote instead of
+</p><!--l. 6501--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want the first use to have a hyperlink to the description in a footnote instead of
hyperlinking to the relevant place in the glossary. First I need to disable the hyperlinks on
first use via the package option <span
class="cmss-10">hyperfirst=false</span><a
@@ -12819,7 +12842,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-193">
\usepackage[hyperfirst=false]{glossaries}
</div>
-<!--l. 6490--><p class="nopar" > Now I need to redefine <span
+<!--l. 6507--><p class="nopar" > Now I need to redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a
id="dx1-48014"></a> (see <a
href="#sec:glsdisplay"><span
@@ -12835,16 +12858,16 @@
 <br />  \ifglsused{\glslabel}{}{\footnote{\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 6498--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6500--><p class="indent" > Now the first use won’t have hyperlinked text, but will be followed by a footnote. See the
+<!--l. 6515--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6517--><p class="indent" > Now the first use won’t have hyperlinked text, but will be followed by a footnote. See the
sample file <a
href="#x1-5029r10"><span
class="cmtt-10">sample-FnDesc.tex</span></a> for a complete document. </p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 6503--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6503--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 6505--><p class="indent" > Note that the <span
+<!--l. 6520--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6520--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 6522--><p class="indent" > Note that the <span
class="cmss-10">hyperfirst</span><a
id="dx1-48015"></a> option applies to all defined glossaries. It may be that you only
want to disable the hyperlinks on <a
@@ -12862,13 +12885,13 @@
applied.
<a
id="x1-48018r11"></a>
-</p><!--l. 6515--><p class="noindent" ><span
+</p><!--l. 6532--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmbx-12">Example 11</span><span
class="cmbx-12"> (Suppressing Hyperlinks on First Use Just For</span>
<span
class="cmbx-12">Acronyms)</span><a
id="x1-48019"></a>
-</p><!--l. 6516--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want to suppress the hyperlink on <a
+</p><!--l. 6533--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want to suppress the hyperlink on <a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> for acronyms but not for entries in
the main glossary. I can load the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package using:
@@ -12878,7 +12901,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-195">
\usepackage[hyperfirst=false,acronym]{glossaries}
</div>
-<!--l. 6521--><p class="nopar" > Once all glossary entries have been defined I then do:
+<!--l. 6538--><p class="nopar" > Once all glossary entries have been defined I then do:
</p>
@@ -12885,13 +12908,13 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-196">
\glsunsetall[main]
</div>
-<!--l. 6525--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 6542--><p class="nopar" >
</p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 6527--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6527--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 6529--><p class="indent" > For more complex requirements, you might find it easier to switch off all hyperlinks via
+<!--l. 6544--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6544--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 6546--><p class="indent" > For more complex requirements, you might find it easier to switch off all hyperlinks via
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdisablehyper</span><a
id="dx1-48020"></a> and put the hyperlinks (where required) within the definition of
@@ -12909,11 +12932,11 @@
href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>).
<a
id="x1-48023r12"></a>
-</p><!--l. 6536--><p class="noindent" ><span
+</p><!--l. 6553--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmbx-12">Example 12</span><span
class="cmbx-12"> (Only Hyperlink in Text Mode Not Math Mode)</span><a
id="x1-48024"></a>
-</p><!--l. 6537--><p class="indent" > This is a bit of a contrived example, but suppose, for some reason, I only want the
+</p><!--l. 6554--><p class="indent" > This is a bit of a contrived example, but suppose, for some reason, I only want the
<a
href="#sec:gls-like"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> commands to have hyperlinks when used in text mode, but not in math mode.
@@ -12936,24 +12959,24 @@
 <br />  \fi
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 6554--><p class="nopar" > Note that this doesn’t affect the <a
+<!--l. 6571--><p class="nopar" > Note that this doesn’t affect the <a
href="#sec:glstext-like"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands, which will have the hyperlinks off
unless they’re forced on using the plus variant.
-</p><!--l. 6559--><p class="indent" > See the sample file <a
+</p><!--l. 6576--><p class="indent" > See the sample file <a
href="#x1-5102r35"><span
class="cmtt-10">sample-nomathhyper.tex</span></a> for a complete document. </p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 6561--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6561--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 6578--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6578--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
<a
id="x1-48026r13"></a>
-<!--l. 6563--><p class="noindent" ><span
+<!--l. 6580--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmbx-12">Example 13</span><span
class="cmbx-12"> (One Hyper Link Per Entry Per Chapter)</span><a
id="x1-48027"></a>
-</p><!--l. 6564--><p class="indent" > Here’s a more complicated example that will only have the hyperlink on the first time an
+</p><!--l. 6581--><p class="indent" > Here’s a more complicated example that will only have the hyperlink on the first time an
entry is used per chapter. This doesn’t involve resetting the <a
href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. Instead it adds
a new key using <span
@@ -12969,11 +12992,11 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-198">
\glsaddstoragekey{chapter}{0}{\glschapnum}
</div>
-<!--l. 6571--><p class="nopar" > This creates a new user command called <span
+<!--l. 6588--><p class="nopar" > This creates a new user command called <span
class="cmtt-10">\glschapnum </span>that’s analogous to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span>.
The default value for this key is 0. I then define my glossary entries as usual.
-</p><!--l. 6576--><p class="indent" > Next I redefine the hook <span
+</p><!--l. 6593--><p class="indent" > Next I redefine the hook <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpostsetkeys</span><a
id="dx1-48029"></a> (see <a
href="#sec:glsdisplay"><span
@@ -13013,27 +13036,27 @@
 <br /> \fi
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 6597--><p class="nopar" > Note that this will be confused if you use <span
+<!--l. 6614--><p class="nopar" > Note that this will be confused if you use <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>etc when the chapter counter is 0. (That is,
before the first <span
class="cmtt-10">\chapter</span>.)
-</p><!--l. 6601--><p class="indent" > See the sample file <a
+</p><!--l. 6618--><p class="indent" > See the sample file <a
href="#x1-5096r30"><span
class="cmtt-10">sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex</span></a> for a complete document.
</p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 6603--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6603--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 6620--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6620--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 6605--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 6605--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 6622--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 6622--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">7. <a
id="sec:glsadd"></a>Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating Text</h2>
-</p><!--l. 6608--><p class="indent" > It is possible to add a line to the glossary file without generating any text at that point in
+</p><!--l. 6625--><p class="indent" > It is possible to add a line to the glossary file without generating any text at that point in
the document using:
-</p><!--l. 6610--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6627--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsadd</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-49001"></a> <span
@@ -13042,7 +13065,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6612--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6629--><p class="noindent" >
This is similar to the <a
href="#sec:glstext-like"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands, only it doesn’t produce any text (so
@@ -13065,9 +13088,9 @@
 <br />Lots of text about sets spanning many pages.
 <br />\glsadd[format=)]{set}
</div>
-<!--l. 6623--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6625--><p class="indent" > To add all entries that have been defined, use:
-</p><!--l. 6626--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 6640--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6642--><p class="indent" > To add all entries that have been defined, use:
+</p><!--l. 6643--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsaddall</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-49003"></a> <span
@@ -13074,7 +13097,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6628--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6645--><p class="noindent" >
The optional argument is the same as for <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>, except there is also a key <span
class="cmss-10">types</span><a
@@ -13092,8 +13115,8 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-201">
\glsaddall[types={\acronymtype,notation}]
</div>
-<!--l. 6639--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6641--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span
+<!--l. 6656--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6658--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall </span>add the current location to the <a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
@@ -13107,11 +13130,11 @@
package option. (See sections <a
href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">2.3<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-printglos --></a> and <a
href="#sec:numberlists">5<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>.) </div>
-</p><!--l. 6648--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6650--><p class="indent" > There is now a variation of <span
+</p><!--l. 6665--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6667--><p class="indent" > There is now a variation of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall </span>that skips any entries that have already been
used:
-</p><!--l. 6652--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6669--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsaddallunused</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-49008"></a> <span
@@ -13118,13 +13141,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsaddallunused[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6654--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6671--><p class="noindent" >
This command uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsadd[format=@gobble] </span>which will ignore this location in the number
list. The optional argument ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩ is a comma-separated list of glossary types. If omitted, it
defaults to the list of all defined glossaries.
-</p><!--l. 6660--><p class="indent" > If you want to use <span
+</p><!--l. 6677--><p class="indent" > If you want to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaddallunused</span>, it’s best to place the command at the end of the
document to ensure that all the commands you intend to use have already been
used. Otherwise you could end up with a spurious comma or dash in the location
@@ -13131,11 +13154,11 @@
list.
<a
id="x1-49009r14"></a>
-</p><!--l. 6665--><p class="noindent" ><span
+</p><!--l. 6682--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmbx-12">Example 14</span><span
class="cmbx-12"> (Dual Entries)</span><a
id="x1-49010"></a>
-</p><!--l. 6666--><p class="indent" > The example file <a
+</p><!--l. 6683--><p class="indent" > The example file <a
href="#x1-5064r21"><span
class="cmtt-10">sample-dual.tex</span></a> makes use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>to allow for an entry that
@@ -13149,7 +13172,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-202">
\usepackage[acronym]{glossaries}
</div>
-<!--l. 6672--><p class="nopar" > A new command is then defined to make it easier to define dual entries:
+<!--l. 6689--><p class="nopar" > A new command is then defined to make it easier to define dual entries:
</p>
@@ -13163,7 +13186,7 @@
 <br />  \newacronym{#2}{#3\glsadd{main-#2}}{#4}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 6684--><p class="nopar" > This has the following syntax: </p><div class="alltt">
+<!--l. 6701--><p class="nopar" > This has the following syntax: </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
class="cmtt-10">\newdualentry</span><a
@@ -13189,21 +13212,21 @@
 <br />  {support vector machine}% long form
 <br />  {Statistical pattern recognition technique}% description
</div>
-<!--l. 6695--><p class="nopar" > Now you can reference the acronym with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 6712--><p class="nopar" > Now you can reference the acronym with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{svm}</span></span></span> or you can reference the entry in the
main glossary with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{main-svm}</span></span></span>. </p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 6698--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6698--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 6715--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6715--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 6700--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 6700--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 6717--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 6717--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">8. <a
id="sec:crossref"></a>Cross-Referencing Entries</h2>
-</p><!--l. 6703--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You must use <span
+</p><!--l. 6720--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You must use <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-50001"></a> (Options <a
href="#option2">2</a> or <a
@@ -13217,8 +13240,8 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>/<span
class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span>before all entry definitions. </div>
-</p><!--l. 6710--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6712--><p class="indent" > There are several ways of cross-referencing entries in the glossary:
+</p><!--l. 6727--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6729--><p class="indent" > There are several ways of cross-referencing entries in the glossary:
</p><ol class="enumerate1" >
<li
class="enumerate" id="x1-50004x1">You can use commands such as <span
@@ -13230,7 +13253,7 @@
\newglossaryentry{apple}{name=apple,
 <br />description={firm, round fruit. See also \gls{pear}}}
</div>
- <!--l. 6721--><p class="nopar" > Note that with this method, if you don’t use the cross-referenced term in the main part
+ <!--l. 6738--><p class="nopar" > Note that with this method, if you don’t use the cross-referenced term in the main part
of the document, you will need two runs of <a
href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
@@ -13245,7 +13268,7 @@
 <br />makeglossaries filename
 <br />latex filename
</div>
- <!--l. 6731--><p class="nopar" >
+ <!--l. 6748--><p class="nopar" >
</p></li>
<li
class="enumerate" id="x1-50008x2">As described in <a
@@ -13263,7 +13286,7 @@
 <br />description={Series expansion},
 <br />see={TaylorsTheorem}}
</div>
- <!--l. 6740--><p class="nopar" > Note that in this case, the entry with the <span
+ <!--l. 6757--><p class="nopar" > Note that in this case, the entry with the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
id="dx1-50010"></a> key will automatically be added to the
glossary, but the cross-referenced entry won’t. You therefore need to ensure that you
@@ -13276,7 +13299,7 @@
class="cmsy-10">§</span>7 </a><a
href="#sec:glsadd">Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating
Text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsadd --></a>.
- </p><!--l. 6747--><p class="noindent" >The “see” tag is produce using <span
+ </p><!--l. 6764--><p class="noindent" >The “see” tag is produce using <span
class="cmtt-10">\seename</span><a
id="dx1-50011"></a>, but can be overridden in specific instances
using square brackets at the start of the <span
@@ -13291,7 +13314,7 @@
 <br />description={Series expansion},
 <br />see=[see also]{TaylorsTheorem}}
</div>
- <!--l. 6755--><p class="nopar" > Take care if you want to use the optional argument of commands such as <span
+ <!--l. 6772--><p class="nopar" > Take care if you want to use the optional argument of commands such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
id="dx1-50013"></a>
or <span
@@ -13304,7 +13327,7 @@
\newterm{seal}
 <br />\newterm[see={[see also]seal}]{sea lion}
</div>
- <!--l. 6762--><p class="nopar" > Similarly if the value contains a list. For example:
+ <!--l. 6779--><p class="nopar" > Similarly if the value contains a list. For example:
</p>
@@ -13325,11 +13348,11 @@
 <br />  see={lemon,lime}
 <br />}
</div>
- <!--l. 6780--><p class="nopar" >
+ <!--l. 6797--><p class="nopar" >
</p></li>
<li
class="enumerate" id="x1-50016x3">After you have defined the entry, use
- <!--l. 6783--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 6800--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glssee</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-50017"></a> <span
@@ -13340,7 +13363,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">xr label list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6785--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6802--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">xr label list</span>⟩ is a comma-separated list of entry labels to be cross-referenced, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩
@@ -13356,12 +13379,12 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-211">
\glssee[see also]{series}{FourierSeries,TaylorsTheorem}
</div>
- <!--l. 6793--><p class="nopar" > Note that this automatically adds the entry given by ⟨<span
+ <!--l. 6810--><p class="nopar" > Note that this automatically adds the entry given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ to the glossary
but doesn’t add the cross-referenced entries (specified by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">xr label list</span>⟩) to the
glossary.</p></li></ol>
-<!--l. 6799--><p class="indent" > In both cases 2 and 3 above, the cross-referenced information appears in the <a
+<!--l. 6816--><p class="indent" > In both cases 2 and 3 above, the cross-referenced information appears in the <a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
id="dx1-50019"></a></a>,
whereas in case 1, the cross-referenced information appears in the description. (See the
@@ -13385,15 +13408,15 @@
id="dx1-50026"></a> package
option.
</p>
-<!--l. 6811--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 6828--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8.1 </span> <a
id="sec:customxr"></a>Customising Cross-reference Text</h3>
-<!--l. 6814--><p class="noindent" >When you use either the <span
+<!--l. 6831--><p class="noindent" >When you use either the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
id="dx1-51001"></a> key or the command <span
class="cmtt-10">\glssee</span>, the cross-referencing information
will be typeset in the glossary according to:
-</p><!--l. 6817--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6834--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsseeformat</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-51002"></a> <span
@@ -13404,7 +13427,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6819--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6836--><p class="noindent" >
The default definition of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsseeformat </span>is: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
<br /><span
@@ -13428,23 +13451,23 @@
\renewcommand*{\glsseeformat}[3][\seename]{\textbf{#1}
 <br /> \glsseelist{#2}}
</div>
-<!--l. 6835--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6838--><p class="indent" > The list of labels is dealt with by <span
+<!--l. 6852--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6855--><p class="indent" > The list of labels is dealt with by <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsseelist</span>, which iterates through the list and
typesets each entry in the label. The entries are separated by
-</p><!--l. 6841--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6858--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsseesep</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-51008"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsseesep </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6843--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6860--><p class="noindent" >
or (for the last pair)
-</p><!--l. 6845--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6862--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsseelastsep</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-51009"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsseelastsep </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6847--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6864--><p class="noindent" >
These default to “<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">,\space</span></span></span>” and “<span
class="cmtt-10">\space\andname</span><a
@@ -13451,7 +13474,7 @@
id="dx1-51010"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">\space</span>” respectively. The list entry text is
displayed using:
-</p><!--l. 6851--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6868--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsseeitemformat</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-51011"></a> <span
@@ -13458,7 +13481,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitemformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6853--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6870--><p class="noindent" >
This defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><a
id="dx1-51012"></a><span
@@ -13475,8 +13498,8 @@
\renewcommand{\glsseeitemformat}[1]{%
 <br />  \textsc{\glsentrytext{#1}}}
</div>
-<!--l. 6861--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6863--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You can use <span
+<!--l. 6878--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6880--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You can use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsseeformat</span><a
id="dx1-51016"></a> and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsseelist</span><a
@@ -13491,16 +13514,16 @@
 <br />\glsseelist{FourierSeries,TaylorsTheorem}%
 <br />\glsadd{FourierSeries}\glsadd{TaylorsTheorem}).
</div>
-<!--l. 6872--><p class="nopar" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 6873--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 6889--><p class="nopar" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 6890--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 6875--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 6875--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 6892--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 6892--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">9. <a
id="sec:glsnolink"></a>Using Glossary Terms Without Links</h2>
-</p><!--l. 6878--><p class="indent" > The commands described in this section display entry details without adding any
+</p><!--l. 6895--><p class="indent" > The commands described in this section display entry details without adding any
information to the glossary. They don’t use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat</span><a
id="dx1-52001"></a>, they don’t have any optional
@@ -13509,7 +13532,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glshyperlink</span><a
id="dx1-52002"></a>, they don’t
produce hyperlinks.
-</p><!--l. 6884--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Commands that aren’t expandable will be ignored by PDF bookmarks, so you will need
+</p><!--l. 6901--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Commands that aren’t expandable will be ignored by PDF bookmarks, so you will need
to provide an alternative via <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-52003"></a>’s <span
@@ -13521,9 +13544,9 @@
documentation for further details. All the commands that convert the first letter to upper
case aren’t expandable. The other commands depend on whether their corresponding keys
were assigned non-expandable values. </div>
-</p><!--l. 6893--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6895--><p class="indent" > If you want to title case a field, you can use:
-</p><!--l. 6896--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6910--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6912--><p class="indent" > If you want to title case a field, you can use:
+</p><!--l. 6913--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsentrytitlecase</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-52005"></a> <span
@@ -13532,7 +13555,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6898--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6915--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the label identifying the glossary entry, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ is the field label (see <a
@@ -13544,11 +13567,11 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-215">
\glsentrytitlecase{sample}{desc}
</div>
-<!--l. 6904--><p class="nopar" > (If you want title-casing in your glossary style, you might want to investigate the
+<!--l. 6921--><p class="nopar" > (If you want title-casing in your glossary style, you might want to investigate the
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
id="dx1-52006"></a> package.)
-</p><!--l. 6908--><p class="indent" > Note that this command has the same limitations as <span
+</p><!--l. 6925--><p class="indent" > Note that this command has the same limitations as <span
class="cmtt-10">\makefirstuc </span>which is used by
commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\Gls </span>and <span
@@ -13559,7 +13582,7 @@
class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.1 </a><a
href="#sec:gls-like">The <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-Like Commands (First Use Flag Queried)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:gls-like --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 6912--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6929--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsentryname</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-52007"></a> <span
@@ -13566,8 +13589,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6914--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6915--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6931--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6932--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryname</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-52008"></a> <span
@@ -13574,7 +13597,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryname{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6917--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6934--><p class="noindent" >
These commands display the name of the glossary entry given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, as specified by the
<span
@@ -13594,14 +13617,14 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfirst </span>instead of
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname</span>.
-</p><!--l. 6928--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In general it’s best to avoid <span
+</p><!--l. 6945--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In general it’s best to avoid <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryname </span>with abbreviations. Instead, consider using
<span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrylong</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryshort </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfull</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 6931--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6933--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6948--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6950--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glossentryname</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-52012"></a> <span
@@ -13608,7 +13631,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6935--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6952--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont</span><span
class="cmsy-10">{</span><span
@@ -13627,8 +13650,8 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-216">
\renewcommand*{\glsnamefont}[1]{\textmd{\sffamily #1}}
</div>
-<!--l. 6944--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6945--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 6961--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6962--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glossentryname</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-52013"></a> <span
@@ -13635,10 +13658,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glossentryname{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6947--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6964--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname </span>but makes the first letter of the name upper case.
-</p><!--l. 6951--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6968--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsentrytext</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-52014"></a> <span
@@ -13645,8 +13668,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6953--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6954--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6970--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6971--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsentrytext</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-52015"></a> <span
@@ -13653,7 +13676,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrytext{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6956--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6973--><p class="noindent" >
These commands display the subsequent use text for the glossary entry given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, as
specified by the <span
@@ -13663,7 +13686,7 @@
expandable (unless the text contains unexpandable commands). The second form is not
expandable. Neither checks for the existence of ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 6964--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6981--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsentryplural</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-52017"></a> <span
@@ -13670,8 +13693,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryplural{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6966--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6967--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6983--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6984--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryplural</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-52018"></a> <span
@@ -13678,7 +13701,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryplural{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6969--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6986--><p class="noindent" >
These commands display the subsequent use plural text for the glossary entry given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩,
as specified by the <span
@@ -13689,7 +13712,7 @@
commands). The second form is not expandable. Neither checks for the existence of
⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 6978--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6995--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsentryfirst</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-52020"></a> <span
@@ -13696,8 +13719,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfirst{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6980--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6981--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6997--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6998--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryfirst</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-52021"></a> <span
@@ -13704,7 +13727,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfirst{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6983--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7000--><p class="noindent" >
These commands display the <a
href="#glo:firstusetext">first use text</a> for the glossary entry given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩,
@@ -13716,7 +13739,7 @@
commands). The second form is not expandable. Neither checks for the existence of
⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 6991--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7008--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsentryfirstplural</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-52023"></a> <span
@@ -13723,8 +13746,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfirstplural{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6993--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6994--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7010--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7011--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryfirstplural</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-52024"></a> <span
@@ -13731,7 +13754,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfirstplural{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6996--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7013--><p class="noindent" >
These commands display the plural form of the <a
href="#glo:firstusetext">first use text</a> for the glossary entry given by
⟨<span
@@ -13745,7 +13768,7 @@
commands). The second form is not expandable. Neither checks for the existence of
⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 7005--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7022--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsentrydesc</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-52026"></a> <span
@@ -13752,8 +13775,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrydesc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7007--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7008--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7024--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7025--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsentrydesc</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-52027"></a> <span
@@ -13760,7 +13783,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrydesc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7010--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7027--><p class="noindent" >
These commands display the description for the glossary entry given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrydesc</span>
@@ -13768,7 +13791,7 @@
contains unexpandable commands). The second form is not expandable. Neither checks for
the existence of ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 7017--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7034--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glossentrydesc</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-52028"></a> <span
@@ -13775,7 +13798,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7019--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7036--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrydesc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -13783,7 +13806,7 @@
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. This
command is not expandable. It’s used in the predefined glossary styles to display the
description.
-</p><!--l. 7024--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7041--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glossentrydesc</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-52029"></a> <span
@@ -13790,11 +13813,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glossentrydesc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7026--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7043--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc </span>but converts the first letter to upper case. This command is not
expandable.
-</p><!--l. 7030--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7047--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsentrydescplural</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-52030"></a> <span
@@ -13801,8 +13824,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrydescplural{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7032--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7033--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7049--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7050--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsentrydescplural</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-52031"></a> <span
@@ -13809,7 +13832,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrydescplural{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7035--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7052--><p class="noindent" >
These commands display the plural description for the glossary entry given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩.
<span
@@ -13817,7 +13840,7 @@
the value of that key contains unexpandable commands). The second form is not expandable.
Neither checks for the existence of ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 7044--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7061--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsentrysymbol</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-52032"></a> <span
@@ -13824,8 +13847,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrysymbol{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7046--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7047--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7063--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7064--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsentrysymbol</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-52033"></a> <span
@@ -13832,7 +13855,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrysymbol{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7049--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7066--><p class="noindent" >
These commands display the symbol for the glossary entry given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrysymbol</span>
@@ -13840,7 +13863,7 @@
contains unexpandable commands). The second form is not expandable. Neither checks for
the existence of ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 7057--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7074--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsletentryfield</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-52034"></a> <span
@@ -13851,7 +13874,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7059--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7076--><p class="noindent" >
This command doesn’t display anything. It merely fetches the value associated with the given
field (where the available field names are listed in <a
href="#tab:fieldmap">table 4.1</a>) and stores the result in the
@@ -13865,8 +13888,8 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-217">
\glsletentryfield{\tmp}{apple}{desc}
</div>
-<!--l. 7068--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 7070--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 7085--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 7087--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glossentrysymbol</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-52035"></a> <span
@@ -13873,7 +13896,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7072--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7089--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrysymbol{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -13881,7 +13904,7 @@
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. This command
is not expandable. It’s used in some of the predefined glossary styles to display the
symbol.
-</p><!--l. 7077--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7094--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glossentrysymbol</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-52036"></a> <span
@@ -13888,11 +13911,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glossentrysymbol{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7079--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7096--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol </span>but converts the first letter to upper case. This command is
not expandable.
-</p><!--l. 7083--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7100--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsentrysymbolplural</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-52037"></a> <span
@@ -13899,8 +13922,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrysymbolplural{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7085--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7086--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7102--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7103--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsentrysymbolplural</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-52038"></a> <span
@@ -13907,7 +13930,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrysymbolplural{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7088--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7105--><p class="noindent" >
These commands display the plural symbol for the glossary entry given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩.
<span
@@ -13915,7 +13938,7 @@
(unless the value of that key contains unexpandable commands). The second form is not
expandable. Neither checks for the existence of ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 7096--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7113--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsentryuseri</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-52039"></a> <span
@@ -13922,8 +13945,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuseri{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7098--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7099--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7115--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7116--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryuseri</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-52040"></a> <span
@@ -13930,8 +13953,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuseri{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7101--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7102--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7118--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7119--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsentryuserii</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-52041"></a> <span
@@ -13938,8 +13961,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuserii{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7104--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7105--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7121--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7122--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryuserii</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-52042"></a> <span
@@ -13946,8 +13969,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuserii{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7107--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7108--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7124--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7125--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsentryuseriii</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-52043"></a> <span
@@ -13954,8 +13977,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuseriii{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7110--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7111--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7127--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7128--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryuseriii</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-52044"></a> <span
@@ -13962,8 +13985,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuseriii{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7113--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7114--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7130--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7131--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsentryuseriv</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-52045"></a> <span
@@ -13970,8 +13993,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuseriv{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7116--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7117--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7133--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7134--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryuseriv</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-52046"></a> <span
@@ -13980,8 +14003,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7119--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7120--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7136--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7137--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsentryuserv</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-52047"></a> <span
@@ -13988,8 +14011,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuserv{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7122--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7123--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7139--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7140--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryuserv</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-52048"></a> <span
@@ -13996,8 +14019,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuserv{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7125--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7126--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7142--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7143--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsentryuservi</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-52049"></a> <span
@@ -14004,8 +14027,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuservi{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7128--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7129--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7145--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7146--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryuservi</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-52050"></a> <span
@@ -14012,7 +14035,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuservi{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7131--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7148--><p class="noindent" >
These commands display the value of the user keys for the glossary entry given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. The
lower case forms are expandable (unless the value of the key contains unexpandable
@@ -14020,7 +14043,7 @@
required value to upper case and are not expandable. None of these commands check for the
existence of ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 7140--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7157--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glshyperlink</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-52051"></a> <span
@@ -14029,7 +14052,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7142--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7159--><p class="noindent" >
This command provides a hyperlink to the glossary entry given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ <span
class="cmbx-10">but does not add</span>
@@ -14050,7 +14073,7 @@
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-52058"></a>
package.
-</p><!--l. 7153--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span
+</p><!--l. 7170--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glshyperlink</span>, you need to ensure that the relevant entry has been added to
the glossary using any of the commands described in <a
href="#sec:glslink"><span
@@ -14061,13 +14084,13 @@
</a><a
href="#sec:glsadd">Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating Text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsadd --></a> otherwise you will end up with an
undefined link. </div>
-</p><!--l. 7158--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7160--><p class="indent" > The next two commands are only available with <a
+</p><!--l. 7175--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7177--><p class="indent" > The next two commands are only available with <a
href="#option1">Option 1</a> or with the <span
class="cmss-10">savenumberlist</span><a
id="dx1-52059"></a>
package option:
-</p><!--l. 7162--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7179--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsentrynumberlist</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-52060"></a> <span
@@ -14074,8 +14097,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrynumberlist{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7164--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7165--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7181--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7182--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsdisplaynumberlist</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-52061"></a> <span
@@ -14082,7 +14105,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplaynumberlist{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7167--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7184--><p class="noindent" >
Both display the <a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
id="dx1-52062"></a></a> for the entry given by ⟨<span
@@ -14103,11 +14126,11 @@
id="dx1-52065"></a></a>) followed by one or two runs of <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span></span> is
required.
-</p><!--l. 7174--><p class="indent" > The first command, <span
+</p><!--l. 7191--><p class="indent" > The first command, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrynumberlist</span>, simply displays the number list as is. The
second command, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplaynumberlist</span>, formats the list using:
-</p><!--l. 7177--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7194--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsnumlistsep</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-52066"></a> <span
@@ -14114,18 +14137,18 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsnumlistsep </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7179--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7196--><p class="noindent" >
as the separator between all but the last two elements and
-</p><!--l. 7181--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7198--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsnumlistlastsep</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-52067"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsnumlistlastsep </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7183--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7200--><p class="noindent" >
between the final two elements. The defaults are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">,␣</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">␣\&␣</span></span></span>, respectively.
-</p><!--l. 7187--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span
+</p><!--l. 7204--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplaynumberlist </span>is fairly experimental. It works with <a
href="#option1">Option 1</a>, but for
Options <a
@@ -14145,15 +14168,15 @@
id="dx1-52070"></a>,
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrynumberlist </span>will be used instead. </div>
-</p><!--l. 7195--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7197--><p class="indent" > For further information see “Displaying entry details without adding information to the
+</p><!--l. 7212--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7214--><p class="indent" > For further information see “Displaying entry details without adding information to the
glossary” in the documented code (<span
class="cmtt-10">glossaries-code.pdf</span>).
</p>
-<!--l. 7201--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 7201--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 7218--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 7218--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">10. <a
id="sec:printglossary"></a>Displaying a glossary</h2>
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
@@ -14163,12 +14186,12 @@
class="cmbx-10"> 1</span></a><span
class="cmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 7206--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 7223--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\printnoidxglossaries</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-53001"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossaries </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 7208--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 7225--><p class="noindent" >
(Must be used with <span
class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-53002"></a> in the preamble.)
@@ -14184,16 +14207,16 @@
class="cmbx-10">3</span></a><span
class="cmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 7212--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 7229--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\printglossaries</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-53003"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 7214--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 7231--><p class="noindent" >
(Must be used with <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-53004"></a> in the preamble.)</p></dd></dl>
-<!--l. 7218--><p class="indent" > These commands will display all the glossaries in the order in which they were defined.
+<!--l. 7235--><p class="indent" > These commands will display all the glossaries in the order in which they were defined.
Note that, in the case of Options <a
href="#option2">2</a> and <a
href="#option3">3</a>, no glossaries will appear until you have either used
@@ -14219,7 +14242,7 @@
glossary to assist dictionary style documents that just use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall </span>without inserting any
text.)
-</p><!--l. 7228--><p class="indent" > If the glossary still does not appear after you re-<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
+</p><!--l. 7245--><p class="indent" > If the glossary still does not appear after you re-<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span></span> your document, check the
<span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
@@ -14232,7 +14255,7 @@
<a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
id="dx1-53011"></a>s</a> up-to-date.
-</p><!--l. 7234--><p class="indent" > An individual glossary can be displayed using:
+</p><!--l. 7251--><p class="indent" > An individual glossary can be displayed using:
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
<a
href="#option1"><span
@@ -14240,7 +14263,7 @@
class="cmbx-10"> 1</span></a><span
class="cmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 7237--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 7254--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\printnoidxglossary</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-53012"></a> <span
@@ -14247,7 +14270,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 7239--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 7256--><p class="noindent" >
(Must be used with <span
class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-53013"></a> in the preamble.)
@@ -14263,7 +14286,7 @@
class="cmbx-10">3</span></a><span
class="cmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 7243--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 7260--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\printglossary</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-53014"></a> <span
@@ -14270,17 +14293,17 @@
class="cmtt-10">\printglossary[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 7245--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 7262--><p class="noindent" >
(Must be used with <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-53015"></a> in the preamble.)</p></dd></dl>
-<!--l. 7248--><p class="noindent" >where ⟨<span
+<!--l. 7265--><p class="noindent" >where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩ is a ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span
class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ list of options. (Again, when the associated external file is missing,
<span
class="cmtt-10">\null </span>is inserted into the document.)
-</p><!--l. 7252--><p class="indent" > The following keys are available:
+</p><!--l. 7269--><p class="indent" > The following keys are available:
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmssbx-10">type</span><a
@@ -14292,7 +14315,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-218">
\printglossary[type=\acronymtype]
</div>
- <!--l. 7259--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can’t display an ignored glossary, so don’t try setting <span
+ <!--l. 7276--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can’t display an ignored glossary, so don’t try setting <span
class="cmss-10">type</span><a
id="dx1-53017"></a> to the name of
a glossary that was defined using <span
@@ -14410,7 +14433,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">nocase </span>(case-insensitive) or <span
class="cmtt-10">case</span>
(case-sensitive).
- <!--l. 7317--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the <span
+ <!--l. 7334--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the <span
class="cmtt-10">use </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">def </span>values make sure that you select a glossary style that doesn’t
have a visual indicator between groups, as the grouping no longer makes sense. Consider
@@ -14417,8 +14440,8 @@
using the <span
class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span><a
id="dx1-53041"></a> option. </div>
- </p><!--l. 7322--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 7325--><p class="noindent" >The
+ </p><!--l. 7339--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 7342--><p class="noindent" >The
word
and
letter
@@ -14472,7 +14495,7 @@
for
further
details.
- </p><!--l. 7334--><p class="noindent" >If you don’t get an error with <span
+ </p><!--l. 7351--><p class="noindent" >If you don’t get an error with <span
class="cmtt-10">sort=use </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">sort=def </span>but you do get an error with one
of the other sort options, then you probably need to use the <span
@@ -14482,7 +14505,7 @@
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
id="dx1-53051"></a>
field.</p></dd></dl>
-<!--l. 7341--><p class="indent" > By default, the glossary is started either by <span
+<!--l. 7358--><p class="indent" > By default, the glossary is started either by <span
class="cmtt-10">\chapter*</span><a
id="dx1-53052"></a> or by <span
class="cmtt-10">\section*</span><a
@@ -14499,7 +14522,7 @@
class="cmss-10">numberedsection</span><a
id="dx1-53057"></a> package option. Each glossary sets the page header via the
command
-</p><!--l. 7347--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7364--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsglossarymark</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-53058"></a> <span
@@ -14508,7 +14531,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7349--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7366--><p class="noindent" >
If this mechanism is unsuitable for your chosen class file or page style package, you will need
to redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsglossarymark</span><a
@@ -14517,14 +14540,14 @@
href="#sec:pkgopts-sec"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.2 </a><a
href="#sec:pkgopts-sec">Sectioning, Headings and TOC Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-sec --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 7355--><p class="indent" > Information can be added to the start of the glossary (after the title and before the main
+</p><!--l. 7372--><p class="indent" > Information can be added to the start of the glossary (after the title and before the main
body of the glossary) by redefining
-</p><!--l. 7357--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7374--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glossarypreamble</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-53061"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossarypreamble </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7359--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7376--><p class="noindent" >
For example:
@@ -14533,9 +14556,9 @@
\renewcommand{\glossarypreamble}{Numbers in italic
 <br />indicate primary definitions.}
</div>
-<!--l. 7364--><p class="nopar" > This needs to be done before the glossary is displayed.
-</p><!--l. 7367--><p class="indent" > If you want a different preamble per glossary you can use
-</p><!--l. 7368--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 7381--><p class="nopar" > This needs to be done before the glossary is displayed.
+</p><!--l. 7384--><p class="indent" > If you want a different preamble per glossary you can use
+</p><!--l. 7385--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\setglossarypreamble</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-53062"></a> <span
@@ -14544,11 +14567,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">preamble text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7370--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7387--><p class="noindent" >
If ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩ is omitted, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdefaulttype </span>is used.
-</p><!--l. 7373--><p class="indent" > For example:
+</p><!--l. 7390--><p class="indent" > For example:
</p>
@@ -14556,24 +14579,24 @@
\setglossarypreamble{Numbers in italic
 <br />indicate primary definitions.}
</div>
-<!--l. 7377--><p class="nopar" > This will print the given preamble text for the main glossary, but not have any preamble text
+<!--l. 7394--><p class="nopar" > This will print the given preamble text for the main glossary, but not have any preamble text
for any other glossaries.
-</p><!--l. 7381--><p class="indent" > There is an analogous command to <span
+</p><!--l. 7398--><p class="indent" > There is an analogous command to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossarypreamble </span>called
-</p><!--l. 7382--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7399--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glossarypostamble</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-53063"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossarypostamble </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7384--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7401--><p class="noindent" >
which is placed at the end of each glossary.
<a
id="x1-53064r15"></a>
-</p><!--l. 7387--><p class="noindent" ><span
+</p><!--l. 7404--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmbx-12">Example 15</span><span
class="cmbx-12"> (Switch to Two Column Mode for Glossary)</span><a
id="x1-53065"></a>
-</p><!--l. 7388--><p class="indent" > Suppose you are using the <span
+</p><!--l. 7405--><p class="indent" > Suppose you are using the <span
class="cmss-10">superheaderborder</span><a
id="dx1-53066"></a>
style<span class="footnote-mark"><a
@@ -14592,14 +14615,14 @@
 <br />}
 <br />\renewcommand*{\glossarypostamble}{\onecolumn}
</div>
-<!--l. 7402--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 7419--><p class="nopar" >
</p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 7404--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7404--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 7406--><p class="indent" > Within each glossary, each entry name is formatted according to
-</p><!--l. 7407--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 7421--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7421--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 7423--><p class="indent" > Within each glossary, each entry name is formatted according to
+</p><!--l. 7424--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsnamefont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-53071"></a> <span
@@ -14606,7 +14629,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7409--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7426--><p class="noindent" >
which takes one argument: the entry name. This command is always used regardless of the
glossary style. By default, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont </span>simply displays its argument in whatever the
@@ -14625,7 +14648,7 @@
class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a
id="dx1-53075"></a> style file) also set the name in
bold.
-</p><!--l. 7422--><p class="indent" > If you want to change the font for the description, or if you only want to change the name
+</p><!--l. 7439--><p class="indent" > If you want to change the font for the description, or if you only want to change the name
font for some types of entries but not others, you might want to consider using the
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
@@ -14632,13 +14655,13 @@
id="dx1-53076"></a> package.
<a
id="x1-53077r16"></a>
-</p><!--l. 7428--><p class="noindent" ><span
+</p><!--l. 7445--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmbx-12">Example 16</span><span
class="cmbx-12"> (Changing the Font Used to Display Entry Names in the</span>
<span
class="cmbx-12">Glossary)</span><a
id="x1-53078"></a>
-</p><!--l. 7429--><p class="indent" > Suppose you want all the entry names to appear in medium weight small caps in your
+</p><!--l. 7446--><p class="indent" > Suppose you want all the entry names to appear in medium weight small caps in your
glossaries, then you can do:
@@ -14646,18 +14669,18 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-222">
\renewcommand{\glsnamefont}[1]{\textsc{\mdseries #1}}
</div>
-<!--l. 7433--><p class="nopar" > </p>
+<!--l. 7450--><p class="nopar" > </p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 7434--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7434--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 7451--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7451--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 7436--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 7436--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 7453--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 7453--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">11. <a
id="sec:xindy"></a>Xindy (Option 3)</h2>
-</p><!--l. 7439--><p class="indent" > If you want to use <a
+</p><!--l. 7456--><p class="indent" > If you want to use <a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
id="dx1-54001"></a></a> to sort the glossary, you must use the package option
@@ -14670,10 +14693,10 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-223">
\usepackage[xindy]{glossaries}
</div>
-<!--l. 7443--><p class="nopar" > This ensures that the glossary information is written in <span
+<!--l. 7460--><p class="nopar" > This ensures that the glossary information is written in <span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
id="dx1-54003"></a> syntax.
-</p><!--l. 7447--><p class="indent" > <a
+</p><!--l. 7464--><p class="indent" > <a
href="#sec:makeglossaries"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.4 </a><a
href="#sec:makeglossaries">Generating the Associated Glossary Files<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossaries --></a> covers how to use the external <a
@@ -14686,42 +14709,42 @@
id="dx1-54004"></a></a> style file (<span
class="cmtt-10">.xdy</span><a
id="dx1-54005"></a>) and parameters.
-</p><!--l. 7452--><p class="indent" > To assist writing information to the <a
+</p><!--l. 7469--><p class="indent" > To assist writing information to the <a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
id="dx1-54006"></a></a> style file, the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides the
following commands:
-</p><!--l. 7455--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7472--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsopenbrace</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-54007"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsopenbrace </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7457--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7458--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7474--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7475--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsclosebrace</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-54008"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsclosebrace </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7460--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7477--><p class="noindent" >
which produce an open and closing brace. (This is needed because <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\{</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\}</span></span></span> don’t expand to
a simple brace character when written to a file.) Similarly, you can write a percent character
using:
-</p><!--l. 7465--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7482--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glspercentchar</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-54009"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspercentchar </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7467--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7484--><p class="noindent" >
and a tilde character using:
-</p><!--l. 7469--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7486--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glstildechar</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-54010"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstildechar </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7471--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7488--><p class="noindent" >
For example, a newline character is specified in a <a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
@@ -14731,17 +14754,17 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glstildechar n </span>to write this correctly (or you can do <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\string~n</span></span></span>). A backslash can be
written to a file using
-</p><!--l. 7476--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7493--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsbackslash</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-54012"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsbackslash </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7478--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7480--><p class="indent" > In addition, if you are using a package that makes the double quote character active (e.g.
+</p><!--l. 7495--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7497--><p class="indent" > In addition, if you are using a package that makes the double quote character active (e.g.
<span
class="cmss-10">ngerman</span><a
id="dx1-54013"></a>) you can use:
-</p><!--l. 7482--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7499--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsquote</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-54014"></a> <span
@@ -14748,7 +14771,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsquote{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7484--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7501--><p class="noindent" >
which will produce <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">"</span></span></span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
@@ -14757,7 +14780,7 @@
character. This document assumes that the double quote character has not been made active,
so the examples just use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">"</span></span></span> for clarity.
-</p><!--l. 7490--><p class="indent" > If you want greater control over the <a
+</p><!--l. 7507--><p class="indent" > If you want greater control over the <a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
id="dx1-54015"></a></a> style file than is available through the
@@ -14787,10 +14810,10 @@
</p>
-<!--l. 7501--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 7518--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1 </span> <a
id="sec:langenc"></a>Language and Encodings</h3>
-<!--l. 7504--><p class="noindent" >When you use <a
+<!--l. 7521--><p class="noindent" >When you use <a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
id="dx1-55001"></a></a>, you need to specify the language and encoding used (unless you
@@ -14812,7 +14835,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
id="dx1-55006"></a> doesn’t support that language, then you can specify the required language
using:
-</p><!--l. 7513--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7530--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsSetXdyLanguage</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-55007"></a> <span
@@ -14821,7 +14844,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">language</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7515--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7532--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">language</span>⟩ is the name of the language. The optional argument can be used if you have
multiple glossaries in different languages. If ⟨<span
@@ -14829,13 +14852,13 @@
glossaries, otherwise the language setting will only be applied to the glossary given by
⟨<span
class="cmti-10">glossary type</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 7523--><p class="indent" > If the <span
+</p><!--l. 7540--><p class="indent" > If the <span
class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a
id="dx1-55008"></a> package is used, the encoding will be obtained from the value of
<span
class="cmtt-10">\inputencodingname</span><a
id="dx1-55009"></a>. Alternatively, you can specify the encoding using:
-</p><!--l. 7526--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7543--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsSetXdyCodePage</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-55010"></a> <span
@@ -14842,7 +14865,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyCodePage{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7528--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7545--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩ is the name of the encoding. For example:
@@ -14851,8 +14874,8 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-224">
\GlsSetXdyCodePage{utf8}
</div>
-<!--l. 7532--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 7534--><p class="indent" > Note that you can also specify the language and encoding using the package option
+<!--l. 7549--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 7551--><p class="indent" > Note that you can also specify the language and encoding using the package option
<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy={language=</span></span></span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">lang</span>⟩<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
@@ -14865,8 +14888,8 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-225">
\usepackage[xindy={language=english,codepage=utf8}]{glossaries}
</div>
-<!--l. 7540--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 7542--><p class="indent" > If you write your own custom <a
+<!--l. 7557--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 7559--><p class="indent" > If you write your own custom <a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
id="dx1-55011"></a></a> style file that includes the language settings, you need
@@ -14877,10 +14900,10 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-226">
\GlsSetXdyLanguage{}
</div>
-<!--l. 7547--><p class="nopar" > (and remember to use <span
+<!--l. 7564--><p class="nopar" > (and remember to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a
id="dx1-55012"></a> to prevent the style file from being overwritten).
-</p><!--l. 7551--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands <span
+</p><!--l. 7568--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLanguage </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyCodePage </span>have no effect if
you don’t use <a
@@ -14898,13 +14921,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">-C</span><a
id="dx1-55017"></a> switches.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 7557--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7559--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7574--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7576--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 7559--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 7576--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.2 </span> <a
id="sec:xindyloc"></a>Locations and Number lists</h3>
-<!--l. 7562--><p class="noindent" >If you use <span
+<!--l. 7579--><p class="noindent" >If you use <span
class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a
id="dx1-56001"></a>, the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package needs to know which counters you will be using in the
@@ -14930,7 +14953,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-56008"></a>
using:
-</p><!--l. 7570--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7587--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsAddXdyCounters</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-56009"></a> <span
@@ -14937,10 +14960,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyCounters{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">counter list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7572--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7589--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">counter list</span>⟩ is a comma-separated list of counter names.
-</p><!--l. 7575--><p class="indent" > The most likely attributes used in the <span
+</p><!--l. 7592--><p class="indent" > The most likely attributes used in the <span
class="cmss-10">format</span><a
id="dx1-56010"></a> key (<span
class="cmtt-10">textrm</span><a
@@ -14952,7 +14975,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
id="dx1-56013"></a></a> style file, but if you want to use another attribute, you need to add it
using:
-</p><!--l. 7579--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7596--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsAddXdyAttribute</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-56014"></a> <span
@@ -14959,12 +14982,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyAttribute{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7581--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7598--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the name of the attribute, as used in the <span
class="cmss-10">format</span><a
id="dx1-56015"></a> key.
-</p><!--l. 7585--><p class="indent" > Take care if you have multiple instances of the same location with different formats. The
+</p><!--l. 7602--><p class="indent" > Take care if you have multiple instances of the same location with different formats. The
duplicate locations will be discarded according to the order in which the attributes are
listed. Consider defining semantic commands to use for primary references. For
example:
@@ -14975,7 +14998,7 @@
\newcommand*{\primary}[1]{\textbf{#1}}
 <br />\GlsAddXdyAttribute{primary}
</div>
-<!--l. 7593--><p class="nopar" > Then in the document:
+<!--l. 7610--><p class="nopar" > Then in the document:
</p>
@@ -14983,7 +15006,7 @@
A \gls[format=primary]{duck} is an aquatic bird.
 <br />There are lots of different types of \gls{duck}.
</div>
-<!--l. 7598--><p class="nopar" > This will give the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 7615--><p class="nopar" > This will give the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">format=primary</span></span></span> instance preference over the next use that doesn’t use the
<span
class="cmss-10">format</span><a
@@ -14990,11 +15013,11 @@
id="dx1-56016"></a> key.
<a
id="x1-56017r17"></a>
-</p><!--l. 7602--><p class="noindent" ><span
+</p><!--l. 7619--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmbx-12">Example 17</span><span
class="cmbx-12"> (Custom Font for Displaying a Location)</span><a
id="x1-56018"></a>
-</p><!--l. 7603--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want a bold, italic, hyperlinked location. I first need to define a command that
+</p><!--l. 7620--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want a bold, italic, hyperlinked location. I first need to define a command that
will do this:
@@ -15002,7 +15025,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-229">
\newcommand*{\hyperbfit}[1]{\textit{\hyperbf{#1}}}
</div>
-<!--l. 7607--><p class="nopar" > but with <a
+<!--l. 7624--><p class="nopar" > but with <a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
id="dx1-56019"></a></a>, I also need to add this as an allowed attribute:
@@ -15012,7 +15035,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-230">
\GlsAddXdyAttribute{hyperbfit}
</div>
-<!--l. 7612--><p class="nopar" > Now I can use it in the optional argument of commands like <span
+<!--l. 7629--><p class="nopar" > Now I can use it in the optional argument of commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
id="dx1-56020"></a>:
@@ -15021,13 +15044,13 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-231">
Here is a \gls[format=hyperbfit]{sample} entry.
</div>
-<!--l. 7617--><p class="nopar" > (where <span
+<!--l. 7634--><p class="nopar" > (where <span
class="cmtt-10">sample </span>is the label of the required entry). </p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 7619--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7619--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 7621--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span
+<!--l. 7636--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7636--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 7638--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyAttribute </span>has no effect if <span
class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a
id="dx1-56021"></a> is used or if <span
@@ -15040,10 +15063,10 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyCounters </span>must come before <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyAttribute</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 7627--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7629--><p class="indent" > If the location numbers include formatting commands, then you need to add a location
+</p><!--l. 7644--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7646--><p class="indent" > If the location numbers include formatting commands, then you need to add a location
style in the appropriate format using
-</p><!--l. 7631--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7648--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsAddXdyLocation</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-56024"></a> <span
@@ -15055,7 +15078,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7633--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7650--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the name of the format and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">definition</span>⟩ is the <a
@@ -15075,7 +15098,7 @@
class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a
href="#sec:numberlists">Number
lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 7641--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span
+</p><!--l. 7658--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyLocation </span>has no effect if <span
class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a
id="dx1-56027"></a> is used or if <span
@@ -15085,14 +15108,14 @@
class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyLocation </span>must be used before <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-56029"></a>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 7645--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7662--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="x1-56030r18"></a>
-</p><!--l. 7647--><p class="noindent" ><span
+</p><!--l. 7664--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmbx-12">Example 18</span><span
class="cmbx-12"> (Custom Numbering System for Locations)</span><a
id="x1-56031"></a>
-</p><!--l. 7648--><p class="indent" > Suppose I decide to use a somewhat eccentric numbering system for sections where I
+</p><!--l. 7665--><p class="indent" > Suppose I decide to use a somewhat eccentric numbering system for sections where I
redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\thesection </span>as follows:
@@ -15101,7 +15124,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-232">
\renewcommand*{\thesection}{[\thechapter]\arabic{section}}
</div>
-<!--l. 7652--><p class="nopar" > If I haven’t done <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 7669--><p class="nopar" > If I haven’t done <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">counter=section</span></span></span> in the package option, I need to specify that the counter
will be used as a location number:
@@ -15110,7 +15133,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-233">
\GlsAddXdyCounters{section}
</div>
-<!--l. 7658--><p class="nopar" > Next I need to add the location style (<span
+<!--l. 7675--><p class="nopar" > Next I need to add the location style (<span
class="cmtt-10">\thechapter </span>is assumed to be the standard
<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\arabic{chapter}</span></span></span>):
@@ -15122,7 +15145,7 @@
 <br />  "arabic-numbers"
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 7665--><p class="nopar" > Note that if I have further decided to use the <span
+<!--l. 7682--><p class="nopar" > Note that if I have further decided to use the <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-56032"></a> package and want to redefine
<span
@@ -15134,7 +15157,7 @@
\renewcommand*{\theHsection}{\thepart.\thesection}
 <br />\renewcommand*{\thepart}{\Roman{part}}
</div>
-<!--l. 7671--><p class="nopar" > then I need to modify the <span
+<!--l. 7688--><p class="nopar" > then I need to modify the <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyLocation </span>code above to:
@@ -15144,7 +15167,7 @@
 <br />  "arabic-numbers" :sep "]" "arabic-numbers"
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 7677--><p class="nopar" > Since <span
+<!--l. 7694--><p class="nopar" > Since <span
class="cmtt-10">\Roman</span><a
id="dx1-56033"></a> will result in an empty string if the counter is zero, it’s a good idea to add an
extra location to catch this:
@@ -15156,20 +15179,20 @@
 <br />  "arabic-numbers" :sep "]" "arabic-numbers"
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 7684--><p class="nopar" > This example is illustrated in the sample file <a
+<!--l. 7701--><p class="nopar" > This example is illustrated in the sample file <a
href="#x1-5077r24"><span
class="cmtt-10">samplexdy2.tex</span></a>. </p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 7687--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7687--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 7704--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7704--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
<a
id="x1-56034r19"></a>
-<!--l. 7689--><p class="noindent" ><span
+<!--l. 7706--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmbx-12">Example 19</span><span
class="cmbx-12"> (Locations as Words not Digits)</span><a
id="x1-56035"></a>
-</p><!--l. 7690--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want the page numbers written as words rather than digits and I use the
+</p><!--l. 7707--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want the page numbers written as words rather than digits and I use the
<span
class="cmss-10">fmtcount</span><a
id="dx1-56036"></a> package to do this. I can redefine <span
@@ -15181,7 +15204,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-238">
\renewcommand*{\thepage}{\Numberstring{page}}
</div>
-<!--l. 7695--><p class="nopar" > This gets expanded to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 7712--><p class="nopar" > This gets expanded to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\protect</span><span
class="cmtt-10"> \Numberstringnum</span><span
class="cmtt-10"> </span></span></span><span
@@ -15198,7 +15221,7 @@
 <br />  \string\Numberstringnum\space\glsopenbrace"
 <br />  "arabic-numbers" :sep "\glsclosebrace"}
</div>
-<!--l. 7703--><p class="nopar" > Note that it’s necessary to use <span
+<!--l. 7720--><p class="nopar" > Note that it’s necessary to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\space </span>to indicate that spaces also appear in the format,
since, unlike <span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span>, <a
@@ -15205,7 +15228,7 @@
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
id="dx1-56038"></a></a> doesn’t ignore spaces after control sequences.
-</p><!--l. 7708--><p class="indent" > Note that <span
+</p><!--l. 7725--><p class="indent" > Note that <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyLocation{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -15212,7 +15235,7 @@
class="cmti-10">definition</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span>will define commands in the
form:
-</p><!--l. 7711--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+</p><!--l. 7728--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsX</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">X</span></span></span>⟨<span
@@ -15222,7 +15245,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7712--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7729--><p class="noindent" >
for each counter that has been identified either by the <span
class="cmss-10">counter</span><a
id="dx1-56039"></a> package option, the ⟨<span
@@ -15232,7 +15255,7 @@
id="dx1-56040"></a> or in the argument of <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyCounters</span><a
id="dx1-56041"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 7717--><p class="indent" > The first argument ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 7734--><p class="indent" > The first argument ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">Hprefix</span>⟩ is only relevant when used with the <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-56042"></a> package and
@@ -15277,12 +15300,12 @@
 <br />}
 <br />\newcommand{\linkpagenumber}[3]{\hyperlink{page.#3}{#1#2{#3}}}
</div>
-<!--l. 7738--><p class="nopar" > </p>
+<!--l. 7755--><p class="nopar" > </p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 7739--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7739--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 7741--><p class="indent" > In the <a
+<!--l. 7756--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7756--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 7758--><p class="indent" > In the <a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
id="dx1-56046"></a></a>, the locations are sorted according to type. The default
ordering is: <span
@@ -15308,15 +15331,15 @@
they were defined), <span
class="cmtt-10">see </span>(cross-referenced entries). This ordering can be changed
using:
-</p><!--l. 7757--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7774--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-56052"></a>
-</p><!--l. 7759--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+</p><!--l. 7776--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location names</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7760--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7777--><p class="noindent" >
where each location name is delimited by double quote marks and separated by white space.
For example:
@@ -15334,8 +15357,8 @@
 <br />  "see"
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 7774--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 7776--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span
+<!--l. 7791--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 7793--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder </span>has no effect if <span
class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a
id="dx1-56053"></a> is used or if
@@ -15346,8 +15369,8 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-56055"></a>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 7781--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7783--><p class="indent" > If a <a
+</p><!--l. 7798--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7800--><p class="indent" > If a <a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
id="dx1-56056"></a></a> consists of a sequence of consecutive numbers, the range will be
concatenated. The number of consecutive locations that causes a range formation defaults to
@@ -15354,15 +15377,15 @@
2, but can be changed using:
-</p><!--l. 7788--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7805--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-56057"></a>
-</p><!--l. 7790--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+</p><!--l. 7807--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">n</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7791--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7808--><p class="noindent" >
For example:
@@ -15370,13 +15393,13 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-242">
\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength{3}
</div>
-<!--l. 7795--><p class="nopar" > The argument may also be the keyword <span
+<!--l. 7812--><p class="nopar" > The argument may also be the keyword <span
class="cmtt-10">none</span>, to indicate that there should be no range
formations. See the <a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
id="dx1-56058"></a></a> manual for further details on range formations.
-</p><!--l. 7800--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span
+</p><!--l. 7817--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength </span>has no effect if <span
class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a
id="dx1-56059"></a> is used or if
@@ -15387,16 +15410,16 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-56061"></a>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 7805--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7807--><p class="indent" > See <a
+</p><!--l. 7822--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7824--><p class="indent" > See <a
href="#sec:numberlists"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a
href="#sec:numberlists">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a> for further details.
</p>
-<!--l. 7809--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 7826--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.3 </span> <a
id="sec:groups"></a>Glossary Groups</h3>
-<!--l. 7812--><p class="noindent" >The glossary is divided into groups according to the first letter of the sort key. The <span
+<!--l. 7829--><p class="noindent" >The glossary is divided into groups according to the first letter of the sort key. The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
package also adds a number group by default, unless you suppress it in the <span
class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a
@@ -15408,20 +15431,20 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-243">
\usepackage[xindy={glsnumbers=false}]{glossaries}
</div>
-<!--l. 7818--><p class="nopar" > Any entry that doesn’t go in one of the letter groups or the number group is placed in the
+<!--l. 7835--><p class="nopar" > Any entry that doesn’t go in one of the letter groups or the number group is placed in the
default group.
-</p><!--l. 7822--><p class="indent" > If you have a number group, the default behaviour is to locate it before the “A” letter
+</p><!--l. 7839--><p class="indent" > If you have a number group, the default behaviour is to locate it before the “A” letter
group. If you are not using a Roman alphabet, you can change this using:
-</p><!--l. 7826--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7843--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-57002"></a>
-</p><!--l. 7828--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+</p><!--l. 7845--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">letter</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7829--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7831--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span
+</p><!--l. 7846--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7848--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits </span>has no effect if <span
class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a
id="dx1-57003"></a> is used or if
@@ -15433,16 +15456,16 @@
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-57005"></a>.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 7836--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7853--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 7838--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 7838--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 7855--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 7855--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">12. <a
id="sec:newglossary"></a>Defining New Glossaries</h2>
-</p><!--l. 7841--><p class="indent" > A new glossary can be defined using:
-</p><!--l. 7842--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7858--><p class="indent" > A new glossary can be defined using:
+</p><!--l. 7859--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\newglossary</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-58001"></a> <span
@@ -15461,7 +15484,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7844--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7861--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the label to assign to this glossary. The arguments ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">in-ext</span>⟩ and ⟨<span
@@ -15495,7 +15518,7 @@
class="cmti-10">in-ext</span>⟩ and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">out-ext</span>⟩ arguments are
ignored.
-</p><!--l. 7858--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The glossary label ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 7875--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The glossary label ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ must not contain any active characters. It’s generally best to
stick with just characters that have category code 11 (typically the non-extended <a
href="#glo:latinchar">Latin
@@ -15502,9 +15525,9 @@
character<a
id="dx1-58006"></a>s</a> for standard <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span></span>). </div>
-</p><!--l. 7863--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7865--><p class="indent" > There is also a starred version (new to v4.08):
-</p><!--l. 7866--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7880--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7882--><p class="indent" > There is also a starred version (new to v4.08):
+</p><!--l. 7883--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\newglossary*</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-58007"></a> <span
@@ -15515,7 +15538,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7868--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7885--><p class="noindent" >
which is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -15538,7 +15561,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">]</span>
</div>
</div> or you can also use:
-<!--l. 7874--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 7891--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\altnewglossary</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-58008"></a> <span
@@ -15551,7 +15574,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7876--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7893--><p class="noindent" >
which is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -15574,7 +15597,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">]</span>
</div>
</div>
-<!--l. 7882--><p class="indent" > It may be that you have some terms that are so common that they don’t need to be listed.
+<!--l. 7899--><p class="indent" > It may be that you have some terms that are so common that they don’t need to be listed.
In this case, you can define a special type of glossary that doesn’t create any associated files.
This is referred to as an “ignored glossary” and it’s ignored by commands that iterate
over all the glossaries, such as <span
@@ -15581,7 +15604,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-58009"></a>. To define an ignored glossary,
use
-</p><!--l. 7888--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7905--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\newignoredglossary</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-58010"></a> <span
@@ -15588,7 +15611,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7890--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7907--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the name of the glossary (as above). This glossary type will automatically be
@@ -15600,8 +15623,8 @@
href="#x1-5104r36"><span
class="cmtt-10">sample-entryfmt.tex</span></a> defines an ignored
glossary.)
-</p><!--l. 7897--><p class="indent" > You can test if a glossary is an ignored one using:
-</p><!--l. 7898--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7914--><p class="indent" > You can test if a glossary is an ignored one using:
+</p><!--l. 7915--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\ifignoredglossary</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-58012"></a> <span
@@ -15612,12 +15635,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7900--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7917--><p class="noindent" >
This does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ if ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ was defined as an ignored glossary, otherwise it does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 7904--><p class="indent" > Note that the main (default) glossary is automatically created as:
+</p><!--l. 7921--><p class="indent" > Note that the main (default) glossary is automatically created as:
</p>
@@ -15624,7 +15647,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-244">
\newglossary{main}{gls}{glo}{\glossaryname}
</div>
-<!--l. 7907--><p class="nopar" > so it can be identified by the label <span
+<!--l. 7924--><p class="nopar" > so it can be identified by the label <span
class="cmtt-10">main </span>(unless the <span
class="cmss-10">nomain</span><a
id="dx1-58013"></a> package option is used). Using
@@ -15637,7 +15660,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-245">
\newglossary[alg]{acronym}{acr}{acn}{\acronymname}
</div>
-<!--l. 7913--><p class="nopar" > so it can be identified by the label <span
+<!--l. 7930--><p class="nopar" > so it can be identified by the label <span
class="cmtt-10">acronym</span>. If you are not sure whether the <span
class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
id="dx1-58015"></a>
@@ -15656,7 +15679,7 @@
<span
class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span><a
id="dx1-58018"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 7924--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 7941--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">symbols</span><a
id="dx1-58019"></a> package option creates a new glossary with the label <span
class="cmtt-10">symbols </span>using:
@@ -15666,7 +15689,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-246">
\newglossary[slg]{symbols}{sls}{slo}{\glssymbolsgroupname}
</div>
-<!--l. 7928--><p class="nopar" > The <span
+<!--l. 7945--><p class="nopar" > The <span
class="cmss-10">numbers</span><a
id="dx1-58020"></a> package option creates a new glossary with the label <span
class="cmtt-10">numbers </span>using:
@@ -15676,7 +15699,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-247">
\newglossary[nlg]{numbers}{nls}{nlo}{\glsnumbersgroupname}
</div>
-<!--l. 7933--><p class="nopar" > The <span
+<!--l. 7950--><p class="nopar" > The <span
class="cmss-10">index</span><a
id="dx1-58021"></a> package option creates a new glossary with the label <span
class="cmtt-10">index </span>using:
@@ -15686,14 +15709,14 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-248">
\newglossary[ilg]{index}{ind}{idx}{\indexname}
</div>
-<!--l. 7938--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 7940--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Options <a
+<!--l. 7955--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 7957--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Options <a
href="#option2">2</a> and <a
href="#option3">3</a>: all glossaries must be defined before <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-58022"></a> to ensure that
the relevant output files are opened.
-</p><!--l. 7944--><p class="indent" > See <a
+</p><!--l. 7961--><p class="indent" > See <a
href="#sec:fixednames"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.3.1 </a><a
href="#sec:fixednames">Changing the Fixed Names<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:fixednames --></a> if you want to redefine <span
@@ -15710,19 +15733,19 @@
id="dx1-58025"></a>, just follow the advice in <a
href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=fixnam" >How
to change LaTeX’s “fixed names”</a>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 7951--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7968--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 7953--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 7953--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 7970--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 7970--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">13. <a
id="sec:acronyms"></a>Acronyms and Other Abbreviations</h2>
-</p><!--l. 7956--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 7973--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
id="dx1-59001"></a> package provides superior abbreviation handling. You may want to
consider using that package instead of the commands described here.
-</p><!--l. 7960--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that although this chapter uses the term “acronym”, you can also use the
+</p><!--l. 7977--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that although this chapter uses the term “acronym”, you can also use the
commands described here for initialisms or contractions (as in the case of some of the
examples given below). If the glossary title is no longer applicable (for example,
it should be “Abbreviations” rather than “Acronyms”) then you can change the
@@ -15744,8 +15767,8 @@
id="dx1-59006"></a> package’s <span
class="cmss-10">abbreviations </span>option instead.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 7972--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7974--><p class="indent" > You may have noticed in <a
+</p><!--l. 7989--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7991--><p class="indent" > You may have noticed in <a
href="#sec:newglosentry"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>4 </a><a
href="#sec:newglosentry">Defining Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglosentry --></a> that when you specify a new entry,
@@ -15754,7 +15777,7 @@
provides a useful means to define abbreviations. For convenience, the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package
defines the command:
-</p><!--l. 7979--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7996--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\newacronym</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-59007"></a> <span
@@ -15767,8 +15790,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7981--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7983--><p class="indent" > This uses <span
+</p><!--l. 7998--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8000--><p class="indent" > This uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
id="dx1-59008"></a> to create an entry with the given label in the glossary given
by <span
@@ -15789,7 +15812,7 @@
keys in <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>to store the long and abbreviated forms and their
plurals.
-</p><!--l. 7991--><p class="indent" > Note that the same restrictions on the entry ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 8008--><p class="indent" > Note that the same restrictions on the entry ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ in <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
id="dx1-59015"></a> also apply to
@@ -15798,7 +15821,7 @@
href="#sec:newglosentry"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>4 </a><a
href="#sec:newglosentry">Defining Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglosentry --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 7995--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you haven’t identified the specified glossary type as a list of acronyms (via
+</p><!--l. 8012--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you haven’t identified the specified glossary type as a list of acronyms (via
the package option <span
class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span><a
id="dx1-59016"></a> or the command <span
@@ -15821,8 +15844,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a
id="dx1-59020"></a>) before defining your entries.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 8006--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8008--><p class="indent" > The optional argument <span
+</p><!--l. 8023--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8025--><p class="indent" > The optional argument <span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">key-val list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span>allows you to specify additional information. Any
@@ -15852,7 +15875,7 @@
\newacronym[longplural={diagonal matrices}]%
 <br />  {dm}{DM}{diagonal matrix}
</div>
-<!--l. 8021--><p class="nopar" > If the <a
+<!--l. 8038--><p class="nopar" > If the <a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> uses the plural form, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glspl{dm}</span></span></span> will display: diagonal matrices
(DMs). If you want to use the <span
@@ -15864,7 +15887,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span><a
id="dx1-59027"></a> to set the display style rather than using one of the pre-version 4.02
acronym styles.
-</p><!--l. 8028--><p class="indent" > Since <span
+</p><!--l. 8045--><p class="indent" > Since <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
id="dx1-59028"></a> uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
@@ -15874,7 +15897,7 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsreset</span><a
id="dx1-59031"></a> as with any other glossary entry.
-</p><!--l. 8032--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Since <span
+</p><!--l. 8049--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Since <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>sets <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">type=\acronymtype</span></span></span>, if you want to load a file containing
acronym definitions using <span
@@ -15895,14 +15918,14 @@
class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.8 </a><a
href="#sec:loadglsentries">Loading Entries From a File<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:loadglsentries --></a>.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 8039--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8056--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="x1-59034r20"></a>
-</p><!--l. 8041--><p class="noindent" ><span
+</p><!--l. 8058--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmbx-12">Example 20</span><span
class="cmbx-12"> (Defining an Abbreviation)</span><a
id="x1-59035"></a>
-</p><!--l. 8042--><p class="indent" > The following defines the abbreviation IDN:
+</p><!--l. 8059--><p class="indent" > The following defines the abbreviation IDN:
</p>
@@ -15909,7 +15932,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-250">
\newacronym{idn}{IDN}{identification number}
</div>
-<!--l. 8045--><p class="nopar" > <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 8062--><p class="nopar" > <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{idn}</span></span></span> will produce “identification number (IDN)” on <a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> and “IDN” on
subsequent uses. If you want to use one of the smallcaps acronym styles, described in <a
@@ -15924,7 +15947,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-251">
\newacronym{idn}{idn}{identification number}
</div>
-<!--l. 8053--><p class="nopar" > Now <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 8070--><p class="nopar" > Now <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{idn}</span></span></span> will produce “identification number (<span
class="cmcsc-10"><span
class="small-caps">i</span><span
@@ -15938,11 +15961,11 @@
subsequent uses. </p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 8057--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8057--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 8059--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Avoid nested definitions. </div>
-</p><!--l. 8061--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8063--><p class="indent" > Recall from the warning in <a
+<!--l. 8074--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8074--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 8076--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Avoid nested definitions. </div>
+</p><!--l. 8078--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8080--><p class="indent" > Recall from the warning in <a
href="#sec:newglosentry"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>4 </a><a
href="#sec:newglosentry">Defining Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglosentry --></a> that you should avoid using the
@@ -15958,7 +15981,7 @@
complications arising from nested links. The same applies to abbreviations defined using
<span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>.
-</p><!--l. 8070--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you have defined:
+</p><!--l. 8087--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you have defined:
</p>
@@ -15966,7 +15989,7 @@
\newacronym{ssi}{SSI}{server side includes}
 <br />\newacronym{html}{HTML}{hypertext markup language}
</div>
-<!--l. 8074--><p class="nopar" > you may be tempted to do:
+<!--l. 8091--><p class="nopar" > you may be tempted to do:
</p>
@@ -15973,7 +15996,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-253">
\newacronym{shtml}{S\gls{html}}{\gls{ssi} enabled \gls{html}}
</div>
-<!--l. 8078--><p class="nopar" > <span
+<!--l. 8095--><p class="nopar" > <span
class="cmbx-10">Don’t! </span>This will break the case-changing commands, such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a
id="dx1-59038"></a>, it will cause
@@ -15982,7 +16005,7 @@
also confuse the commands used by the entry formatting (such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span><a
id="dx1-59039"></a>).
-</p><!--l. 8085--><p class="indent" > Instead, consider doing:
+</p><!--l. 8102--><p class="indent" > Instead, consider doing:
</p>
@@ -15991,7 +16014,7 @@
 <br /> [description={\gls{ssi} enabled \gls{html}}]
 <br /> {shtml}{SHTML}{SSI enabled HTML}
</div>
-<!--l. 8090--><p class="nopar" > or
+<!--l. 8107--><p class="nopar" > or
</p>
@@ -16001,15 +16024,15 @@
 <br /> {shtml}{SHTML}
 <br /> {server side includes enabled hypertext markup language}
</div>
-<!--l. 8097--><p class="nopar" > Similarly for the <a
+<!--l. 8114--><p class="nopar" > Similarly for the <a
href="#sec:glstext-like"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands.
-</p><!--l. 8100--><p class="indent" > Other approaches are available with <span
+</p><!--l. 8117--><p class="indent" > Other approaches are available with <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
id="dx1-59040"></a>. See the section “Nested Links” in the
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>user manual.
-</p><!--l. 8104--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands described below are similar to the <a
+</p><!--l. 8121--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands described below are similar to the <a
href="#sec:glstext-like"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands in that they
don’t modify the <a
@@ -16023,8 +16046,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands
also apply to the following commands. (Including the warning immediately above this box.)
</div>
-</p><!--l. 8111--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8113--><p class="indent" > The optional arguments are the same as those for the <a
+</p><!--l. 8128--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8130--><p class="indent" > The optional arguments are the same as those for the <a
href="#sec:glstext-like"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands,
and there are similar star and plus variants that switch off or on the hyperlinks.
@@ -16036,7 +16059,7 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat</span><a
id="dx1-59044"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 8118--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8135--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\acrshort</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-59045"></a> <span
@@ -16047,7 +16070,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8120--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8137--><p class="noindent" >
This sets the <a
href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
id="dx1-59046"></a></a> to the short form (within the argument of <span
@@ -16060,8 +16083,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
id="dx1-59049"></a> implicitly
sets.
-</p><!--l. 8126--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous upper case variants:
-</p><!--l. 8127--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8143--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous upper case variants:
+</p><!--l. 8144--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Acrshort</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-59050"></a> <span
@@ -16072,8 +16095,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8129--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8130--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8146--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8147--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\ACRshort</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-59051"></a> <span
@@ -16084,9 +16107,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8132--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8149--><p class="noindent" >
There are also plural versions:
-</p><!--l. 8134--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8151--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\acrshortpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-59052"></a> <span
@@ -16097,8 +16120,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8136--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8137--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8153--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8154--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Acrshortpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-59053"></a> <span
@@ -16109,8 +16132,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8139--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8140--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8156--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8157--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\ACRshortpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-59054"></a> <span
@@ -16121,7 +16144,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8142--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8159--><p class="noindent" >
The short plural form is as supplied by the <span
class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a
id="dx1-59055"></a> key, which <span
@@ -16128,7 +16151,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
id="dx1-59056"></a> implicitly
sets.
-</p><!--l. 8146--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8163--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\acrlong</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-59057"></a> <span
@@ -16141,7 +16164,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8148--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8165--><p class="noindent" >
This sets the <a
href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
id="dx1-59058"></a></a> to the long form for the entry given by ⟨<span
@@ -16151,8 +16174,8 @@
id="dx1-59059"></a> key, which <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
id="dx1-59060"></a> implicitly sets.
-</p><!--l. 8153--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous upper case variants:
-</p><!--l. 8154--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8170--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous upper case variants:
+</p><!--l. 8171--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Acrlong</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-59061"></a> <span
@@ -16163,8 +16186,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8156--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8157--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8173--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8174--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\ACRlong</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-59062"></a> <span
@@ -16175,9 +16198,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8159--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8176--><p class="noindent" >
Again there are also plural versions:
-</p><!--l. 8161--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8178--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\acrlongpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-59063"></a> <span
@@ -16188,8 +16211,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8163--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8164--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8180--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8181--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Acrlongpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-59064"></a> <span
@@ -16200,8 +16223,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8166--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8167--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8183--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8184--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\ACRlongpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-59065"></a> <span
@@ -16212,7 +16235,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8169--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8186--><p class="noindent" >
The long plural form is as supplied by the <span
class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a
id="dx1-59066"></a> key, which <span
@@ -16219,7 +16242,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
id="dx1-59067"></a> implicitly
sets.
-</p><!--l. 8173--><p class="indent" > The commands below display the full form of the acronym, but note that this isn’t
+</p><!--l. 8190--><p class="indent" > The commands below display the full form of the acronym, but note that this isn’t
necessarily the same as the form used on <a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. These full-form commands are shortcuts
that use the above commands, rather than creating the <a
@@ -16227,7 +16250,7 @@
id="dx1-59068"></a></a> from the complete full form.
These full-form commands have star and plus variants and optional arguments that are
passed to the above commands.
-</p><!--l. 8180--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8197--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\acrfull</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-59069"></a> <span
@@ -16238,9 +16261,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8182--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8199--><p class="noindent" >
This is a shortcut for
-</p><!--l. 8184--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8201--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\acrfullfmt</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-59070"></a> <span
@@ -16251,7 +16274,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8186--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8203--><p class="noindent" >
which by default does </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -16278,7 +16301,7 @@
class="cmsy-10">}</span>
</div>
</div> where
-<!--l. 8194--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 8211--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\acrfullformat</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-59071"></a> <span
@@ -16287,7 +16310,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">short</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8196--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8213--><p class="noindent" >
by default does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). This command is now deprecated for new acronym styles but is
@@ -16299,8 +16322,8 @@
Abbreviation Style<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:setacronymstyle --></a>) hasn’t been used. (For further details of these format commands see the
documented code, <span
class="cmtt-10">glossaries-code.pdf</span>.)
-</p><!--l. 8205--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous upper case variants:
-</p><!--l. 8206--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8222--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous upper case variants:
+</p><!--l. 8223--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Acrfull</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-59072"></a> <span
@@ -16313,8 +16336,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8208--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8209--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8225--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8226--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\ACRfull</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-59073"></a> <span
@@ -16325,9 +16348,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8211--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8228--><p class="noindent" >
and plural versions:
-</p><!--l. 8213--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8230--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\acrfullpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-59074"></a> <span
@@ -16338,8 +16361,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8215--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8216--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8232--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8233--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Acrfullpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-59075"></a> <span
@@ -16350,8 +16373,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8218--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8219--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8235--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8236--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\ACRfullpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-59076"></a> <span
@@ -16362,8 +16385,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8221--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8223--><p class="indent" > If you find the above commands too cumbersome to write, you can use the <span
+</p><!--l. 8238--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8240--><p class="indent" > If you find the above commands too cumbersome to write, you can use the <span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span><a
id="dx1-59077"></a>
package option to activate the shorter command names listed in <a
@@ -16372,7 +16395,7 @@
<div class="table">
-<!--l. 8227--><p class="indent" > <a
+<!--l. 8244--><p class="indent" > <a
id="tab:shortcuts"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float"
>
@@ -16524,7 +16547,7 @@
</div><hr class="endfloat" />
</div>
-<!--l. 8253--><p class="indent" > It is also possible to access the long and short forms without adding information to the
+<!--l. 8270--><p class="indent" > It is also possible to access the long and short forms without adding information to the
glossary using commands analogous to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><a
id="dx1-59111"></a> (described in <a
@@ -16532,7 +16555,7 @@
class="cmsy-10">§</span>9 </a><a
href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms
Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 8257--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands that convert the first letter to upper case come with the same caveats as
+</p><!--l. 8274--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands that convert the first letter to upper case come with the same caveats as
those for analogous commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrytext</span><a
id="dx1-59112"></a> (non-expandable, can’t be used in PDF
@@ -16541,9 +16564,9 @@
class="cmsy-10">§</span>9
</a><a
href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 8263--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8265--><p class="indent" > The long form can be accessed using:
-</p><!--l. 8266--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8280--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8282--><p class="indent" > The long form can be accessed using:
+</p><!--l. 8283--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsentrylong</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-59113"></a> <span
@@ -16550,9 +16573,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrylong{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8268--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8285--><p class="noindent" >
or, with the first letter converted to upper case:
-</p><!--l. 8270--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8287--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsentrylong</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-59114"></a> <span
@@ -16559,9 +16582,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrylong{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8272--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8289--><p class="noindent" >
Plural forms:
-</p><!--l. 8274--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8291--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsentrylongpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-59115"></a> <span
@@ -16568,8 +16591,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrylongpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8276--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8277--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8293--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8294--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsentrylongpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-59116"></a> <span
@@ -16576,9 +16599,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrylongpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8279--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8281--><p class="indent" > Similarly, to access the short form:
-</p><!--l. 8282--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8296--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8298--><p class="indent" > Similarly, to access the short form:
+</p><!--l. 8299--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsentryshort</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-59117"></a> <span
@@ -16585,9 +16608,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8284--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8301--><p class="noindent" >
or, with the first letter converted to upper case:
-</p><!--l. 8286--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8303--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryshort</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-59118"></a> <span
@@ -16594,9 +16617,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryshort{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8288--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8305--><p class="noindent" >
Plural forms:
-</p><!--l. 8290--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8307--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsentryshortpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-59119"></a> <span
@@ -16603,8 +16626,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshortpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8292--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8293--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8309--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8310--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryshortpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-59120"></a> <span
@@ -16611,9 +16634,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryshortpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8295--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8297--><p class="indent" > And the full form can be obtained using:
-</p><!--l. 8298--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8312--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8314--><p class="indent" > And the full form can be obtained using:
+</p><!--l. 8315--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsentryfull</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-59121"></a> <span
@@ -16620,8 +16643,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8300--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8301--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8317--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8318--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryfull</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-59122"></a> <span
@@ -16628,8 +16651,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfull{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8303--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8304--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8320--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8321--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsentryfullpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-59123"></a> <span
@@ -16638,8 +16661,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8306--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8307--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8323--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8324--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryfullpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-59124"></a> <span
@@ -16646,18 +16669,18 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfullpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8309--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8326--><p class="noindent" >
These again use <span
class="cmtt-10">\acrfullformat</span><a
id="dx1-59125"></a> by default, but the new styles described in the section
below use different formatting commands.
</p>
-<!--l. 8314--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 8331--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.1 </span> <a
id="sec:setacronymstyle"></a>Changing the Abbreviation Style</h3>
-<!--l. 8317--><p class="noindent" >It may be that the default style doesn’t suit your requirements in which case you can switch
+<!--l. 8334--><p class="noindent" >It may be that the default style doesn’t suit your requirements in which case you can switch
to another styles using
-</p><!--l. 8319--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8336--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\setacronymstyle</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-60001"></a> <span
@@ -16664,10 +16687,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">style name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8321--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8338--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">style name</span>⟩ is the name of the required style.
-</p><!--l. 8324--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You must use <span
+</p><!--l. 8341--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You must use <span
class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle </span><span
class="cmti-10">before </span>you define the acronyms with <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>. If
@@ -16676,8 +16699,8 @@
<span
class="cmti-10">after </span>using <span
class="cmtt-10">\DeclareAcronymList</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 8329--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8331--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 8346--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8348--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package has the restriction that only one style may be in use that
applies to all entries defined with <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>. If you need multiple abbreviation
@@ -16685,7 +16708,7 @@
href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package, which has better abbreviation
management.
-</p><!--l. 8337--><p class="indent" > Note that unlike the default behaviour of <span
+</p><!--l. 8354--><p class="indent" > Note that unlike the default behaviour of <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>, the styles used via
<span
class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle </span>don’t use the <span
@@ -16707,11 +16730,11 @@
modify the definitions of commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\genacrfullformat</span><a
id="dx1-60008"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 8347--><p class="indent" > Note that when you use <span
+</p><!--l. 8364--><p class="indent" > Note that when you use <span
class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle </span>the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
id="dx1-60009"></a> key is set to
-</p><!--l. 8349--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8366--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\acronymentry</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-60010"></a> <span
@@ -16718,11 +16741,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">\acronymentry{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8351--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8368--><p class="noindent" >
and the <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
id="dx1-60011"></a> key is set to
-</p><!--l. 8353--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8370--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\acronymsort</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-60012"></a> <span
@@ -16731,22 +16754,22 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8355--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8372--><p class="noindent" >
These commands are redefined by the acronym styles. However, you can redefine them again
after the style has been set but before you use <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>. Protected expansion is
performed on <span
class="cmtt-10">\acronymsort </span>when the entry is defined.
-</p><!--l. 8361--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8378--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 8361--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 8378--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.1.1 </span> <a
id="sec:predefinedacrstyles"></a>Predefined Acronym Styles</h4>
-<!--l. 8364--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+<!--l. 8381--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides a number of predefined styles. These styles apply
-</p><!--l. 8366--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8383--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\firstacronymfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-61001"></a> <span
@@ -16753,9 +16776,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8368--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8385--><p class="noindent" >
to the short form on first use and
-</p><!--l. 8370--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8387--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\acronymfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-61002"></a> <span
@@ -16762,7 +16785,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8372--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8389--><p class="noindent" >
on subsequent use. The styles modify the definition of <span
class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont </span>as required, but
<span
@@ -16783,7 +16806,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont</span><a
id="dx1-61006"></a> independently of the
acronym style.
-</p><!--l. 8382--><p class="indent" > The predefined styles that contain <span
+</p><!--l. 8399--><p class="indent" > The predefined styles that contain <span
class="cmtt-10">sc </span>in their name (for example <span
class="cmss-10">long-sc-short</span><a
id="dx1-61007"></a>) redefine
@@ -16792,9 +16815,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a
id="dx1-61008"></a>, which means that the short form needs to be specified in lower
case.
-</p><!--l. 8388--><p class="indent" > <a
+</p><!--l. 8405--><p class="indent" > <a
id="boldsc"></a>
-</p><!--l. 8389--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note">Some fonts don’t support bold smallcaps, so you may need to redefine <span
+</p><!--l. 8406--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note">Some fonts don’t support bold smallcaps, so you may need to redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont</span><a
id="dx1-61009"></a> (see
<a
@@ -16805,8 +16828,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a
id="dx1-61010"></a>.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 8395--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8397--><p class="indent" > The predefined styles that contain <span
+</p><!--l. 8412--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8414--><p class="indent" > The predefined styles that contain <span
class="cmtt-10">sm </span>in their name (for example <span
class="cmss-10">long-sm-short</span><a
id="dx1-61011"></a>) redefine
@@ -16814,9 +16837,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span><a
id="dx1-61012"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 8401--><p class="indent" > <a
+</p><!--l. 8418--><p class="indent" > <a
id="smaller"></a>
-</p><!--l. 8402--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the <span
+</p><!--l. 8419--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package doesn’t define or load any package that defines
<span
class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span><a
@@ -16828,14 +16851,14 @@
class="cmss-10">relsize</span><a
id="dx1-61015"></a> package or otherwise define <span
class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 8408--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8410--><p class="indent" > The remaining predefined styles redefine <span
+</p><!--l. 8425--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8427--><p class="indent" > The remaining predefined styles redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span>to simply do its argument
⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 8413--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In most cases, the predefined styles adjust <span
+</p><!--l. 8430--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In most cases, the predefined styles adjust <span
class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a
id="dx1-61016"></a> and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span><a
@@ -16846,8 +16869,8 @@
and <span
class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a
id="dx1-61019"></a> styles (and their variants). </div>
-</p><!--l. 8418--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8420--><p class="indent" > The following styles are supplied by the <span
+</p><!--l. 8435--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8437--><p class="indent" > The following styles are supplied by the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package: </p>
<ul class="itemize1">
<li class="itemize"><span
@@ -16859,8 +16882,8 @@
id="dx1-61022"></a>, <span
class="cmss-10">long-sp-short</span><a
id="dx1-61023"></a>:
- <!--l. 8426--><p class="noindent" >With these three styles, acronyms are displayed in the form
- </p><!--l. 8428--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition">⟨<span
+ <!--l. 8443--><p class="noindent" >With these three styles, acronyms are displayed in the form
+ </p><!--l. 8445--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition">⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩ <span
class="cmtt-10">(\firstacronymfont</span><a
id="dx1-61024"></a><span
@@ -16867,9 +16890,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">short</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}) </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 8429--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 8446--><p class="noindent" >
on first use and
- </p><!--l. 8432--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span
+ </p><!--l. 8449--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a
id="dx1-61025"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
@@ -16877,7 +16900,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 8433--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 8450--><p class="noindent" >
on subsequent use. They also set <span
class="cmtt-10">\acronymsort{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩<span
@@ -16895,10 +16918,10 @@
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
id="dx1-61026"></a> key
is set to the long form.
- </p><!--l. 8441--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+ </p><!--l. 8458--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">long-sp-short</span><a
id="dx1-61027"></a> style was introduced in version 4.16 and uses
- </p><!--l. 8443--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ </p><!--l. 8460--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsacspace</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-61028"></a> <span
@@ -16905,7 +16928,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsacspace{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 8445--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 8462--><p class="noindent" >
for the space between the long and short forms. This defaults to a non-breakable space
(<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">~</span></span></span>) if (<span
@@ -16920,7 +16943,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-256">
\renewcommand*{\glsacspace}[1]{~}
</div>
- <!--l. 8453--><p class="nopar" >
+ <!--l. 8470--><p class="nopar" >
</p></li>
<li class="itemize"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long</span><a
@@ -16929,9 +16952,9 @@
id="dx1-61030"></a>, <span
class="cmss-10">sm-short-long</span><a
id="dx1-61031"></a>:
- <!--l. 8458--><p class="noindent" >These three styles are analogous to the above three styles, except the display order is
+ <!--l. 8475--><p class="noindent" >These three styles are analogous to the above three styles, except the display order is
swapped to
- </p><!--l. 8461--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span
+ </p><!--l. 8478--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont</span><a
id="dx1-61032"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
@@ -16939,9 +16962,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">} (</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">) </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 8462--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 8479--><p class="noindent" >
on first use.
- </p><!--l. 8465--><p class="noindent" >Note, however, that <span
+ </p><!--l. 8482--><p class="noindent" >Note, however, that <span
class="cmtt-10">\acronymsort</span><a
id="dx1-61033"></a> and <span
class="cmtt-10">\acronymentry</span><a
@@ -16960,7 +16983,7 @@
id="dx1-61037"></a>, <span
class="cmss-10">long-sp-short-desc</span><a
id="dx1-61038"></a>:
- <!--l. 8472--><p class="noindent" >These are like the <span
+ <!--l. 8489--><p class="noindent" >These are like the <span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span><a
id="dx1-61039"></a>, <span
class="cmss-10">long-sc-short</span><a
@@ -17007,15 +17030,15 @@
id="dx1-61049"></a>, <span
class="cmss-10">sm-short-long-desc</span><a
id="dx1-61050"></a>:
- <!--l. 8487--><p class="noindent" >These styles are analogous to the above three styles, but the first use display style
+ <!--l. 8504--><p class="noindent" >These styles are analogous to the above three styles, but the first use display style
is:
- </p><!--l. 8490--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span
+ </p><!--l. 8507--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">short</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} (</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">) </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 8491--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 8508--><p class="noindent" >
The definitions of <span
class="cmtt-10">\acronymsort </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\acronymentry </span>are the same as those for
@@ -17030,7 +17053,7 @@
id="dx1-61053"></a>:
- <!--l. 8497--><p class="noindent" >With these styles, the <a
+ <!--l. 8514--><p class="noindent" >With these styles, the <a
href="#sec:gls-like"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> commands always display the long form regardless of
whether the entry has been used or not. However, <span
@@ -17068,10 +17091,10 @@
id="dx1-61064"></a>, <span
class="cmss-10">footnote-sm</span><a
id="dx1-61065"></a>:
- <!--l. 8509--><p class="noindent" >With these three styles, on first use the <a
+ <!--l. 8526--><p class="noindent" >With these three styles, on first use the <a
href="#sec:gls-like"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> commands display:
- </p><!--l. 8511--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span
+ </p><!--l. 8528--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">short</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}\footnote</span><a
@@ -17079,7 +17102,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 8512--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 8529--><p class="noindent" >
However, <span
class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a
id="dx1-61067"></a> and <span
@@ -17090,11 +17113,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">} </span>(⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩). On
subsequent use the display is:
- </p><!--l. 8516--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span
+ </p><!--l. 8533--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">short</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 8517--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 8534--><p class="noindent" >
The <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
id="dx1-61069"></a> and <span
@@ -17103,12 +17126,12 @@
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
id="dx1-61071"></a> is set to the long
form.
- </p><!--l. 8522--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> In order to avoid nested hyperlinks on <a
+ </p><!--l. 8539--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> In order to avoid nested hyperlinks on <a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> the footnote styles automatically
implement <span
class="cmss-10">hyperfirst=false</span><a
id="dx1-61072"></a> for the acronym lists. </div>
- </p><!--l. 8526--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 8543--><p class="noindent" >
</p></li>
<li class="itemize"><span
class="cmss-10">footnote-desc</span><a
@@ -17117,7 +17140,7 @@
id="dx1-61074"></a>, <span
class="cmss-10">footnote-sm-desc</span><a
id="dx1-61075"></a>:
- <!--l. 8531--><p class="noindent" >These three styles are similar to the previous three styles, but the description
+ <!--l. 8548--><p class="noindent" >These three styles are similar to the previous three styles, but the description
has to be supplied in the optional argument of <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
id="dx1-61076"></a>. The <span
@@ -17138,11 +17161,11 @@
</li></ul>
<a
id="x1-61081r21"></a>
-<!--l. 8542--><p class="noindent" ><span
+<!--l. 8559--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmbx-12">Example 21</span><span
class="cmbx-12"> (Adapting a Predefined Acronym Style)</span><a
id="x1-61082"></a>
-</p><!--l. 8543--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want to use the <span
+</p><!--l. 8560--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want to use the <span
class="cmss-10">footnote-sc-desc</span><a
id="dx1-61083"></a> style, but I want the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
@@ -17159,7 +17182,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-257">
\setacronymstyle{footnote-sc-desc}
</div>
-<!--l. 8549--><p class="nopar" > and then redefine <span
+<!--l. 8566--><p class="nopar" > and then redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\acronymsort</span><a
id="dx1-61087"></a> and <span
class="cmtt-10">\acronymentry</span><a
@@ -17172,9 +17195,9 @@
 <br />\renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%
 <br />  \acronymfont{\glsentryshort{#1}}\space (\glsentrylong{#1})}%
</div>
-<!--l. 8555--><p class="nopar" > (I’ve used <span
+<!--l. 8572--><p class="nopar" > (I’ve used <span
class="cmtt-10">\space </span>for extra clarity, but you can just use an actual space instead.)
-</p><!--l. 8559--><p class="indent" > Since the default Computer Modern fonts don’t support bold smallcaps, I’m also going to
+</p><!--l. 8576--><p class="indent" > Since the default Computer Modern fonts don’t support bold smallcaps, I’m also going to
redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a
id="dx1-61089"></a> so that it always switches to medium weight to ensure the smallcaps
@@ -17185,24 +17208,24 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-259">
\renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{\textmd{\scshape #1}}
</div>
-<!--l. 8565--><p class="nopar" > This isn’t necessary if you use a font that supports bold smallcaps.
-</p><!--l. 8568--><p class="indent" > The sample file <a
+<!--l. 8582--><p class="nopar" > This isn’t necessary if you use a font that supports bold smallcaps.
+</p><!--l. 8585--><p class="indent" > The sample file <a
href="#x1-5027r9"><span
class="cmtt-10">sampleFnAcrDesc.tex</span></a> illustrates this example. </p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 8570--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8570--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 8572--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 8587--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8587--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 8589--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 8572--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 8589--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.1.2 </span> <a
id="sec:customacronym"></a>Defining A Custom Acronym Style</h4>
-<!--l. 8575--><p class="noindent" >You may find that the predefined acronyms styles that come with the <span
+<!--l. 8592--><p class="noindent" >You may find that the predefined acronyms styles that come with the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
package don’t suit your requirements. In this case you can define your own style
using:
-</p><!--l. 8578--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8595--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\newacronymstyle</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-62001"></a> <span
@@ -17214,7 +17237,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">definitions</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8580--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8597--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">style name</span>⟩ is the name of the new style (avoid active characters). The second
argument, ⟨<span
@@ -17256,13 +17279,13 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-260">
\ifglshaslong{\glslabel}{\glsgenacfmt}{\glsgenentryfmt}%
</div>
-<!--l. 8595--><p class="nopar" > (You can use <span
+<!--l. 8612--><p class="nopar" > (You can use <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasshort</span><a
id="dx1-62012"></a> instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglshaslong</span><a
id="dx1-62013"></a> to test if the entry is an acronym if
you prefer.)
-</p><!--l. 8599--><p class="indent" > The third argument, ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 8616--><p class="indent" > The third argument, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">definitions</span>⟩, can be used to redefine the commands that affect the
display style, such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a
@@ -17272,7 +17295,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\genacrfullformat</span><a
id="dx1-62015"></a>
and its variants.
-</p><!--l. 8604--><p class="indent" > Note that <span
+</p><!--l. 8621--><p class="indent" > Note that <span
class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span><a
id="dx1-62016"></a> redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span><a
@@ -17290,15 +17313,15 @@
class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle</span>
should redefine these commands within ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">definitions</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 8612--><p class="indent" > Within <span
+</p><!--l. 8629--><p class="indent" > Within <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle</span>’s ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">definitions</span>⟩ argument you can also redefine
-</p><!--l. 8614--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8631--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GenericAcronymFields</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-62022"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GenericAcronymFields </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8616--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8633--><p class="noindent" >
This is a list of additional fields to be set in <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
id="dx1-62023"></a>. You can use the following token
@@ -17330,7 +17353,7 @@
\renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{%
 <br />   description={\the\glslongtok}}%
</div>
-<!--l. 8627--><p class="nopar" > which sets the <span
+<!--l. 8644--><p class="nopar" > which sets the <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
id="dx1-62029"></a> field to the long form of the acronym whereas the <span
class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span><a
@@ -17342,25 +17365,25 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-262">
\renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}%
</div>
-<!--l. 8632--><p class="nopar" > since the description needs to be specified by the user.
-</p><!--l. 8635--><p class="indent" > It may be that you want to define a new acronym style that’s based on an existing style.
+<!--l. 8649--><p class="nopar" > since the description needs to be specified by the user.
+</p><!--l. 8652--><p class="indent" > It may be that you want to define a new acronym style that’s based on an existing style.
Within ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">display</span>⟩ you can use
-</p><!--l. 8638--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8655--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-62031"></a>
-</p><!--l. 8640--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+</p><!--l. 8657--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">style name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8641--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8658--><p class="noindent" >
to use the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">display</span>⟩ definition from the style given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">style name</span>⟩. Within ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">definitions</span>⟩ you can
use
-</p><!--l. 8644--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 8661--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsUseAcrStyleDefs</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-62032"></a> <span
@@ -17367,7 +17390,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">style name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8646--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8663--><p class="noindent" >
to use the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">definitions</span>⟩ from the style given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">style name</span>⟩. For example, the <span
@@ -17395,7 +17418,7 @@
 <br />  \renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glstextup{\glspluralsuffix}}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 8663--><p class="nopar" > (<span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 8680--><p class="nopar" > (<span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glstextup</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-62035"></a><span
@@ -17423,11 +17446,11 @@
class="small-caps">s</span></span>.)
<a
id="x1-62039r22"></a>
-</p><!--l. 8669--><p class="noindent" ><span
+</p><!--l. 8686--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmbx-12">Example 22</span><span
class="cmbx-12"> (Defining a Custom Acronym Style)</span><a
id="x1-62040"></a>
-</p><!--l. 8670--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want my acronym on <a
+</p><!--l. 8687--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want my acronym on <a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> to have the short form in the text and the long
form with the description in a footnote. Suppose also that I want the short form to be put in
small caps in the main body of the document, but I want it in normal capitals in the list of
@@ -17462,7 +17485,7 @@
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩) ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">description</span>⟩
<br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
-</p><!--l. 8691--><p class="indent" > Let’s suppose it’s possible that I may have a mixed glossary. I can check this in the second
+</p><!--l. 8708--><p class="indent" > Let’s suppose it’s possible that I may have a mixed glossary. I can check this in the second
argument of <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle</span><a
id="dx1-62044"></a> using:
@@ -17472,7 +17495,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-264">
\ifglshaslong{\glslabel}{\glsgenacfmt}{\glsgenentryfmt}%
</div>
-<!--l. 8695--><p class="nopar" > This will use <span
+<!--l. 8712--><p class="nopar" > This will use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt</span><a
id="dx1-62045"></a> if the entry isn’t an acronym, otherwise it will use
<span
@@ -17514,7 +17537,7 @@
 <br />   \footnote{\glsentrylongpl{##1}: \glsentrydesc{##1}}%
 <br />  }%
</div>
-<!--l. 8724--><p class="nopar" > If you think it inappropriate for the short form to be capitalised at the start of a sentence
+<!--l. 8741--><p class="nopar" > If you think it inappropriate for the short form to be capitalised at the start of a sentence
you can change the above to:
@@ -17533,7 +17556,7 @@
 <br /> \let\Genacrfullformat\genacrfullformat
 <br /> \let\Genplacrfullformat\genplacrfullformat
</div>
-<!--l. 8740--><p class="nopar" > Another variation is to use <span
+<!--l. 8757--><p class="nopar" > Another variation is to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrylong</span><a
id="dx1-62049"></a> and <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrylongpl</span><a
@@ -17543,7 +17566,7 @@
id="dx1-62051"></a> and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrylongpl</span><a
id="dx1-62052"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 8745--><p class="indent" > Now let’s suppose that commands such as <span
+</p><!--l. 8762--><p class="indent" > Now let’s suppose that commands such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span><a
id="dx1-62053"></a> and <span
class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a
@@ -17556,7 +17579,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\acrfullfmt</span><a
id="dx1-62055"></a> and their plural and upper case
variants.
-</p><!--l. 8752--><p class="indent" > First, the non-linking commands:
+</p><!--l. 8769--><p class="indent" > First, the non-linking commands:
</p>
@@ -17578,7 +17601,7 @@
 <br />      (\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##1}})%
 <br />  }%
</div>
-<!--l. 8770--><p class="nopar" > Now for the linking commands:
+<!--l. 8787--><p class="nopar" > Now for the linking commands:
</p>
@@ -17624,11 +17647,11 @@
 <br />    }%
 <br />  }%
</div>
-<!--l. 8813--><p class="nopar" > (This may cause problems with long hyperlinks, in which case adjust the definitions so that,
+<!--l. 8830--><p class="nopar" > (This may cause problems with long hyperlinks, in which case adjust the definitions so that,
for example, only the short form is inside the argument of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span><a
id="dx1-62056"></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 8818--><p class="indent" > The style also needs to redefine <span
+</p><!--l. 8835--><p class="indent" > The style also needs to redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\acronymsort</span><a
id="dx1-62057"></a> so that the acronyms are sorted according
to the long form:
@@ -17638,7 +17661,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-269">
  \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##2}%
</div>
-<!--l. 8822--><p class="nopar" > If you prefer them to be sorted according to the short form you can change the above
+<!--l. 8839--><p class="nopar" > If you prefer them to be sorted according to the short form you can change the above
to:
@@ -17646,7 +17669,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-270">
  \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##1}%
</div>
-<!--l. 8827--><p class="nopar" > The acronym font needs to be set to <span
+<!--l. 8844--><p class="nopar" > The acronym font needs to be set to <span
class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a
id="dx1-62058"></a> and the plural suffix adjusted so that the “s”
suffix in the plural short form doesn’t get converted to smallcaps:
@@ -17657,7 +17680,7 @@
  \renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{\textsc{##1}}%
 <br />  \renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glstextup{\glspluralsuffix}}%
</div>
-<!--l. 8834--><p class="nopar" > There are a number of ways of dealing with the format in the list of acronyms. The simplest
+<!--l. 8851--><p class="nopar" > There are a number of ways of dealing with the format in the list of acronyms. The simplest
way is to redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\acronymentry</span><a
id="dx1-62059"></a> to the long form followed by the upper case short form in
@@ -17670,13 +17693,13 @@
 <br />   \Glsentrylong{##1}\space
 <br />     (\MakeTextUppercase{\glsentryshort{##1}})}%
</div>
-<!--l. 8842--><p class="nopar" > (I’ve used <span
+<!--l. 8859--><p class="nopar" > (I’ve used <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrylong</span><a
id="dx1-62060"></a> instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrylong</span><a
id="dx1-62061"></a> to capitalise the name in the
glossary.)
-</p><!--l. 8846--><p class="indent" > An alternative approach is to set <span
+</p><!--l. 8863--><p class="indent" > An alternative approach is to set <span
class="cmtt-10">\acronymentry</span><a
id="dx1-62062"></a> to just the long form and redefine
<span
@@ -17698,7 +17721,7 @@
 <br /> \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{%
 <br />    symbol={\protect\MakeTextUppercase{\the\glsshorttok}}}%
</div>
-<!--l. 8855--><p class="nopar" > I’m going to use the first approach and set <span
+<!--l. 8872--><p class="nopar" > I’m going to use the first approach and set <span
class="cmtt-10">\GenericAcronymFields</span><a
id="dx1-62067"></a> to do nothing:
@@ -17707,8 +17730,8 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-274">
 \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}%
</div>
-<!--l. 8860--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 8862--><p class="indent" > Finally, this style needs to switch off hyperlinks on first use to avoid nested
+<!--l. 8877--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 8879--><p class="indent" > Finally, this style needs to switch off hyperlinks on first use to avoid nested
links:
@@ -17716,7 +17739,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-275">
 \glshyperfirstfalse
</div>
-<!--l. 8866--><p class="nopar" > Putting this all together:
+<!--l. 8883--><p class="nopar" > Putting this all together:
</p>
@@ -17810,8 +17833,8 @@
 <br />     (\MakeTextUppercase{\glsentryshort{##1}})}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 8955--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 8957--><p class="indent" > Now I need to specify that I want to use this new style:
+<!--l. 8972--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 8974--><p class="indent" > Now I need to specify that I want to use this new style:
</p>
@@ -17818,7 +17841,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-277">
\setacronymstyle{custom-fn}
</div>
-<!--l. 8960--><p class="nopar" > I also need to use a glossary style that suits this acronym style, for example <span
+<!--l. 8977--><p class="nopar" > I also need to use a glossary style that suits this acronym style, for example <span
class="cmss-10">altlist</span><a
id="dx1-62068"></a>:
@@ -17827,8 +17850,8 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-278">
\setglossarystyle{altlist}
</div>
-<!--l. 8965--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 8967--><p class="indent" > Once the acronym style has been set, I can define my acronyms:
+<!--l. 8982--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 8984--><p class="indent" > Once the acronym style has been set, I can define my acronyms:
</p>
@@ -17840,26 +17863,26 @@
 <br />layout of a document written in a markup language}]{css}
 <br />{css}{Cascading Style Sheet}
</div>
-<!--l. 8976--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 8978--><p class="indent" > The sample file <a
+<!--l. 8993--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 8995--><p class="indent" > The sample file <a
href="#x1-5030r11"><span
class="cmtt-10">sample-custom-acronym.tex</span></a> illustrates this example. </p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 8980--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8980--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 8997--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8997--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
<a
id="x1-62069r23"></a>
-<!--l. 8982--><p class="noindent" ><span
+<!--l. 8999--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmbx-12">Example 23</span><span
class="cmbx-12"> (Italic and Upright Abbreviations)</span><a
id="x1-62070"></a>
-</p><!--l. 8983--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want to have some abbreviations in italic and some that just use the
+</p><!--l. 9000--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want to have some abbreviations in italic and some that just use the
surrounding font. Hard-coding this into the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ argument of <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>can cause
complications.
-</p><!--l. 8987--><p class="indent" > This example uses <span
+</p><!--l. 9004--><p class="indent" > This example uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey</span><a
id="dx1-62071"></a> to add an extra field that can be used to store the
formatting declaration (such as <span
@@ -17870,13 +17893,13 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-280">
\glsaddstoragekey{font}{}{\entryfont}
</div>
-<!--l. 8991--><p class="nopar" > This defines a new field/key called <span
+<!--l. 9008--><p class="nopar" > This defines a new field/key called <span
class="cmtt-10">font</span>, which defaults to nothing if it’s not explicitly set.
This also defines a command called <span
class="cmtt-10">\entryfont </span>that’s analogous to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span>. A new
style is then created to format abbreviations that access this field.
-</p><!--l. 8997--><p class="indent" > There are two ways to do this. The first is to create a style that doesn’t use <span
+</p><!--l. 9014--><p class="indent" > There are two ways to do this. The first is to create a style that doesn’t use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgenacfmt</span><a
id="dx1-62072"></a>
but instead provides a modified version that doesn’t use <span
@@ -17900,7 +17923,7 @@
 <br />   ({\entryfont{##1}\glsentryshort{##1}})%
 <br />  }%
</div>
-<!--l. 9009--><p class="nopar" > This will deal with commands like <span
+<!--l. 9026--><p class="nopar" > This will deal with commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
id="dx1-62073"></a> but not commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span><a
@@ -17926,7 +17949,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-282">
\renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{{\entryfont{\glslabel}#1}}%
</div>
-<!--l. 9020--><p class="nopar" > So the new style can be defined as:
+<!--l. 9037--><p class="nopar" > So the new style can be defined as:
</p>
@@ -17957,7 +17980,7 @@
 <br />  \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{{\entryfont{##1}\glsentryshort{##1}}}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 9048--><p class="nopar" > Remember the style needs to be set before defining the entries:
+<!--l. 9065--><p class="nopar" > Remember the style needs to be set before defining the entries:
</p>
@@ -17964,16 +17987,16 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-284">
\setacronymstyle{long-font-short}
</div>
-<!--l. 9052--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 9054--><p class="indent" > The complete document is contained in the sample file <a
+<!--l. 9069--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 9071--><p class="indent" > The complete document is contained in the sample file <a
href="#x1-5097r31"><span
class="cmtt-10">sample-font-abbr.tex</span></a>.
</p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 9056--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9056--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 9058--><p class="indent" > Some writers and publishing houses have started to drop full stops (periods) from upper
+<!--l. 9073--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9073--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 9075--><p class="indent" > Some writers and publishing houses have started to drop full stops (periods) from upper
case initials but may still retain them for lower case abbreviations, while others
may still use them for both upper and lower case. This can cause complications.
Chapter 12 of <span
@@ -17993,7 +18016,7 @@
inter-word mid-sentence space and use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\@</span></span></span> before the full stop to indicate the end of the
sentence.
-</p><!--l. 9073--><p class="indent" > For example:
+</p><!--l. 9090--><p class="indent" > For example:
</p>
@@ -18000,7 +18023,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-285">
I was awarded a B.Sc. and a Ph.D. (From the same place.)
</div>
-<!--l. 9076--><p class="nopar" > is typeset as <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+<!--l. 9093--><p class="nopar" > is typeset as <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
<br />I was awarded a B.Sc. and a Ph.D. (From the same place.)
<br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
The spacing is more noticeable with the typewriter font:
@@ -18011,7 +18034,7 @@
\ttfamily
 <br />I was awarded a B.Sc. and a Ph.D. (From the same place.)
</div>
-<!--l. 9085--><p class="nopar" > is typeset as <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+<!--l. 9102--><p class="nopar" > is typeset as <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">I was awarded a B.Sc. and a Ph.D. (From the same place.)</span>
<br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
@@ -18027,8 +18050,8 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-287">
I was awarded a B.Sc.\ and a Ph.D\@. (From the same place.)
</div>
-<!--l. 9097--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 9099--><p class="indent" > This situation is a bit problematic for <span
+<!--l. 9114--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 9116--><p class="indent" > This situation is a bit problematic for <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>. The full stops can form part of
the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ argument of <span
@@ -18042,7 +18065,7 @@
to adjust the space factor, which is usually done by inserting <span
class="cmtt-10">\@ </span>before the full
stop.
-</p><!--l. 9109--><p class="indent" > The next example shows one way of achieving this. (Note that the supplemental
+</p><!--l. 9126--><p class="indent" > The next example shows one way of achieving this. (Note that the supplemental
<a
href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides a much simpler way of doing this, which you may prefer to
@@ -18049,11 +18072,11 @@
use.)
<a
id="x1-62077r24"></a>
-</p><!--l. 9113--><p class="noindent" ><span
+</p><!--l. 9130--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmbx-12">Example 24</span><span
class="cmbx-12"> (Abbreviations with Full Stops (Periods))</span><a
id="x1-62078"></a>
-</p><!--l. 9114--><p class="indent" > As from version 4.16, there’s now a hook (<span
+</p><!--l. 9131--><p class="indent" > As from version 4.16, there’s now a hook (<span
class="cmtt-10">\glspostlinkhook</span><a
id="dx1-62079"></a>) that’s called at the very
end of the <a
@@ -18071,7 +18094,7 @@
class="cmss-10">amsgen</span><a
id="dx1-62081"></a>
documentation.)
-</p><!--l. 9123--><p class="indent" > It’s possible that I may also want acronyms or contractions in my document, so I need
+</p><!--l. 9140--><p class="indent" > It’s possible that I may also want acronyms or contractions in my document, so I need
some way to differentiate between them. Here I’m going to use the same method as in
example <a
href="#x1-33002r4">4<!--tex4ht:ref: ex:addstoragekey --></a> where a new field is defined to indicate the type of abbreviation:
@@ -18082,7 +18105,7 @@
\glsaddstoragekey{abbrtype}{word}{\abbrtype}
 <br />\newcommand*{\newabbr}[1][]{\newacronym[abbrtype=initials,#1]}
</div>
-<!--l. 9132--><p class="nopar" > Now I just use <span
+<!--l. 9149--><p class="nopar" > Now I just use <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
id="dx1-62082"></a> for the acronyms, for example,
@@ -18092,7 +18115,7 @@
\newacronym{laser}{laser}{light amplification by stimulated
 <br />emission of radiation}
</div>
-<!--l. 9137--><p class="nopar" > and my new command <span
+<!--l. 9154--><p class="nopar" > and my new command <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbr </span>for initials, for example,
@@ -18104,7 +18127,7 @@
 <br />\newabbr{ba}{B.A.}{Bachelor of Arts}
 <br />\newabbr{agm}{A.G.M.}{annual general meeting}
</div>
-<!--l. 9145--><p class="nopar" > Within <span
+<!--l. 9162--><p class="nopar" > Within <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspostlinkhook </span>the entry’s label can be accessed using <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span><a
id="dx1-62083"></a> and
@@ -18115,7 +18138,7 @@
to “initials”. If it doesn’t, then nothing needs to happen, but if it does, a check is performed
to see if the next character is a full stop. If it is, this signals the end of a sentence otherwise
it’s mid-sentence.
-</p><!--l. 9154--><p class="indent" > Remember that internal commands within the document file (rather than in a class or
+</p><!--l. 9171--><p class="indent" > Remember that internal commands within the document file (rather than in a class or
package) need to be placed between <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeatletter</span><a
id="dx1-62085"></a> and <span
@@ -18133,7 +18156,7 @@
 <br />}
 <br />\makeatother
</div>
-<!--l. 9165--><p class="nopar" > In the event that a full stop is found <span
+<!--l. 9182--><p class="nopar" > In the event that a full stop is found <span
class="cmtt-10">\doendsentence </span>is performed but it will be followed by
the full stop, which needs to be discarded. Otherwise <span
class="cmtt-10">\doendword </span>will be done but it won’t be
@@ -18146,7 +18169,7 @@
\newcommand{\doendsentence}[1]{\spacefactor=10000{}}
 <br />\newcommand{\doendword}{\spacefactor=1000{}}
</div>
-<!--l. 9174--><p class="nopar" > Now, I can just do <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 9191--><p class="nopar" > Now, I can just do <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{bsc}</span></span></span> mid-sentence and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{phd}.</span></span></span> at the end of the
sentence. The terminating full stop will be discarded in the latter case, but it won’t be
@@ -18154,7 +18177,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\gls{laser}.</span></span></span> as that doesn’t have the <span
class="cmtt-10">abbrtype </span>field set to
“initials”.
-</p><!--l. 9181--><p class="indent" > This also works on first use when the style is set to one of the ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 9198--><p class="indent" > This also works on first use when the style is set to one of the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩) styles but it
will fail with the ⟨<span
@@ -18174,24 +18197,24 @@
then be used in <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspostlinkhook</span><a
id="dx1-62090"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 9191--><p class="indent" > The other thing to consider is what to do with plurals. One possibility is to check for
+</p><!--l. 9208--><p class="indent" > The other thing to consider is what to do with plurals. One possibility is to check for
plural use within <span
class="cmtt-10">\doendsentence </span>(using <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsifplural</span><a
id="dx1-62091"></a>) and put the full stop back if the
plural has been used.
-</p><!--l. 9196--><p class="indent" > The complete document is contained in the sample file <span
+</p><!--l. 9213--><p class="indent" > The complete document is contained in the sample file <span
class="cmbx-10">??</span>. </p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 9198--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9198--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 9200--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 9215--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9215--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 9217--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 9200--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 9217--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.2 </span> <a
id="sec:disploa"></a>Displaying the List of Acronyms</h3>
-<!--l. 9203--><p class="noindent" >The list of acronyms is just like any other type of glossary and can be displayed on its own
+<!--l. 9220--><p class="noindent" >The list of acronyms is just like any other type of glossary and can be displayed on its own
using:
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
<a
@@ -18234,7 +18257,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">]</span>
</div>
</div>
- <!--l. 9216--><p class="noindent" >(If you use the <span
+ <!--l. 9233--><p class="noindent" >(If you use the <span
class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
id="dx1-63005"></a> package option you can also use </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
@@ -18261,7 +18284,7 @@
class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.5 </a><a
href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">Acronym Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-acronym --></a>.)
</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 9228--><p class="noindent" >Alternatively the list of acronyms can be displayed with all the other glossaries using:
+<!--l. 9245--><p class="noindent" >Alternatively the list of acronyms can be displayed with all the other glossaries using:
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
<a
href="#option1"><span
@@ -18285,18 +18308,18 @@
class="description"><span
class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-63010"></a></dd></dl>
-<!--l. 9236--><p class="indent" > However, care must be taken to choose a glossary style that’s appropriate to your acronym
+<!--l. 9253--><p class="indent" > However, care must be taken to choose a glossary style that’s appropriate to your acronym
style. Alternatively, you can define your own custom style (see <a
href="#sec:newglossarystyle"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>15.2 </a><a
href="#sec:newglossarystyle">Defining your own
glossary style<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglossarystyle --></a> for further details).
-</p><!--l. 9241--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9258--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 9241--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 9258--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.3 </span> <a
id="sec:oldacronym"></a>Upgrading From the glossary Package</h3>
-<!--l. 9244--><p class="noindent" >Users of the obsolete <span
+<!--l. 9261--><p class="noindent" >Users of the obsolete <span
class="cmss-10">glossary</span><a
id="dx1-64001"></a> package may recall that the syntax used to define new
acronyms has changed with the replacement <span
@@ -18310,13 +18333,13 @@
class="cmti-10">acr-name</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 9250--><p class="indent" > In order to facilitate migrating from the old package to the new one, the <span
+</p><!--l. 9267--><p class="indent" > In order to facilitate migrating from the old package to the new one, the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
package<span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn1x13" id="fn1x13-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">13.1</sup></a></span><a
id="x1-64003f1"></a>
provides the command:
-</p><!--l. 9253--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9270--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\oldacronym</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-64004"></a> <span
@@ -18329,7 +18352,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">key-val list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9255--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9272--><p class="noindent" >
This uses the same syntax as the <span
class="cmss-10">glossary</span><a
id="dx1-64005"></a> package’s method of defining acronyms. It is
@@ -18383,7 +18406,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a
id="dx1-64013"></a> to change the
settings.
-</p><!--l. 9272--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Recall that, in general, <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
+</p><!--l. 9289--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Recall that, in general, <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span></span> ignores spaces following command names consisting of
alphabetical characters. This is also true for <span
class="cmtt-10">\</span>⟨<span
@@ -18394,10 +18417,10 @@
class="cmss-10">xspace</span><a
id="dx1-64015"></a>.<span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn2x13" id="fn2x13-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">13.2</sup></a></span></div>
-</p><!--l. 9278--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9295--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="x1-64016f2"></a>
-</p><!--l. 9282--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 9299--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package doesn’t load the <span
class="cmss-10">xspace</span><a
id="dx1-64017"></a> package since there are both advantages
@@ -18422,7 +18445,7 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
id="dx1-64022"></a>).
-</p><!--l. 9293--><p class="indent" > To illustrate this, suppose I define the acronym “abc” as follows:
+</p><!--l. 9310--><p class="indent" > To illustrate this, suppose I define the acronym “abc” as follows:
</p>
@@ -18429,7 +18452,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-293">
\oldacronym{abc}{example acronym}{}
</div>
-<!--l. 9297--><p class="nopar" > This will create the command <span
+<!--l. 9314--><p class="nopar" > This will create the command <span
class="cmtt-10">\abc </span>and its starred version <span
class="cmtt-10">\abc*</span>. <a
href="#tab:xspace">Table 13.2</a> illustrates the
@@ -18445,7 +18468,7 @@
<div class="table">
-<!--l. 9305--><p class="indent" > <a
+<!--l. 9322--><p class="indent" > <a
id="tab:xspace"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float"
>
@@ -18511,11 +18534,11 @@
</div>
-<!--l. 9323--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 9323--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 9340--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 9340--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">14. <a
id="sec:glsunset"></a>Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags</h2>
-</p><!--l. 9326--><p class="indent" > When using the <a
+</p><!--l. 9343--><p class="indent" > When using the <a
href="#sec:gls-like"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> commands it is possible that you may want to use the
value given by the <span
@@ -18527,7 +18550,7 @@
id="dx1-65002"></a> key, even though you
haven’t used the glossary entry. The former can be achieved by one of the following
commands:
-</p><!--l. 9332--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9349--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsreset</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-65003"></a> <span
@@ -18534,8 +18557,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsreset{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9334--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9335--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9351--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9352--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glslocalreset</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-65004"></a> <span
@@ -18542,9 +18565,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glslocalreset{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9337--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9354--><p class="noindent" >
while the latter can be achieved by one of the following commands:
-</p><!--l. 9339--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9356--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsunset</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-65005"></a> <span
@@ -18551,8 +18574,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsunset{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9341--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9342--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9358--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9359--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glslocalunset</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-65006"></a> <span
@@ -18559,9 +18582,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunset{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9344--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9361--><p class="noindent" >
You can also reset or unset all entries for a given glossary or list of glossaries using:
-</p><!--l. 9347--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9364--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsresetall</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-65007"></a> <span
@@ -18568,8 +18591,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsresetall[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9349--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9350--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9366--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9367--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glslocalresetall</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-65008"></a> <span
@@ -18576,8 +18599,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glslocalresetall[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9352--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9353--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9369--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9370--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsunsetall</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-65009"></a> <span
@@ -18584,8 +18607,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsunsetall[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9355--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9356--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9372--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9373--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glslocalunsetall</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-65010"></a> <span
@@ -18592,7 +18615,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunsetall[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9358--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9375--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">glossary list</span>⟩ is a comma-separated list of glossary labels. If omitted, all defined
glossaries are assumed (except for the ignored ones). For example, to reset all entries in the
@@ -18603,10 +18626,10 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-294">
\glsresetall[main,acronym]
</div>
-<!--l. 9366--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 9368--><p class="indent" > You can determine whether an entry’s <a
+<!--l. 9383--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 9385--><p class="indent" > You can determine whether an entry’s <a
href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> is set using:
-</p><!--l. 9369--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9386--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\ifglsused</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-65011"></a> <span
@@ -18617,19 +18640,19 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9371--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9388--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the label of the required entry. If the entry has been used, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ will be
done, otherwise ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩ will be done.
-</p><!--l. 9376--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful when using <a
+</p><!--l. 9393--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful when using <a
href="#sec:gls-like"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> commands within an environment or command
argument that gets processed multiple times as it can cause unwanted side-effects when the
first use displayed text is different from subsequent use. </div>
-</p><!--l. 9381--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9383--><p class="indent" > For example, the <span
+</p><!--l. 9398--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9400--><p class="indent" > For example, the <span
class="cmss-10">frame</span><a
id="dx1-65012"></a><a
id="dx1-65013"></a> environment in <span
@@ -18638,7 +18661,7 @@
This means that the <a
href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> will be unset on the first overlay and subsequent overlays
will use the non-first use form.
-</p><!--l. 9388--><p class="indent" > Consider the following example:
+</p><!--l. 9405--><p class="indent" > Consider the following example:
</p>
@@ -18656,8 +18679,8 @@
 <br />\end{frame}
 <br />\end{document}
</div>
-<!--l. 9408--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 9410--><p class="indent" > On the first overlay, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 9425--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 9427--><p class="indent" > On the first overlay, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{svm}</span></span></span> produces “support vector machine (SVM)” and then
unsets the <a
href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. When the second overlay is processed, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
@@ -18664,7 +18687,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\gls{svm}</span></span></span> now produces
“SVM”, which is unlikely to be the desired effect. I don’t know anyway around this and I can
only offer two suggestions.
-</p><!--l. 9416--><p class="indent" > Firstly, unset all acronyms at the start of the document and explicitly use <span
+</p><!--l. 9433--><p class="indent" > Firstly, unset all acronyms at the start of the document and explicitly use <span
class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a
id="dx1-65015"></a> when
you want the full version to be displayed:
@@ -18686,8 +18709,8 @@
 <br />\end{frame}
 <br />\end{document}
</div>
-<!--l. 9438--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 9440--><p class="indent" > Secondly, explicitly reset each acronym on first use:
+<!--l. 9455--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 9457--><p class="indent" > Secondly, explicitly reset each acronym on first use:
</p>
@@ -18700,7 +18723,7 @@
 <br /> \end{itemize}
 <br />\end{frame}
</div>
-<!--l. 9450--><p class="nopar" > These are non-optimal, but the <span
+<!--l. 9467--><p class="nopar" > These are non-optimal, but the <span
class="cmss-10">beamer</span><a
id="dx1-65016"></a> class is too complex for me to provide
a programmatic solution. Other potentially problematic environments are some
@@ -18713,7 +18736,7 @@
id="dx1-65020"></a> itself) that process the contents in order
to work out the column widths and then reprocess the contents to do the actual
typesetting.
-</p><!--l. 9458--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 9475--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">amsmath</span><a
id="dx1-65021"></a> environments, such as <span
class="cmss-10">align</span><a
@@ -18722,11 +18745,11 @@
the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package now checks for this.
</p>
-<!--l. 9463--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 9480--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">14.1 </span> <a
id="sec:enableentrycount"></a>Counting the Number of Times an Entry has been Used (First Use Flag
Unset)</h3>
-<!--l. 9466--><p class="noindent" >As from version 4.14, it’s now possible to keep track of how many times an entry is used.
+<!--l. 9483--><p class="noindent" >As from version 4.14, it’s now possible to keep track of how many times an entry is used.
That is, how many times the <a
href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> is unset. Note that the supplemental
<a
@@ -18734,7 +18757,7 @@
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package improves this function and also provides per-unit counting, which isn’t
available with the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package.
-</p><!--l. 9472--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This function is disabled by default as it adds extra overhead to the document build time
+</p><!--l. 9489--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This function is disabled by default as it adds extra overhead to the document build time
and also switches <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
id="dx1-66001"></a> (and therefore <span
@@ -18741,19 +18764,19 @@
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
id="dx1-66002"></a>) into a preamble-only
command. </div>
-</p><!--l. 9477--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9479--><p class="indent" > To enable this function, use
-</p><!--l. 9480--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9494--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9496--><p class="indent" > To enable this function, use
+</p><!--l. 9497--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsenableentrycount</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-66003"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9482--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9499--><p class="noindent" >
before defining your entries. This adds two extra (internal) fields to entries: <span
class="cmtt-10">currcount </span>and
<span
class="cmtt-10">prevcount</span>.
-</p><!--l. 9486--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 9503--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">currcount </span>field keeps track of how many times <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsunset </span>is used within the
document. A local unset (using <span
@@ -18768,7 +18791,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glslocalreset </span>reset this
field back to zero (where <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslocalreset </span>performs a local change).
-</p><!--l. 9494--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 9511--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">prevcount </span>field stores the final value of the <span
class="cmtt-10">currcount </span>field <span
class="cmti-10">from the previous run</span>.
@@ -18777,8 +18800,8 @@
class="cmss-10">document</span><a
id="dx1-66004"></a><a
id="dx1-66005"></a> environment.
-</p><!--l. 9499--><p class="indent" > You can access these fields using
-</p><!--l. 9500--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9516--><p class="indent" > You can access these fields using
+</p><!--l. 9517--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsentrycurrcount</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-66006"></a> <span
@@ -18787,10 +18810,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9502--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9519--><p class="noindent" >
for the <span
class="cmtt-10">currcount </span>field, and
-</p><!--l. 9504--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9521--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsentryprevcount</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-66007"></a> <span
@@ -18797,7 +18820,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevcount{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9506--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9523--><p class="noindent" >
for the <span
class="cmtt-10">prevcount </span>field. <span
class="cmbx-10">These commands are only defined if you have used</span>
@@ -18804,7 +18827,7 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span><span
class="cmbx-10">.</span>
-</p><!--l. 9510--><p class="indent" > For example:
+</p><!--l. 9527--><p class="indent" > For example:
</p>
@@ -18821,7 +18844,7 @@
 <br />Number of times apple has been used: \glsentrycurrcount{apple}.
 <br />\end{document}
</div>
-<!--l. 9528--><p class="nopar" > On the first <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
+<!--l. 9545--><p class="nopar" > On the first <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevcount{apple}</span></span></span> produces 0. At the end of the
document, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
@@ -18845,10 +18868,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">currcount </span>field for the <span
class="cmtt-10">apple </span>entry at the end of the document on the previous
run.
-</p><!--l. 9541--><p class="indent" > When you enable the entry count using <span
+</p><!--l. 9558--><p class="indent" > When you enable the entry count using <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span>, you also enable the
following commands:
-</p><!--l. 9543--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9560--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\cgls</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-66008"></a> <span
@@ -18859,9 +18882,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9545--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9562--><p class="noindent" >
(no case-change, singular)
-</p><!--l. 9547--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9564--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\cglspl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-66009"></a> <span
@@ -18872,9 +18895,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9549--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9566--><p class="noindent" >
(no case-change, plural)
-</p><!--l. 9551--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9568--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\cGls</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-66010"></a> <span
@@ -18885,9 +18908,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9553--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9570--><p class="noindent" >
(first letter uppercase, singular), and
-</p><!--l. 9555--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9572--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\cGlspl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-66011"></a> <span
@@ -18898,7 +18921,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9557--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9574--><p class="noindent" >
(first letter uppercase, plural). These all have plus and starred variants like the analogous
<span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span
@@ -18905,7 +18928,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Gls </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glspl </span>commands.
-</p><!--l. 9562--><p class="indent" > If you don’t use <span
+</p><!--l. 9579--><p class="indent" > If you don’t use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span>, these commands behave like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>, <span
@@ -18942,7 +18965,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\cglspl</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\cGls </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\cGlspl</span>.
-<!--l. 9577--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 9594--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\cglsformat</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-66012"></a> <span
@@ -18951,7 +18974,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9579--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9596--><p class="noindent" >
This command is used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>and defaults to </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
@@ -18971,7 +18994,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩
</div>
</div> otherwise.
-<!--l. 9591--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 9608--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\cglsplformat</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-66013"></a> <span
@@ -18980,7 +19003,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9593--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9610--><p class="noindent" >
This command is used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\cglspl </span>and defaults to </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
@@ -19000,7 +19023,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩
</div>
</div> otherwise.
-<!--l. 9605--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 9622--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\cGlsformat</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-66014"></a> <span
@@ -19009,7 +19032,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9607--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9624--><p class="noindent" >
This command is used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\cGls </span>and defaults to </p><div class="alltt">
@@ -19031,7 +19054,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩
</div>
</div> otherwise.
-<!--l. 9618--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 9635--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\cGlsplformat</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-66015"></a> <span
@@ -19040,7 +19063,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9620--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9637--><p class="noindent" >
This command is used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\cGlspl </span>and defaults to </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
@@ -19060,7 +19083,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩
</div>
</div> otherwise.
-<!--l. 9631--><p class="indent" > This means that if the previous count for the given entry was 1, the entry won’t be
+<!--l. 9648--><p class="indent" > This means that if the previous count for the given entry was 1, the entry won’t be
hyperlinked with the <span
class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span>-like commands and they won’t add a line to the external glossary
file. If you haven’t used any of the other commands that add information to glossary file (such
@@ -19069,7 +19092,7 @@
href="#sec:glstext-like"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands) then the entry won’t appear in the
glossary.
-</p><!--l. 9638--><p class="indent" > Remember that since these commands use <span
+</p><!--l. 9655--><p class="indent" > Remember that since these commands use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevcount </span>you need to run
<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span></span> twice to ensure they work correctly. The document build order is now (at least):
@@ -19080,11 +19103,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">(pdf)latex</span>.
<a
id="x1-66016r25"></a>
-</p><!--l. 9643--><p class="noindent" ><span
+</p><!--l. 9660--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmbx-12">Example 25</span><span
class="cmbx-12"> (Don’t index entries that are only used once)</span><a
id="x1-66017"></a>
-</p><!--l. 9644--><p class="indent" > In this example, the abbreviations that have only been used once (on the previous run)
+</p><!--l. 9661--><p class="indent" > In this example, the abbreviations that have only been used once (on the previous run)
only have their long form shown with <span
class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span>.
@@ -19111,7 +19134,7 @@
 <br />\printglossaries
 <br />\end{document}
</div>
-<!--l. 9672--><p class="nopar" > After a complete document build (<span
+<!--l. 9689--><p class="nopar" > After a complete document build (<span
class="cmtt-10">latex</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">latex</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span>, <span
@@ -19121,9 +19144,9 @@
</p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 9678--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9678--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 9680--><p class="indent" > Remember that if you don’t like typing <span
+<!--l. 9695--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9695--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 9697--><p class="indent" > Remember that if you don’t like typing <span
class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>you can create a synonym. For
example
@@ -19132,15 +19155,15 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-300">
\let\ac\cgls
</div>
-<!--l. 9684--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 9701--><p class="nopar" >
</p>
-<!--l. 9686--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 9686--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 9703--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 9703--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">15. <a
id="sec:styles"></a>Glossary Styles</h2>
-</p><!--l. 9689--><p class="indent" > Glossaries vary from lists that simply contain a symbol with a terse description to lists of
+</p><!--l. 9706--><p class="indent" > Glossaries vary from lists that simply contain a symbol with a terse description to lists of
terms or phrases with lengthy descriptions. Some glossaries may have terms with associated
symbols. Some may have hierarchical entries. There is therefore no single style that fits every
type of glossary. The <span
@@ -19157,7 +19180,7 @@
<a
href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/#glossaries" class="url" ><span
class="cmtt-10">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/#glossaries</span></a>.
-</p><!--l. 9702--><p class="indent" > The glossary style can be set using the <span
+</p><!--l. 9719--><p class="indent" > The glossary style can be set using the <span
class="cmss-10">style</span><a
id="dx1-67001"></a> key in the optional argument to
<span
@@ -19169,7 +19192,7 @@
href="#option2">2</a> and <a
href="#option3">3</a>) or using the
command:
-</p><!--l. 9705--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9722--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\setglossarystyle</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-67004"></a> <span
@@ -19176,15 +19199,15 @@
class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">style-name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9707--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9724--><p class="noindent" >
(before the glossary is displayed).
-</p><!--l. 9710--><p class="indent" > Some of the predefined glossary styles may also be set using the <span
+</p><!--l. 9727--><p class="indent" > Some of the predefined glossary styles may also be set using the <span
class="cmss-10">style</span><a
id="dx1-67005"></a> package option, it
depends if the package in which they are defined is automatically loaded by the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
package.
-</p><!--l. 9714--><p class="indent" > You can use the lorum ipsum dummy entries provided in the accompanying
+</p><!--l. 9731--><p class="indent" > You can use the lorum ipsum dummy entries provided in the accompanying
<span
class="cmtt-10">example-glossaries-*.tex </span>files (described in <a
href="#sec:lipsum"><span
@@ -19192,10 +19215,10 @@
href="#sec:lipsum">Dummy Entries for Testing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:lipsum --></a>) to test the
different styles.
</p>
-<!--l. 9719--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 9736--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1 </span> <a
id="sec:predefinedstyles"></a>Predefined Styles</h3>
-<!--l. 9722--><p class="noindent" >The predefined styles can accommodate numbered level 0 (main) and level 1 entries. See the
+<!--l. 9739--><p class="noindent" >The predefined styles can accommodate numbered level 0 (main) and level 1 entries. See the
package options <span
class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span><a
id="dx1-68001"></a>, <span
@@ -19211,7 +19234,7 @@
all the predefined styles at <a
href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/glossaries-styles/" class="url" ><span
class="cmtt-10">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/glossaries-styles/</span></a>.
-</p><!--l. 9731--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the group styles (such as <span
+</p><!--l. 9748--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the group styles (such as <span
class="cmss-10">listgroup</span><a
id="dx1-68004"></a>) will have unexpected results if used with
the <span
@@ -19223,8 +19246,8 @@
class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span><a
id="dx1-68007"></a> package option to prevent odd vertical gaps appearing.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 9737--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9739--><p class="indent" > The group title is obtained using <span
+</p><!--l. 9754--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9756--><p class="indent" > The group title is obtained using <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgetgrouptitle{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>, which is described in <a
@@ -19236,7 +19259,7 @@
<div class="table">
-<!--l. 9742--><p class="indent" > <a
+<!--l. 9759--><p class="indent" > <a
id="tab:styles"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float"
>
@@ -19422,7 +19445,7 @@
</div><hr class="endfloat" />
</div>
-<!--l. 9782--><p class="indent" > The tabular-like styles that allow multi-line descriptions and page lists use the length
+<!--l. 9799--><p class="indent" > The tabular-like styles that allow multi-line descriptions and page lists use the length
<span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsdescwidth</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
@@ -19454,7 +19477,7 @@
id="dx1-68024"></a> instead of
<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\\</span></span></span>.
-</p><!--l. 9800--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember that a cell within a tabular-like environment can’t be broken across a page, so
+</p><!--l. 9817--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember that a cell within a tabular-like environment can’t be broken across a page, so
even if a tabular-like style, such as <span
class="cmss-10">long</span><a
id="dx1-68025"></a>, allows multilined descriptions, you’ll probably
@@ -19462,8 +19485,8 @@
consider using the <span
class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
id="dx1-68026"></a> style instead. </div>
-</p><!--l. 9806--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9808--><p class="indent" > Note that if you use the <span
+</p><!--l. 9823--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9825--><p class="indent" > Note that if you use the <span
class="cmss-10">style</span><a
id="dx1-68027"></a> key in the optional argument to <span
class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a
@@ -19482,7 +19505,7 @@
\renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}
 <br />\printglossary[style=long]
</div>
-<!--l. 9816--><p class="nopar" > then the new definition of <span
+<!--l. 9833--><p class="nopar" > then the new definition of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip</span><a
id="dx1-68030"></a> will not have an affect for this glossary, as
<span
@@ -19498,7 +19521,7 @@
\renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}
 <br />\setglossarystyle{long}
</div>
-<!--l. 9824--><p class="nopar" > will reset <span
+<!--l. 9841--><p class="nopar" > will reset <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip </span>back to its default definition for the named glossary style
(<span
class="cmss-10">long</span><a
@@ -19516,21 +19539,21 @@
\setglossarystyle{long}
 <br />\renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}
</div>
-<!--l. 9833--><p class="nopar" > As from version 3.03, you can now use the package option <span
+<!--l. 9850--><p class="nopar" > As from version 3.03, you can now use the package option <span
class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span><a
id="dx1-68035"></a> to suppress the gap
between groups for the default styles instead of redefining <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip</span>.
-</p><!--l. 9838--><p class="indent" > All the styles except for the three- and four-column styles and the <span
+</p><!--l. 9855--><p class="indent" > All the styles except for the three- and four-column styles and the <span
class="cmss-10">listdotted</span><a
id="dx1-68036"></a> style use the
command
-</p><!--l. 9840--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 9857--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glspostdescription</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-68037"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9842--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9859--><p class="noindent" >
after the description. This simply displays a full stop by default. To eliminate this full
stop (or replace it with something else, say, a comma) you will need to redefine
<span
@@ -19538,7 +19561,7 @@
a given entry by placing <span
class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><a
id="dx1-68038"></a> in the entry’s description.
-</p><!--l. 9849--><p class="indent" > As from version 3.03 you can now use the package option <span
+</p><!--l. 9866--><p class="indent" > As from version 3.03 you can now use the package option <span
class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span><a
id="dx1-68039"></a> to suppress this full
stop. This is the better option if you want to use the <span
@@ -19545,10 +19568,10 @@
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
id="dx1-68040"></a> package.
</p>
-<!--l. 9853--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 9870--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1.1 </span> <a
id="sec:liststyles"></a>List Styles</h4>
-<!--l. 9856--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span
+<!--l. 9873--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-list</span><a
id="dx1-69001"></a>. Since
they all use the <span
@@ -19562,13 +19585,13 @@
class="cmss-10">nostyles</span><a
id="dx1-69005"></a> package
options.
-</p><!--l. 9863--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that, except for the <span
+</p><!--l. 9880--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that, except for the <span
class="cmss-10">listdotted</span><a
id="dx1-69006"></a> style, these list styles are incompatible with
<span
class="cmss-10">classicthesis</span><a
id="dx1-69007"></a>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 9866--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9883--><p class="noindent" >
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmbx-10">list</span> </dt><dd
@@ -19589,7 +19612,7 @@
using <span
class="cmtt-10">\indexspace</span><a
id="dx1-69013"></a>.
- <!--l. 9877--><p class="noindent" >The closest matching non-list style is the <span
+ <!--l. 9894--><p class="noindent" >The closest matching non-list style is the <span
class="cmss-10">index</span><a
id="dx1-69014"></a> style.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
@@ -19623,12 +19646,12 @@
class="E">E</span>X</span></span> to ensure the group
information is up to date. In the navigation line, each group is separated
by
- <!--l. 9890--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 9907--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glshypernavsep</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-69019"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glshypernavsep </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 9892--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 9909--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to a vertical bar with a space on either side. For example, to simply have
a space separating each group, do:
@@ -19637,14 +19660,14 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-304">
\renewcommand*{\glshypernavsep}{\space}
</div>
- <!--l. 9897--><p class="nopar" >
- </p><!--l. 9899--><p class="noindent" >Note that the hyper-navigation line is now (as from version 1.14) set inside the optional
+ <!--l. 9914--><p class="nopar" >
+ </p><!--l. 9916--><p class="noindent" >Note that the hyper-navigation line is now (as from version 1.14) set inside the optional
argument to <span
class="cmtt-10">\item</span><a
id="dx1-69020"></a> instead of after it to prevent a spurious space at the start. This can
cause a problem if the navigation line is too long. As from v4.22, if you need to adjust
this, you can redefine
- </p><!--l. 9904--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ </p><!--l. 9921--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glslistnavigationitem</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-69021"></a> <span
@@ -19651,7 +19674,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glslistnavigationitem{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">navigation line</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 9906--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 9923--><p class="noindent" >
The default definition is <span
class="cmtt-10">\item[</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">navigation line</span>⟩<span
@@ -19663,8 +19686,8 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-305">
\renewcommand*{\glslistnavigationitem}[1]{\item \textbf{#1}}
</div>
- <!--l. 9911--><p class="nopar" >
- </p><!--l. 9913--><p class="noindent" >You may prefer to use the tree-like styles, such as <span
+ <!--l. 9928--><p class="nopar" >
+ </p><!--l. 9930--><p class="noindent" >You may prefer to use the tree-like styles, such as <span
class="cmss-10">treehypergroup</span><a
id="dx1-69022"></a> instead.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
@@ -19682,7 +19705,7 @@
class="cmss-10">list</span><a
id="dx1-69026"></a> style, the name associated with each child entry is
ignored.
- <!--l. 9922--><p class="noindent" >The closest matching non-list style is the <span
+ <!--l. 9939--><p class="noindent" >The closest matching non-list style is the <span
class="cmss-10">index</span><a
id="dx1-69027"></a> style with the following adjustment:
@@ -19692,7 +19715,7 @@
\renewcommand{\glstreepredesc}{%
 <br /> \glstreeitem\parindent\hangindent}
</div>
- <!--l. 9927--><p class="nopar" >
+ <!--l. 9944--><p class="nopar" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmbx-10">altlistgroup</span> </dt><dd
@@ -19729,15 +19752,15 @@
href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
id="dx1-69036"></a></a> and the
symbol. The length
- <!--l. 9943--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 9960--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glslistdottedwidth</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-69037"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslistdottedwidth </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 9945--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 9962--><p class="noindent" >
governs where the description should start. This is a flat style, so child entries are
formatted in the same way as the parent entries.
- </p><!--l. 9949--><p class="noindent" >A non-list alternative is to use the <span
+ </p><!--l. 9966--><p class="noindent" >A non-list alternative is to use the <span
class="cmss-10">index</span><a
id="dx1-69038"></a> style with
@@ -19747,7 +19770,7 @@
\renewcommand{\glstreepredesc}{\dotfill}
 <br />\renewcommand{\glstreechildpredesc}{\dotfill}
</div>
- <!--l. 9954--><p class="nopar" > Note that this doesn’t use <span
+ <!--l. 9971--><p class="nopar" > Note that this doesn’t use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslistdottedwidth </span>and causes the description
to be flush-right and will display the symbol, if provided. (It also doesn’t
suppress the number list<a
@@ -19770,12 +19793,12 @@
<span
class="cmss-10">classicthesis</span><a
id="dx1-69044"></a>.</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 9970--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 9987--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 9970--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 9987--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1.2 </span> <a
id="sec:longstyles"></a>Longtable Styles</h4>
-<!--l. 9973--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span
+<!--l. 9990--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a
id="dx1-70001"></a>. Since they all
use the <span
@@ -19979,12 +20002,12 @@
<span
class="cmss-10">long4colheaderborder</span><a
id="dx1-70048"></a> but allows multi-line descriptions and page lists.</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 10067--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 10084--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 10067--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 10084--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1.3 </span> <a
id="sec:longraggedstyles"></a>Longtable Styles (Ragged Right)</h4>
-<!--l. 10070--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span
+<!--l. 10087--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-longragged</span><a
id="dx1-71001"></a>. These
styles are analogous to those defined in <span
@@ -20010,7 +20033,7 @@
\usepackage{glossaries}
 <br />\usepackage{glossary-longragged}
</div>
-<!--l. 10082--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can’t set these styles using the <span
+<!--l. 10099--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can’t set these styles using the <span
class="cmss-10">style</span><a
id="dx1-71008"></a> package option since the styles aren’t
defined until after the <span
@@ -20159,16 +20182,16 @@
class="cmss-10">altlongragged4colheader</span><a
id="dx1-71039"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it.
</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 10155--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 10172--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 10155--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 10172--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1.4 </span> <a
id="sec:longbooktabsstyles"></a>Longtable Styles (<span
class="cmss-10">booktabs</span>)</h4>
-<!--l. 10158--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span
+<!--l. 10175--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-longbooktabs</span><a
id="dx1-72001"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 10161--><p class="indent" > Since these styles all use the <span
+</p><!--l. 10178--><p class="indent" > Since these styles all use the <span
class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
id="dx1-72002"></a><a
id="dx1-72003"></a> environment, they are governed by the same
@@ -20197,12 +20220,12 @@
\usepackage{glossaries}
 <br />\usepackage{glossary-longbooktabs}
</div>
-<!--l. 10172--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can’t set these styles using the <span
+<!--l. 10189--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can’t set these styles using the <span
class="cmss-10">style</span><a
id="dx1-72008"></a> package option since the styles aren’t
defined until after the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package has been loaded.
-</p><!--l. 10177--><p class="indent" > These styles are similar to the “header” styles in the <span
+</p><!--l. 10194--><p class="indent" > These styles are similar to the “header” styles in the <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a
id="dx1-72009"></a> and <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-ragged</span><a
@@ -20232,16 +20255,16 @@
class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span><a
id="dx1-72020"></a> package option
is checked by these styles.)
-</p><!--l. 10190--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, you can restore the original <span
+</p><!--l. 10207--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, you can restore the original <span
class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
id="dx1-72021"></a><a
id="dx1-72022"></a> behaviour with:
-</p><!--l. 10192--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10209--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsrestoreLToutput</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-72023"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsrestoreLToutput </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10194--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10211--><p class="noindent" >
For more information about the patch, see the documented code (<span
class="cmtt-10">glossaries-code.pdf</span>).
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
@@ -20309,12 +20332,12 @@
id="dx1-72038"></a> style
but adds rules as above.
</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 10225--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 10242--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 10225--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 10242--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1.5 </span> <a
id="sec:superstyles"></a>Supertabular Styles</h4>
-<!--l. 10228--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span
+<!--l. 10245--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-super</span><a
id="dx1-73001"></a>.
Since they all use the <span
@@ -20521,12 +20544,12 @@
id="dx1-73053"></a> but allows multi-line descriptions and page lists.</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 10324--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 10341--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 10324--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 10341--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1.6 </span> <a
id="sec:superraggedstyles"></a>Supertabular Styles (Ragged Right)</h4>
-<!--l. 10327--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span
+<!--l. 10344--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-superragged</span><a
id="dx1-74001"></a>. These
styles are analogous to those defined in <span
@@ -20552,7 +20575,7 @@
\usepackage{glossaries}
 <br />\usepackage{glossary-superragged}
</div>
-<!--l. 10339--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can’t set these styles using the <span
+<!--l. 10356--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can’t set these styles using the <span
class="cmss-10">style</span><a
id="dx1-74008"></a> package option since the styles aren’t
defined until after the <span
@@ -20695,12 +20718,12 @@
class="cmss-10">altsuperragged4colheader</span><a
id="dx1-74039"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it.
</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 10412--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 10429--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 10412--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 10429--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1.7 </span> <a
id="sec:treestyles"></a>Tree-Like Styles</h4>
-<!--l. 10415--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span
+<!--l. 10432--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a
id="dx1-75001"></a>. These styles
are designed for hierarchical glossaries but can also be used with glossaries that don’t have
@@ -20711,8 +20734,8 @@
class="cmss-10">nostyles</span><a
id="dx1-75003"></a> package
options.
-</p><!--l. 10423--><p class="indent" > These styles all format the entry name using:
-</p><!--l. 10424--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10440--><p class="indent" > These styles all format the entry name using:
+</p><!--l. 10441--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glstreenamefmt</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-75004"></a> <span
@@ -20719,7 +20742,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10426--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10443--><p class="noindent" >
This defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\textbf{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩<span
@@ -20733,7 +20756,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont </span>(or in <span
class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span>). The tree-like styles that also display the header
use
-</p><!--l. 10432--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10449--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glstreegroupheaderfmt</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-75006"></a> <span
@@ -20740,7 +20763,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glstreegroupheaderfmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10434--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10451--><p class="noindent" >
to format the heading. This defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩<span
@@ -20749,7 +20772,7 @@
class="cmss-10">indexhypergroup</span><a
id="dx1-75007"></a>), format the navigation line
using
-</p><!--l. 10439--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10456--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glstreenavigationfmt</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-75008"></a> <span
@@ -20758,7 +20781,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10441--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10458--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩<span
@@ -20769,33 +20792,33 @@
id="dx1-75009"></a>, as that also
includes <span
class="cmtt-10">\item</span>.
-</p><!--l. 10446--><p class="indent" > With the exception of the <span
+</p><!--l. 10463--><p class="indent" > With the exception of the <span
class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
id="dx1-75010"></a> style (and those derived from it), the space before the
description for top-level entries is produced with
-</p><!--l. 10449--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10466--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glstreepredesc</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-75011"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreepredesc </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10451--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10468--><p class="noindent" >
This defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\space</span>.
-</p><!--l. 10454--><p class="indent" > With the exception of the <span
+</p><!--l. 10471--><p class="indent" > With the exception of the <span
class="cmss-10">treenoname</span><a
id="dx1-75012"></a> and <span
class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
id="dx1-75013"></a> styles (and those derived from them),
the space before the description for child entries is produced with
-</p><!--l. 10458--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10475--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glstreechildpredesc</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-75014"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreechildpredesc </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10460--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10477--><p class="noindent" >
This defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\space</span>.
-</p><!--l. 10463--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Most of these styles are not designed for multi-paragraph descriptions. (The <span
+</p><!--l. 10480--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Most of these styles are not designed for multi-paragraph descriptions. (The <span
class="cmss-10">tree</span><a
id="dx1-75015"></a> style
isn’t too bad for multi-paragraph top-level entry descriptions, or you can use the <span
@@ -20802,7 +20825,7 @@
class="cmss-10">index</span><a
id="dx1-75016"></a> style
with the adjustment shown below.) </div>
-</p><!--l. 10468--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10485--><p class="noindent" >
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmbx-10">index</span> </dt><dd
@@ -20816,28 +20839,28 @@
separated using <span
class="cmtt-10">\indexspace</span><a
id="dx1-75018"></a>.
- <!--l. 10480--><p class="noindent" >Each main level item is started with
- </p><!--l. 10481--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 10497--><p class="noindent" >Each main level item is started with
+ </p><!--l. 10498--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glstreeitem</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-75019"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreeitem </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 10483--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 10500--><p class="noindent" >
The level 1 entries are started with
- </p><!--l. 10485--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ </p><!--l. 10502--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glstreesubitem</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-75020"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreesubitem </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 10487--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 10489--><p class="noindent" >The level 2 entries are started with
- </p><!--l. 10490--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ </p><!--l. 10504--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 10506--><p class="noindent" >The level 2 entries are started with
+ </p><!--l. 10507--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glstreesubsubitem</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-75021"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreesubsubitem </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 10492--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 10494--><p class="noindent" >Note that the <span
+ </p><!--l. 10509--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 10511--><p class="noindent" >Note that the <span
class="cmss-10">index</span><a
id="dx1-75022"></a> style automatically sets
@@ -20848,8 +20871,8 @@
 <br />\let\subitem\glstreesubitem
 <br />\let\subsubitem\glstreesubsubitem
</div>
- <!--l. 10499--><p class="nopar" > at the start of the glossary for backward compatibility.
- </p><!--l. 10502--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+ <!--l. 10516--><p class="nopar" > at the start of the glossary for backward compatibility.
+ </p><!--l. 10519--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">index</span><a
id="dx1-75023"></a> style isn’t suitable for multi-paragraph descriptions, but this limitation can be
overcome by redefining the above commands. For example:
@@ -20861,7 +20884,7 @@
 <br /> \parindent0pt\par\hangindent40pt
 <br /> \everypar{\parindent50pt\hangindent40pt}}
</div>
- <!--l. 10509--><p class="nopar" >
+ <!--l. 10526--><p class="nopar" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmbx-10">indexgroup</span> </dt><dd
@@ -20980,7 +21003,7 @@
class="cmss-10">tree</span><a
id="dx1-75048"></a> style except that the indentation for each level
is determined by the width of the text specified by
- <!--l. 10558--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 10575--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glssetwidest</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-75049"></a> <span
@@ -20989,7 +21012,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 10560--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 10577--><p class="noindent" >
The optional argument ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">level</span>⟩ indicates the level, where 0 indicates the top-most level, 1
indicates the first level sub-entries, etc. If <span
@@ -20997,10 +21020,10 @@
given sub-level, the level 0 widest text is used instead. If ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">level</span>⟩ is omitted, 0 is
assumed.
- </p><!--l. 10567--><p class="noindent" >As from v4.22, the <span
+ </p><!--l. 10584--><p class="noindent" >As from v4.22, the <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a
id="dx1-75050"></a> package also provides
- </p><!--l. 10568--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ </p><!--l. 10585--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfindwidesttoplevelname</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-75051"></a> <span
@@ -21008,12 +21031,12 @@
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]</span>
</div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 10570--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 10587--><p class="noindent" >
This iterates over all parentless entries in the given glossary lists and determines the
widest entry. If the optional argument is omitted, all glossaries are assumed (as per
<span
class="cmtt-10">\forallglossaries</span>).
- </p><!--l. 10575--><p class="noindent" >For example, to have the same name width for all glossaries:
+ </p><!--l. 10592--><p class="noindent" >For example, to have the same name width for all glossaries:
</p>
@@ -21022,7 +21045,7 @@
 <br />\setglossarystyle{alttree}
 <br />\printglossaries
</div>
- <!--l. 10580--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, to compute the widest entry for each glossary before it’s displayed:
+ <!--l. 10597--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, to compute the widest entry for each glossary before it’s displayed:
</p>
@@ -21032,8 +21055,8 @@
 <br />\setglossarystyle{alttree}
 <br />\printglossaries
</div>
- <!--l. 10588--><p class="nopar" >
- </p><!--l. 10590--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> These commands only affects the <span
+ <!--l. 10605--><p class="nopar" >
+ </p><!--l. 10607--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> These commands only affects the <span
class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
id="dx1-75052"></a> styles, including those listed below and the
ones in the <span
@@ -21040,14 +21063,14 @@
class="cmss-10">glossary-mcols</span><a
id="dx1-75053"></a> package. If you forget to set the widest entry name, the
description will overwrite the name. </div>
- </p><!--l. 10595--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 10597--><p class="noindent" >For each level, the name is placed to the left of the paragraph block containing the
+ </p><!--l. 10612--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 10614--><p class="noindent" >For each level, the name is placed to the left of the paragraph block containing the
symbol (optional) and the description. If the symbol is present, it is placed in
parentheses before the description.
- </p><!--l. 10602--><p class="noindent" >The name is placed inside a left-aligned <span
+ </p><!--l. 10619--><p class="noindent" >The name is placed inside a left-aligned <span
class="cmtt-10">\makebox</span>. As from v4.19, this can now be
adjusted by redefining
- </p><!--l. 10604--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ </p><!--l. 10621--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glstreenamebox</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-75054"></a> <span
@@ -21056,7 +21079,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 10606--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 10623--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">width</span>⟩ is the width of the box and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ is the contents of the box. For example, to
@@ -21069,7 +21092,7 @@
 <br />  \makebox[#1][r]{#2}%
 <br />}
</div>
- <!--l. 10613--><p class="nopar" >
+ <!--l. 10630--><p class="nopar" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmbx-10">alttreegroup</span> </dt><dd
@@ -21092,12 +21115,12 @@
id="dx1-75059"></a>, described
above.
</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 10625--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 10642--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 10625--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 10642--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1.8 </span> <a
id="sec:mcolstyles"></a>Multicols Style</h4>
-<!--l. 10628--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+<!--l. 10645--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-mcols</span><a
id="dx1-76001"></a> package provides tree-like styles that are in the <span
class="cmss-10">multicols</span><a
@@ -21135,7 +21158,7 @@
the corresponding <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-mcols</span><a
id="dx1-76012"></a> styles.
-</p><!--l. 10643--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span
+</p><!--l. 10660--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-mcols</span><a
id="dx1-76013"></a> is not loaded by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>. If you want to use any of the multicol
@@ -21144,14 +21167,14 @@
glossary style using <span
class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle</span><a
id="dx1-76014"></a>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 10648--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10650--><p class="indent" > The default number of columns is 2, but can be changed by redefining
-</p><!--l. 10651--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10665--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10667--><p class="indent" > The default number of columns is 2, but can be changed by redefining
+</p><!--l. 10668--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsmcols</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-76015"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsmcols </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10653--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10670--><p class="noindent" >
to the required number. For example, for a three column glossary:
@@ -21161,12 +21184,12 @@
 <br />\renewcommand*{\glsmcols}{3}
 <br />\setglossarystyle{mcolindex}
</div>
-<!--l. 10659--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 10676--><p class="nopar" >
</p>
<div class="table">
-<!--l. 10661--><p class="indent" > <a
+<!--l. 10678--><p class="indent" > <a
id="tab:mcols"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float"
>
@@ -21292,7 +21315,7 @@
</div><hr class="endfloat" />
</div>
-<!--l. 10686--><p class="indent" > The styles with a navigation line, such as <span
+<!--l. 10703--><p class="indent" > The styles with a navigation line, such as <span
class="cmss-10">mcoltreehypergroup</span><a
id="dx1-76046"></a>, now have a variant (as from
v4.22) with “hypergroup” replaced with “spannav” in the style name. The original
@@ -21303,10 +21326,10 @@
id="dx1-76048"></a>
environment so that it spans across all the columns.
</p>
-<!--l. 10694--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 10711--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1.9 </span> <a
id="sec:inline"></a>In-Line Style</h4>
-<!--l. 10697--><p class="noindent" >This section covers the <span
+<!--l. 10714--><p class="noindent" >This section covers the <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-inline</span><a
id="dx1-77001"></a> package that supplies the <span
class="cmss-10">inline</span><a
@@ -21315,7 +21338,7 @@
doesn’t display the <a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
id="dx1-77003"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 10702--><p class="indent" > You will most likely need to redefine <span
+</p><!--l. 10719--><p class="indent" > You will most likely need to redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossarysection</span><a
id="dx1-77004"></a> with this style. For example,
suppose you are required to have your glossaries and list of acronyms in a footnote, you can
@@ -21328,8 +21351,8 @@
 <br /> \renewcommand*{\glossarysection}[2][]{\textbf{#1}: }
 <br /> \setglossarystyle{inline}
</div>
-<!--l. 10710--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 10712--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that you need to include <span
+<!--l. 10727--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 10729--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that you need to include <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-inline</span><a
id="dx1-77005"></a> with <span
class="cmtt-10">\usepackage </span>as it’s not automatically
@@ -21338,8 +21361,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle</span><a
id="dx1-77006"></a>.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 10717--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10719--><p class="indent" > Where you need to include your glossaries as a footnote you can do:
+</p><!--l. 10734--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10736--><p class="indent" > Where you need to include your glossaries as a footnote you can do:
</p>
@@ -21346,47 +21369,47 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-318">
\footnote{\printglossaries}
</div>
-<!--l. 10722--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 10724--><p class="indent" > The <span
+<!--l. 10739--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 10741--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">inline</span><a
id="dx1-77007"></a> style is governed by the following:
-</p><!--l. 10725--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10742--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsinlineseparator</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-77008"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsinlineseparator</span><a
id="dx1-77009"></a> </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10727--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10744--><p class="noindent" >
This defaults to “<span
class="cmtt-10">; </span>” and is used between main (i.e. level 0) entries.
-</p><!--l. 10730--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10747--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsinlinesubseparator</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-77010"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsinlinesubseparator</span><a
id="dx1-77011"></a> </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10732--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10749--><p class="noindent" >
This defaults to “<span
class="cmtt-10">, </span>” and is used between sub-entries.
-</p><!--l. 10735--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10752--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsinlineparentchildseparator</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-77012"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsinlineparentchildseparator</span><a
id="dx1-77013"></a> </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10737--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10754--><p class="noindent" >
This defaults to “<span
class="cmtt-10">: </span>” and is used between a parent main entry and its first sub-entry.
-</p><!--l. 10740--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10757--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glspostinline</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-77014"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspostinline</span><a
id="dx1-77015"></a> </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10742--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10759--><p class="noindent" >
This defaults to “<span
class="cmtt-10">; </span>” and is used at the end of the glossary.
-</p><!--l. 10745--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10762--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsinlinenameformat</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-77016"></a> <span
@@ -21395,7 +21418,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10747--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10764--><p class="noindent" >
This is used to format the entry name and defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstarget{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -21415,8 +21438,8 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-319">
\renewcommand*{\glsinlinenameformat}[2]{\glstarget{#1}{\textsc{#2}}}
</div>
-<!--l. 10755--><p class="nopar" > Sub-entry names are formatted according to
-</p><!--l. 10757--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 10772--><p class="nopar" > Sub-entry names are formatted according to
+</p><!--l. 10774--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsinlinesubnameformat</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-77017"></a> <span
@@ -21425,16 +21448,16 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10759--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10776--><p class="noindent" >
This defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstarget{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">{}</span></span></span> so the sub-entry name is ignored.
-</p><!--l. 10763--><p class="indent" > If the description has been suppressed (according to <span
+</p><!--l. 10780--><p class="indent" > If the description has been suppressed (according to <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglsdescsuppressed</span>)
then
-</p><!--l. 10765--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10782--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsinlineemptydescformat</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-77018"></a> <span
@@ -21444,10 +21467,10 @@
class="cmitt-10">number list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10767--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10784--><p class="noindent" >
(which defaults to nothing) is used, otherwise the description is formatted according
to
-</p><!--l. 10770--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10787--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsinlinedescformat</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-77019"></a> <span
@@ -21459,7 +21482,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">number list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10773--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10790--><p class="noindent" >
This defaults to just <span
class="cmtt-10">\space</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">description</span>⟩ so the symbol and location list are ignored. If the
@@ -21467,7 +21490,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasdesc</span>), then <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsinlineemptydescformat </span>is
used instead.
-</p><!--l. 10779--><p class="indent" > For example, if you want a colon between the name and the description:
+</p><!--l. 10796--><p class="indent" > For example, if you want a colon between the name and the description:
</p>
@@ -21474,9 +21497,9 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-320">
\renewcommand*{\glsinlinedescformat}[3]{: #1}
</div>
-<!--l. 10783--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 10785--><p class="indent" > The sub-entry description is formatted according to:
-</p><!--l. 10786--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 10800--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 10802--><p class="indent" > The sub-entry description is formatted according to:
+</p><!--l. 10803--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsinlinesubdescformat</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-77020"></a> <span
@@ -21489,17 +21512,17 @@
<span
class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10789--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10806--><p class="noindent" >
This defaults to just ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">description</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 10792--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10809--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 10792--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 10809--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.2 </span> <a
id="sec:newglossarystyle"></a>Defining your own glossary style</h3>
-<!--l. 10795--><p class="noindent" >If the predefined styles don’t fit your requirements, you can define your own style
+<!--l. 10812--><p class="noindent" >If the predefined styles don’t fit your requirements, you can define your own style
using:
-</p><!--l. 10797--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10814--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\newglossarystyle</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-78001"></a> <span
@@ -21508,13 +21531,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">definitions</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10799--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10816--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the name of the new glossary style (to be used in <span
class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle</span>). The
second argument ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">definitions</span>⟩ needs to redefine all of the following:
-</p><!--l. 10804--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10821--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">theglossary</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-78002"></a><a
@@ -21522,7 +21545,7 @@
class="cmss-10">theglossary</span><a
id="dx1-78004"></a><a
id="dx1-78005"></a> </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10806--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10823--><p class="noindent" >
This environment defines how the main body of the glossary should be typeset. Note that this
does not include the section heading, the glossary preamble (defined by <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossarypreamble</span><a
@@ -21543,12 +21566,12 @@
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
id="dx1-78013"></a><a
id="dx1-78014"></a> environment.
-</p><!--l. 10815--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10832--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glossaryheader</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-78015"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossaryheader </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10817--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10834--><p class="noindent" >
This macro indicates what to do at the start of the main body of the glossary. Note that this
is not the same as <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossarypreamble</span><a
@@ -21563,7 +21586,7 @@
id="dx1-78019"></a> glossary style redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossaryheader </span>to do a header
row.
-</p><!--l. 10825--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10842--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsgroupheading</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-78020"></a> <span
@@ -21570,7 +21593,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupheading{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10827--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10844--><p class="noindent" >
This macro indicates what to do at the start of each logical block within the main body of
the glossary. If you use <a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
@@ -21591,11 +21614,11 @@
settings.
-</p><!--l. 10838--><p class="indent" > Note that the argument to <span
+</p><!--l. 10855--><p class="indent" > Note that the argument to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupheading </span>is a label <span
class="cmti-10">not </span>the group title. The group
title can be obtained via
-</p><!--l. 10841--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10858--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsgetgrouptitle</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-78026"></a> <span
@@ -21602,7 +21625,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsgetgrouptitle{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10843--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10860--><p class="noindent" >
This obtains the title as follows: if ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ consists of a single non-active character or ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is
@@ -21631,8 +21654,8 @@
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. You can redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgetgrouptitle </span>if this is unsuitable for your
document.
-</p><!--l. 10857--><p class="indent" > A navigation hypertarget can be created using
-</p><!--l. 10858--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10874--><p class="indent" > A navigation hypertarget can be created using
+</p><!--l. 10875--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsnavhypertarget</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-78030"></a> <span
@@ -21641,21 +21664,21 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10860--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10877--><p class="noindent" >
This typically requires <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossaryheader </span>to be redefined to use
-</p><!--l. 10862--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10879--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsnavigation</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-78031"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsnavigation </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10864--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10881--><p class="noindent" >
which displays the navigation line.
-</p><!--l. 10867--><p class="indent" > For further details about <span
+</p><!--l. 10884--><p class="indent" > For further details about <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsnavhypertarget</span>, see the documented code
(<span
class="cmtt-10">glossaries-code.pdf</span>).
-</p><!--l. 10871--><p class="indent" > Most of the predefined glossary styles redefine <span
+</p><!--l. 10888--><p class="indent" > Most of the predefined glossary styles redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupheading </span>to simply ignore its
argument. The <span
class="cmss-10">listhypergroup</span><a
@@ -21668,7 +21691,7 @@
\renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{%
 <br />\item[\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}]}
</div>
-<!--l. 10877--><p class="nopar" > See also <span
+<!--l. 10894--><p class="nopar" > See also <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip </span>below. (Note that command definitions within <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossarystyle</span><a
id="dx1-78033"></a>
@@ -21675,12 +21698,12 @@
must use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">##1</span></span></span> instead of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">#1</span></span></span> etc.)
-</p><!--l. 10881--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10898--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsgroupskip</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-78034"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10883--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10900--><p class="noindent" >
This macro determines what to do after one logical group but before the header for the
next logical group. The <span
class="cmss-10">list</span><a
@@ -21691,11 +21714,11 @@
id="dx1-78036"></a>, whereas the tabular-like styles redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip </span>to produce a blank
row.
-</p><!--l. 10890--><p class="indent" > As from version 3.03, the package option <span
+</p><!--l. 10907--><p class="indent" > As from version 3.03, the package option <span
class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span><a
id="dx1-78037"></a> can be used to suppress this default
gap for the predefined styles.
-</p><!--l. 10893--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10910--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glossentry</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-78038"></a> <span
@@ -21704,7 +21727,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">number list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10895--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10912--><p class="noindent" >
This macro indicates what to do for each top-level (level 0) glossary entry. The entry label is
given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ and the associated <a
@@ -21741,7 +21764,7 @@
href="#sec:glsnolink">Using
Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a> for further details.) You can also use the following
commands:
-</p><!--l. 10906--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10923--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsentryitem</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-78045"></a> <span
@@ -21748,7 +21771,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryitem{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10908--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10925--><p class="noindent" >
This macro will increment and display the associated counter for the main (level 0) entries if
the <span
class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span><a
@@ -21759,17 +21782,17 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>before <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstarget</span>. The format of the counter is controlled by the
macro
-</p><!--l. 10914--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10931--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsentrycounterlabel</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-78048"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrycounterlabel </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10916--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10918--><p class="indent" > Each time you use a glossary entry it creates a hyperlink (if hyperlinks are enabled) to the
+</p><!--l. 10933--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10935--><p class="indent" > Each time you use a glossary entry it creates a hyperlink (if hyperlinks are enabled) to the
relevant line in the glossary. Your new glossary style must therefore redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>to
set the appropriate target. This is done using
-</p><!--l. 10923--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10940--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glstarget</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-78049"></a> <span
@@ -21778,7 +21801,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10925--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10942--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label. Note that you don’t need to worry about whether the <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
@@ -21787,7 +21810,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glstarget </span>won’t create a target if <span
class="cmtt-10">\hypertarget </span>hasn’t been
defined.
-</p><!--l. 10931--><p class="indent" > For example, the <span
+</p><!--l. 10948--><p class="indent" > For example, the <span
class="cmss-10">list</span><a
id="dx1-78051"></a> style defines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>as follows:
@@ -21800,10 +21823,10 @@
 <br />          \glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}}]
 <br />       \glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription\space ##2}
</div>
-<!--l. 10937--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 10939--><p class="indent" > Note also that ⟨<span
+<!--l. 10954--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 10956--><p class="indent" > Note also that ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">number list</span>⟩ will always be of the form
-</p><!--l. 10941--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+</p><!--l. 10958--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers</span><a
id="dx1-78052"></a><span
class="cmsy-10">{</span><span
@@ -21821,7 +21844,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">number(s)</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span><span
class="cmsy-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10943--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10960--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">number(s)</span>⟩ may contain <span
class="cmtt-10">\delimN</span><a
@@ -21858,7 +21881,7 @@
class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a
id="dx1-78061"></a> package
option.
-</p><!--l. 10960--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10977--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\subglossentry</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-78062"></a> <span
@@ -21869,7 +21892,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">number list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10962--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10979--><p class="noindent" >
This is used to display sub-entries. The first argument, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">level</span>⟩, indicates the sub-entry level.
This must be an integer from 1 (first sub-level) onwards. The remaining arguments are
@@ -21876,7 +21899,7 @@
analogous to those for <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentry</span><a
id="dx1-78063"></a> described above.
-</p><!--l. 10969--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10986--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glssubentryitem</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-78064"></a> <span
@@ -21883,7 +21906,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glssubentryitem{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10971--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10988--><p class="noindent" >
This macro will increment and display the associated counter for the level 1 entries if the
<span
class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span><a
@@ -21893,26 +21916,26 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glstarget</span><a
id="dx1-78066"></a>. The format of the counter is controlled by the
macro
-</p><!--l. 10977--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 10994--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glssubentrycounterlabel</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-78067"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glssubentrycounterlabel </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10979--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10981--><p class="indent" > Note that <span
+</p><!--l. 10996--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10998--><p class="indent" > Note that <span
class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a
id="dx1-78068"></a> (which <span
class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-78069"></a> calls) sets
-</p><!--l. 10983--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11000--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\currentglossary</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-78070"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\currentglossary </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10985--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11002--><p class="noindent" >
to the current glossary label, so it’s possible to create a glossary style that varies according to
the glossary type.
-</p><!--l. 10989--><p class="indent" > For further details of these commands, see “Displaying the glossary” in the documented
+</p><!--l. 11006--><p class="indent" > For further details of these commands, see “Displaying the glossary” in the documented
code (<span
class="cmtt-10">glossaries-code.pdf</span>).
<a
@@ -21919,13 +21942,13 @@
id="x1-78071r26"></a>
-</p><!--l. 10993--><p class="noindent" ><span
+</p><!--l. 11010--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmbx-12">Example 26</span><span
class="cmbx-12"> (Creating a completely new style)</span><a
id="x1-78072"></a>
-</p><!--l. 10995--><p class="indent" > If you want a completely new style, you will need to redefine all of the commands and the
+</p><!--l. 11012--><p class="indent" > If you want a completely new style, you will need to redefine all of the commands and the
environment listed above.
-</p><!--l. 10998--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want each entry to start with a bullet point. This
+</p><!--l. 11015--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want each entry to start with a bullet point. This
means that the glossary should be placed in the <span
class="cmss-10">itemize</span><a
id="dx1-78073"></a><a
@@ -21977,7 +22000,7 @@
 <br />   \glossentry{##2}{##3}}%
 <br /> }
</div>
-<!--l. 11032--><p class="nopar" > Note that this style creates a flat glossary, where sub-entries are displayed in exactly the
+<!--l. 11049--><p class="nopar" > Note that this style creates a flat glossary, where sub-entries are displayed in exactly the
same way as the top level entries. It also hasn’t used <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryitem</span><a
id="dx1-78081"></a> or <span
@@ -21991,7 +22014,7 @@
class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span><a
id="dx1-78085"></a> package
options.
-</p><!--l. 11039--><p class="indent" > Variations: </p>
+</p><!--l. 11056--><p class="indent" > Variations: </p>
<ul class="itemize1">
<li class="itemize">You might want the entry name to be capitalised, in which case use
<span
@@ -22023,20 +22046,20 @@
 <br /> \space [##2]% the number list in square brackets
 <br /> }%
</div>
- <!--l. 11059--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ul>
+ <!--l. 11076--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ul>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 11061--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11061--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 11078--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11078--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
<a
id="x1-78089r27"></a>
-<!--l. 11064--><p class="noindent" ><span
+<!--l. 11081--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmbx-12">Example 27</span><span
class="cmbx-12"> (Creating a new glossary style based on an existing</span>
<span
class="cmbx-12">style)</span><a
id="x1-78090"></a>
-</p><!--l. 11066--><p class="indent" > If you want to define a new style that is a slightly modified version of an existing style,
+</p><!--l. 11083--><p class="indent" > If you want to define a new style that is a slightly modified version of an existing style,
you can use <span
class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle</span><a
id="dx1-78091"></a> within the second argument of <span
@@ -22061,7 +22084,7 @@
 <br />                              % between groups
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 11080--><p class="nopar" > (In this case, you can actually achieve the same effect using the <span
+<!--l. 11097--><p class="nopar" > (In this case, you can actually achieve the same effect using the <span
class="cmss-10">list</span><a
id="dx1-78095"></a> style in combination with
the package option <span
@@ -22069,11 +22092,11 @@
id="dx1-78096"></a>.) </p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 11084--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11084--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 11101--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11101--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
<a
id="x1-78097r28"></a>
-<!--l. 11088--><p class="noindent" ><span
+<!--l. 11105--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmbx-12">Example 28</span><span
class="cmbx-12"> (Example: creating a glossary style that uses the </span><span
class="cmssbx-10x-x-120">user1</span><a
@@ -22085,7 +22108,7 @@
id="dx1-78099"></a> <span
class="cmbx-12">keys)</span><a
id="x1-78100"></a>
-</p><!--l. 11090--><p class="indent" > Suppose each entry not only has an associated symbol, but also units (stored in <span
+</p><!--l. 11107--><p class="indent" > Suppose each entry not only has an associated symbol, but also units (stored in <span
class="cmss-10">user1</span><a
id="dx1-78101"></a>) and
dimension (stored in <span
@@ -22104,7 +22127,7 @@
 <br /> \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
 <br />  {\begin{longtable}{lp{\glsdescwidth}cccp{\glspagelistwidth}}}%
 <br />  {\end{longtable}}%
- <br /> % Set the table’s header:
+ <br /> % Set the table's header:
 <br /> \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
 <br />  \bfseries Term & \bfseries Description & \bfseries Symbol &
 <br />  \bfseries Units & \bfseries Dimensions & \bfseries Page List
@@ -22137,24 +22160,24 @@
 <br /> \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 11132--><p class="nopar" > </p>
+<!--l. 11149--><p class="nopar" > </p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 11133--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11133--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 11150--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11150--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 11135--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 11135--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 11152--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 11152--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">16. <a
id="sec:utilities"></a>Utilities</h2>
-</p><!--l. 11138--><p class="indent" > This section describes some utility commands. Additional commands can be found in the
+</p><!--l. 11155--><p class="indent" > This section describes some utility commands. Additional commands can be found in the
documented code (glossaries-code.pdf).
</p>
-<!--l. 11141--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 11158--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">16.1 </span> <a
id="sec:loops"></a>Loops</h3>
-<!--l. 11144--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Some of the commands described here take a comma-separated list as an argument. As with
+<!--l. 11161--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Some of the commands described here take a comma-separated list as an argument. As with
<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span></span>’s <span
class="cmtt-10">\@for </span>command, make sure your list doesn’t have any unwanted spaces in it as
@@ -22163,8 +22186,8 @@
class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.7.2 of “<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span></span> for Administrative
Work”</a>.) </div>
-</p><!--l. 11151--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11153--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11168--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11170--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\forallglossaries</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-80001"></a> <span
@@ -22175,7 +22198,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">body</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11155--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11172--><p class="noindent" >
This iterates through ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">glossary list</span>⟩, a comma-separated list of glossary labels (as
supplied when the glossary was defined). At each iteration ⟨<span
@@ -22185,7 +22208,7 @@
⟨<span
class="cmti-10">glossary list</span>⟩ is omitted, the default is to iterate over all glossaries (except the ignored
ones).
-</p><!--l. 11163--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11180--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\forallacronyms</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-80002"></a> <span
@@ -22194,7 +22217,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">body</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11165--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11182--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\forallglossaries </span>but only iterates over the lists of acronyms (that have
previously been declared using <span
@@ -22205,7 +22228,7 @@
This command doesn’t have an optional argument. If you want to explicitly say which lists to
iterate over, just use the optional argument of <span
class="cmtt-10">\forallglossaries</span>.
-</p><!--l. 11173--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11190--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\forglsentries</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-80005"></a> <span
@@ -22216,7 +22239,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">body</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11175--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11192--><p class="noindent" >
This iterates through all entries in the glossary given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">glossary label</span>⟩. At each iteration ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩
@@ -22227,7 +22250,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsdefaulttype</span><a
id="dx1-80006"></a> (usually the main glossary) is
used.
-</p><!--l. 11182--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11199--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\forallglsentries</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-80007"></a> <span
@@ -22238,7 +22261,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">body</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11184--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11201--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\forglsentries </span>but for each glossary in ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">glossary list</span>⟩ (a comma-separated list of
@@ -22253,12 +22276,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">} </span>within
⟨<span
class="cmti-10">body</span>⟩.)
-</p><!--l. 11193--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11210--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 11193--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 11210--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">16.2 </span> <a
id="sec:conditionals"></a>Conditionals</h3>
-<!--l. 11196--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 11213--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\ifglossaryexists</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-81001"></a> <span
@@ -22268,13 +22291,13 @@
class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩ </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11199--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11216--><p class="noindent" >
This checks if the glossary given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ exists. If it does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ is performed, otherwise
⟨<span
class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 11203--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11220--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\ifglsentryexists</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-81002"></a> <span
@@ -22282,7 +22305,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">true part</span>⟩⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩ </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11206--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11223--><p class="noindent" >
This checks if the glossary entry given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ exists. If it does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ is performed,
@@ -22300,7 +22323,7 @@
class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.10.1 </a><a
href="#sec:techissues">Technical Issues<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:techissues --></a> for further
details.)
-</p><!--l. 11216--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11233--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsdoifexists</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-81005"></a> <span
@@ -22309,13 +22332,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11218--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11235--><p class="noindent" >
Does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩ if the entry given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ exists. If it doesn’t exist, an error is generated. (This
command uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglsentryexists</span>.)
-</p><!--l. 11223--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11240--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsdoifnoexists</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-81006"></a> <span
@@ -22324,11 +22347,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11225--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11242--><p class="noindent" >
Does the reverse of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifexists</span>. (This command uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglsentryexists</span>.)
-</p><!--l. 11229--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11246--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsdoifexistsorwarn</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-81007"></a> <span
@@ -22337,11 +22360,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11231--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11248--><p class="noindent" >
As <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifexists </span>but issues a warning rather than an error if the entry doesn’t
exist.
-</p><!--l. 11235--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11252--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsdoifexistsordo</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-81008"></a> <span
@@ -22352,7 +22375,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">else code</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11237--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11254--><p class="noindent" >
Does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩ if the entry given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ exists otherwise generate an error and do ⟨<span
@@ -22359,7 +22382,7 @@
class="cmti-10">else</span>
<span
class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 11241--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11258--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsdoifnoexistsordo</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-81009"></a> <span
@@ -22370,7 +22393,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">else code</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11243--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11260--><p class="noindent" >
Does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩ if the entry given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ doesn’t exist otherwise generate an error and do ⟨<span
@@ -22377,7 +22400,7 @@
class="cmti-10">else</span>
<span
class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 11247--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11264--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\ifglsused</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-81010"></a> <span
@@ -22385,12 +22408,12 @@
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">true part</span>⟩⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩ </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11250--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11267--><p class="noindent" >
See <a
href="#sec:glsunset"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>14 </a><a
href="#sec:glsunset">Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 11253--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11270--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\ifglshaschildren</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-81011"></a> <span
@@ -22398,13 +22421,13 @@
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">true part</span>⟩⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩ </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11256--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11273--><p class="noindent" >
This checks if the glossary entry given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has any sub-entries. If it does, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ is
performed, otherwise ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 11261--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11278--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\ifglshasparent</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-81012"></a> <span
@@ -22412,13 +22435,13 @@
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">true part</span>⟩⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩ </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11264--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11281--><p class="noindent" >
This checks if the glossary entry given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has a parent entry. If it does, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ is
performed, otherwise ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 11269--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11286--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\ifglshassymbol</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-81013"></a> <span
@@ -22429,7 +22452,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11271--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11288--><p class="noindent" >
This checks if the glossary entry given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has had the <span
class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a
@@ -22437,7 +22460,7 @@
class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩
is performed, otherwise ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 11276--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11293--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\ifglshaslong</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-81015"></a> <span
@@ -22450,7 +22473,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11278--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11295--><p class="noindent" >
This checks if the glossary entry given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has had the <span
class="cmss-10">long</span><a
@@ -22462,7 +22485,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
id="dx1-81017"></a>. There is no check for the existence of ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 11285--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11302--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\ifglshasshort</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-81018"></a> <span
@@ -22473,7 +22496,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11287--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11304--><p class="noindent" >
This checks if the glossary entry given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has had the <span
class="cmss-10">short</span><a
@@ -22485,7 +22508,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
id="dx1-81020"></a>. There is no check for the existence of ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 11294--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11311--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\ifglshasdesc</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-81021"></a> <span
@@ -22496,7 +22519,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11296--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11313--><p class="noindent" >
This checks if the <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
id="dx1-81022"></a> field is non-empty for the entry given by ⟨<span
@@ -22504,7 +22527,7 @@
class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩
is performed, otherwise ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩. Compare with:
-</p><!--l. 11300--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11317--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\ifglsdescsuppressed</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-81023"></a> <span
@@ -22516,7 +22539,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11302--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11319--><p class="noindent" >
This checks if the <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
id="dx1-81024"></a> field has been set to just <span
@@ -22528,8 +22551,8 @@
class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩. There is no check for the existence
of ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 11308--><p class="noindent" >For all other fields you can use:
-</p><!--l. 11309--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11325--><p class="noindent" >For all other fields you can use:
+</p><!--l. 11326--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\ifglshasfield</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-81026"></a> <span
@@ -22543,7 +22566,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11312--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11329--><p class="noindent" >
This tests the value of the field given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ for the entry identified by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. If the value is
@@ -22556,14 +22579,14 @@
Unlike the above commands, such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasshort</span>, an error occurs if the entry is
undefined.
-</p><!--l. 11321--><p class="indent" > As from version 4.23, within ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 11338--><p class="indent" > As from version 4.23, within ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ you can use
-</p><!--l. 11322--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11339--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glscurrentfieldvalue</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-81027"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glscurrentfieldvalue </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11324--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11341--><p class="noindent" >
to access the field value. This command is initially defined to nothing but has no
relevance outside ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩. This saves re-accessing the field if the test is true. For
@@ -22574,13 +22597,13 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-327">
\ifglshasfield{useri}{sample}{, \glscurrentfieldvalue}{}
</div>
-<!--l. 11331--><p class="nopar" > will insert a comma, space and the field value if the <span
+<!--l. 11348--><p class="nopar" > will insert a comma, space and the field value if the <span
class="cmss-10">user1</span><a
id="dx1-81028"></a> key has been set for the entry
whose label is <span
class="cmtt-10">sample</span>.
-</p><!--l. 11336--><p class="indent" > You can test if the value of the field is equal to a given string using:
-</p><!--l. 11338--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11353--><p class="indent" > You can test if the value of the field is equal to a given string using:
+</p><!--l. 11355--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\ifglsfieldeq</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-81029"></a> <span
@@ -22596,7 +22619,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11340--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11357--><p class="noindent" >
In this case the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ must be the field name not the key (see <a
href="#tab:fieldmap">table 4.1</a>). If the
@@ -22608,7 +22631,7 @@
class="cmti-10">The string is not expanded during the</span>
<span
class="cmti-10">test.</span>
-</p><!--l. 11347--><p class="indent" > The result may vary depending on whether or not expansion is on for the given field
+</p><!--l. 11364--><p class="indent" > The result may vary depending on whether or not expansion is on for the given field
(when the entry was defined). For example:
@@ -22626,7 +22649,7 @@
 <br />\ifglsfieldeq{sample2}{useri}{FOO}{TRUE}{FALSE}.
 <br />\end{document}
</div>
-<!--l. 11366--><p class="nopar" > This will produce “TRUE” in both cases since expansion is on, so <span
+<!--l. 11383--><p class="nopar" > This will produce “TRUE” in both cases since expansion is on, so <span
class="cmtt-10">\foo </span>was expanded to
“FOO” when <span
class="cmtt-10">sample2 </span>was defined. If the tests are changed to:
@@ -22637,7 +22660,7 @@
\ifglsfieldeq{sample1}{useri}{\foo}{TRUE}{FALSE}.
 <br />\ifglsfieldeq{sample2}{useri}{\foo}{TRUE}{FALSE}.
</div>
-<!--l. 11374--><p class="nopar" > then this will produce “FALSE” in both cases. Now suppose expansion is switched off for the
+<!--l. 11391--><p class="nopar" > then this will produce “FALSE” in both cases. Now suppose expansion is switched off for the
<span
class="cmss-10">user1</span><a
id="dx1-81031"></a> key:
@@ -22658,10 +22681,10 @@
 <br />\ifglsfieldeq{sample2}{useri}{FOO}{TRUE}{FALSE}.
 <br />\end{document}
</div>
-<!--l. 11396--><p class="nopar" > This now produces “TRUE” for the first case (comparing “FOO” with “FOO”) and
+<!--l. 11413--><p class="nopar" > This now produces “TRUE” for the first case (comparing “FOO” with “FOO”) and
“FALSE” for the second case (comparing “<span
class="cmtt-10">\foo</span>” with “FOO”).
-</p><!--l. 11401--><p class="indent" > The reverse happens in the following:
+</p><!--l. 11418--><p class="indent" > The reverse happens in the following:
</p>
@@ -22679,14 +22702,14 @@
 <br />\ifglsfieldeq{sample2}{useri}{\foo}{TRUE}{FALSE}.
 <br />\end{document}
</div>
-<!--l. 11421--><p class="nopar" > This now produces “FALSE” for the first case (comparing “FOO” with “<span
+<!--l. 11438--><p class="nopar" > This now produces “FALSE” for the first case (comparing “FOO” with “<span
class="cmtt-10">\foo</span>”) and
“TRUE” for the second case (comparing “<span
class="cmtt-10">\foo</span>” with “<span
class="cmtt-10">\foo</span>”).
-</p><!--l. 11426--><p class="indent" > You can test if the value of a field is equal to the replacement text of a command
+</p><!--l. 11443--><p class="indent" > You can test if the value of a field is equal to the replacement text of a command
using:
-</p><!--l. 11428--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11445--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\ifglsfielddefeq</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-81032"></a> <span
@@ -22702,7 +22725,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11430--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11447--><p class="noindent" >
This internally uses <span
class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a
id="dx1-81033"></a>’s <span
@@ -22709,7 +22732,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\ifdefstrequal </span>command to perform the comparison. The
argument ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">command</span>⟩ must be a macro.
-</p><!--l. 11434--><p class="indent" > For example:
+</p><!--l. 11451--><p class="indent" > For example:
</p>
@@ -22727,7 +22750,7 @@
 <br />\ifglsfielddefeq{sample2}{useri}{\foo}{TRUE}{FALSE}.
 <br />\end{document}
</div>
-<!--l. 11454--><p class="nopar" > Here, the first case produces “TRUE” since the value of the <span
+<!--l. 11471--><p class="nopar" > Here, the first case produces “TRUE” since the value of the <span
class="cmtt-10">useri </span>field (“FOO”) is the same
as the replacement text (definition) of <span
class="cmtt-10">\foo </span>(“FOO”). We have the result “<span
@@ -22734,7 +22757,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">FOO</span>” is equal to
“<span
class="cmtt-10">FOO</span>”.
-</p><!--l. 11460--><p class="indent" > The second case produces “FALSE” since the value of the <span
+</p><!--l. 11477--><p class="indent" > The second case produces “FALSE” since the value of the <span
class="cmtt-10">useri </span>field (“<span
class="cmtt-10">\foo</span>”) is not the
same as the replacement text (definition) of <span
@@ -22744,7 +22767,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\foo</span>” is not equal to
“<span
class="cmtt-10">FOO</span>”.
-</p><!--l. 11466--><p class="indent" > If we add:
+</p><!--l. 11483--><p class="indent" > If we add:
</p>
@@ -22752,7 +22775,7 @@
\newcommand{\FOO}{\foo}
 <br />\ifglsfielddefeq{sample2}{useri}{\FOO}{TRUE}{FALSE}.
</div>
-<!--l. 11470--><p class="nopar" > we now get “TRUE” since the value of the <span
+<!--l. 11487--><p class="nopar" > we now get “TRUE” since the value of the <span
class="cmtt-10">useri </span>field (“<span
class="cmtt-10">\foo</span>”) is the same as the
replacement text (definition) of <span
@@ -22761,9 +22784,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">\foo</span>” is equal to
“<span
class="cmtt-10">\foo</span>”.
-</p><!--l. 11476--><p class="indent" > There is a similar command that requires the control sequence name (without the leading
+</p><!--l. 11493--><p class="indent" > There is a similar command that requires the control sequence name (without the leading
backslash) instead of the actual control sequence:
-</p><!--l. 11478--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11495--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\ifglsfieldcseq</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-81034"></a> <span
@@ -22779,19 +22802,19 @@
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11480--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11497--><p class="noindent" >
This internally uses <span
class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a
id="dx1-81035"></a>’s <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifcsstrequal </span>command instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifdefstrequal</span>.
-</p><!--l. 11484--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11501--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 11484--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 11501--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">16.3 </span> <a
id="sec:fetchset"></a>Fetching and Updating the Value of a Field</h3>
-<!--l. 11487--><p class="noindent" >You can fetch the value of a given field and store it in a control sequence using:
-</p><!--l. 11489--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 11504--><p class="noindent" >You can fetch the value of a given field and store it in a control sequence using:
+</p><!--l. 11506--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfieldfetch</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-82001"></a> <span
@@ -22802,7 +22825,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11491--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11508--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the label identifying the glossary entry, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ is the field label (see
@@ -22815,7 +22838,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>(or the optional argument of
<span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>).
-</p><!--l. 11500--><p class="indent" > You can change the value of a given field using one of the following commands. Note that
+</p><!--l. 11517--><p class="indent" > You can change the value of a given field using one of the following commands. Note that
these commands only change the value of the given field. They have no affect on any related
field. For example, if you change the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">text</span><a
@@ -22827,12 +22850,12 @@
id="dx1-82004"></a>, <span
class="cmss-10">first</span><a
id="dx1-82005"></a> or any other related key.
-</p><!--l. 11506--><p class="indent" > In all the four related commands below, ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 11523--><p class="indent" > In all the four related commands below, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ are as above and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">definition</span>⟩ is the
new value of the field.
-</p><!--l. 11510--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11527--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfielddef</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-82006"></a> <span
@@ -22843,10 +22866,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11512--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11529--><p class="noindent" >
This uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\def </span>to change the value of the field (so it will be localised by any grouping).
-</p><!--l. 11516--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11533--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfieldedef</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-82007"></a> <span
@@ -22857,12 +22880,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11518--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11535--><p class="noindent" >
This uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\edef </span>to change the value of the field (so it will be localised by any grouping). Any
fragile commands contained in the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">definition</span>⟩ must be protected.
-</p><!--l. 11523--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11540--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfieldgdef</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-82008"></a> <span
@@ -22873,12 +22896,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11525--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11542--><p class="noindent" >
This uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\gdef </span>to change the value of the field.
-</p><!--l. 11528--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11545--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfieldxdef</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-82009"></a> <span
@@ -22889,7 +22912,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11530--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11547--><p class="noindent" >
This uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\xdef </span>to change the value of the field. Any fragile commands contained in the
⟨<span
@@ -22897,11 +22920,11 @@
</p>
-<!--l. 11535--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 11535--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 11552--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 11552--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">17. <a
id="sec:prefix"></a>Prefixes or Determiners</h2>
-</p><!--l. 11537--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 11554--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a
id="dx1-83001"></a> package that comes with the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides additional
@@ -22910,7 +22933,7 @@
class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix </span>package automatically loads the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package
and has the same package options.
-</p><!--l. 11545--><p class="indent" > The extra keys for <span
+</p><!--l. 11562--><p class="indent" > The extra keys for <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
id="dx1-83002"></a> are as follows:
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
@@ -22949,11 +22972,11 @@
id="dx1-83012"></a> key.</dd></dl>
<a
id="x1-83013r29"></a>
-<!--l. 11562--><p class="noindent" ><span
+<!--l. 11579--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmbx-12">Example 29</span><span
class="cmbx-12"> (Defining Determiners)</span><a
id="x1-83014"></a>
-</p><!--l. 11563--><p class="indent" > Here’s the start of my example document:
+</p><!--l. 11580--><p class="indent" > Here’s the start of my example document:
</p>
@@ -22962,7 +22985,7 @@
 <br />\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
 <br />\usepackage[toc,acronym]{glossaries-prefix}
</div>
-<!--l. 11569--><p class="nopar" > Note that I’ve simply replaced <span
+<!--l. 11586--><p class="nopar" > Note that I’ve simply replaced <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>from previous sample documents with <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span>. Now for a
sample definition<span class="footnote-mark"><a
@@ -22978,7 +23001,7 @@
 <br />  prefixplural={the\space}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 11581--><p class="nopar" > Note that I’ve had to explicitly insert a space after the prefix. This allows for the possibility
+<!--l. 11598--><p class="nopar" > Note that I’ve had to explicitly insert a space after the prefix. This allows for the possibility
of prefixes that shouldn’t have a space, such as:
@@ -22987,10 +23010,10 @@
\newglossaryentry{oeil}{name={oeil},
 <br />  plural={yeux},
 <br />  description={eye},
- <br />  prefix={l’},
+ <br />  prefix={l'},
 <br />  prefixplural={les\space}}
</div>
-<!--l. 11591--><p class="nopar" > Where a space is required at the end of the prefix, you must use a spacing command, such as
+<!--l. 11608--><p class="nopar" > Where a space is required at the end of the prefix, you must use a spacing command, such as
<span
class="cmtt-10">\space</span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\␣</span></span></span> (backslash space) or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
@@ -22998,7 +23021,7 @@
⟨<span
class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span
class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ options.
-</p><!--l. 11597--><p class="indent" > The prefixes can also be used with acronyms. For example:
+</p><!--l. 11614--><p class="indent" > The prefixes can also be used with acronyms. For example:
</p>
@@ -23008,12 +23031,12 @@
 <br />   prefix={an\space},prefixfirst={a~}%
 <br /> ]{svm}{SVM}{support vector machine}
</div>
-<!--l. 11603--><p class="nopar" > </p>
+<!--l. 11620--><p class="nopar" > </p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 11604--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11604--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 11606--><p class="indent" > The <span
+<!--l. 11621--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11621--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 11623--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a
id="dx1-83017"></a> package provides convenient commands to use these prefixes with
commands such as <span
@@ -23029,7 +23052,7 @@
class="cmsy-10">§</span>6 </a><a
href="#sec:glslink">Links to Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a> for
further details.)
-</p><!--l. 11613--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11630--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\pgls</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-83020"></a> <span
@@ -23040,7 +23063,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11615--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11632--><p class="noindent" >
This is inserts the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">prefix</span><a
id="dx1-83021"></a> key (or <span
@@ -23056,7 +23079,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]</span>.
-</p><!--l. 11620--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11637--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Pgls</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-83023"></a> <span
@@ -23067,7 +23090,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11622--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11639--><p class="noindent" >
If the <span
class="cmss-10">prefix</span><a
id="dx1-83024"></a> key (or <span
@@ -23094,7 +23117,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]</span>.
-</p><!--l. 11630--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11647--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\PGLS</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-83027"></a> <span
@@ -23105,13 +23128,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11632--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11649--><p class="noindent" >
As <span
class="cmtt-10">\pgls </span>but converts the prefix to upper case and uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLS</span><a
id="dx1-83028"></a> instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
-</p><!--l. 11636--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11653--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\pglspl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-83029"></a> <span
@@ -23122,7 +23145,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11638--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11655--><p class="noindent" >
This is inserts the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">prefixplural</span><a
id="dx1-83030"></a> key (or <span
@@ -23137,7 +23160,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]</span>.
-</p><!--l. 11643--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11660--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Pglspl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-83032"></a> <span
@@ -23148,7 +23171,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11645--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11662--><p class="noindent" >
If the <span
class="cmss-10">prefixplural</span><a
id="dx1-83033"></a> key (or <span
@@ -23175,7 +23198,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]</span>.
-</p><!--l. 11653--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11670--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\PGLSpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-83036"></a> <span
@@ -23186,7 +23209,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11655--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11672--><p class="noindent" >
As <span
class="cmtt-10">\pglspl </span>but converts the prefix to upper case and uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl</span><a
@@ -23196,11 +23219,11 @@
<a
id="x1-83038r30"></a>
-</p><!--l. 11659--><p class="noindent" ><span
+</p><!--l. 11676--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmbx-12">Example 30</span><span
class="cmbx-12"> (Using Prefixes)</span><a
id="x1-83039"></a>
-</p><!--l. 11660--><p class="indent" > Continuing from Example <a
+</p><!--l. 11677--><p class="indent" > Continuing from Example <a
href="#x1-83013r29">29<!--tex4ht:ref: ex:determiners --></a>, now that I’ve defined my entries, I can use them in the text
via the above commands:
@@ -23211,20 +23234,20 @@
 <br />Singular: \pgls{sample}, \pgls{oeil}.
 <br />Plural: \pglspl{sample}, \pglspl{oeil}.
</div>
-<!--l. 11666--><p class="nopar" > which produces:
+<!--l. 11683--><p class="nopar" > which produces:
</p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 11669--><p class="noindent" >First use: a support vector machine (SVM). Next use: an SVM. Singular:
+ <!--l. 11686--><p class="noindent" >First use: a support vector machine (SVM). Next use: an SVM. Singular:
a sample, l’oeil. Plural: the samples, les yeux.</p></div>
-<!--l. 11673--><p class="noindent" >For a complete document, see <a
+<!--l. 11690--><p class="noindent" >For a complete document, see <a
href="#x1-5105r37"><span
class="cmtt-10">sample-prefix.tex</span></a>. </p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 11674--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11674--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 11676--><p class="indent" > This package also provides the commands described below, none of which perform any
+<!--l. 11691--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11691--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 11693--><p class="indent" > This package also provides the commands described below, none of which perform any
check to determine the entry’s existence.
-</p><!--l. 11679--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11696--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\ifglshasprefix</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-83040"></a> <span
@@ -23235,7 +23258,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11681--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11698--><p class="noindent" >
Does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ if the entry identified by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has a non-empty value for the <span
@@ -23242,8 +23265,8 @@
class="cmss-10">prefix</span><a
id="dx1-83041"></a>
key.
-</p><!--l. 11685--><p class="indent" > This package also provides the following commands:
-</p><!--l. 11686--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11702--><p class="indent" > This package also provides the following commands:
+</p><!--l. 11703--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\ifglshasprefixplural</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-83042"></a> <span
@@ -23255,7 +23278,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11688--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11705--><p class="noindent" >
Does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ if the entry identified by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has a non-empty value for the <span
@@ -23262,7 +23285,7 @@
class="cmss-10">prefixplural</span><a
id="dx1-83043"></a>
key.
-</p><!--l. 11692--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11709--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\ifglshasprefixfirst</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-83044"></a> <span
@@ -23274,7 +23297,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11694--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11711--><p class="noindent" >
Does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ if the entry identified by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has a non-empty value for the <span
@@ -23281,11 +23304,11 @@
class="cmss-10">prefixfirst</span><a
id="dx1-83045"></a>
key.
-</p><!--l. 11698--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11715--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\ifglshasprefixfirstplural</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-83046"></a>
-</p><!--l. 11700--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+</p><!--l. 11717--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasprefixfirstplural{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -23293,7 +23316,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11701--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11718--><p class="noindent" >
Does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ if the entry identified by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has a non-empty value for the <span
@@ -23300,7 +23323,7 @@
class="cmss-10">prefixfirstplural</span><a
id="dx1-83047"></a>
key.
-</p><!--l. 11705--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11722--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsentryprefix</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-83048"></a> <span
@@ -23307,12 +23330,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprefix{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11707--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11724--><p class="noindent" >
Displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">prefix</span><a
id="dx1-83049"></a> key for the entry given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 11711--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11728--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsentryprefixfirst</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-83050"></a> <span
@@ -23319,7 +23342,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprefixfirst{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11713--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11730--><p class="noindent" >
Displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">prefixfirst</span><a
id="dx1-83051"></a> key for the entry given by ⟨<span
@@ -23326,7 +23349,7 @@
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 11717--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11734--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsentryprefixplural</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-83052"></a> <span
@@ -23333,31 +23356,31 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprefixplural{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11719--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11736--><p class="noindent" >
Displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">prefixplural</span><a
id="dx1-83053"></a> key for the entry given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. (No check is performed
to determine if the entry exists.)
-</p><!--l. 11724--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11741--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsentryprefixfirstplural</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-83054"></a>
-</p><!--l. 11726--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+</p><!--l. 11743--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprefixfirstplural{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11727--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11744--><p class="noindent" >
Displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">prefixfirstplural</span><a
id="dx1-83055"></a> key for the entry given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. (No check is
performed to determine if the entry exists.)
-</p><!--l. 11732--><p class="indent" > There are also variants that convert the first letter to upper
+</p><!--l. 11749--><p class="indent" > There are also variants that convert the first letter to upper
case<span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn2x17" id="fn2x17-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">17.2</sup></a></span><a
id="x1-83056f2"></a>:
-</p><!--l. 11735--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11752--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryprefix</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-83057"></a> <span
@@ -23364,8 +23387,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryprefix{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11737--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11738--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11754--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11755--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryprefixfirst</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-83058"></a> <span
@@ -23372,8 +23395,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryprefixfirst{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11740--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11741--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11757--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11758--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryprefixplural</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-83059"></a> <span
@@ -23380,28 +23403,28 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryprefixplural{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11743--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11745--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 11760--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11762--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryprefixfirstplural</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-83060"></a>
-</p><!--l. 11747--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+</p><!--l. 11764--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryprefixfirstplural{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11748--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11750--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> As with analogous commands such as <span
+</p><!--l. 11765--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11767--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> As with analogous commands such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrytext</span><a
id="dx1-83061"></a>, these commands aren’t
expandable so can’t be used in PDF bookmarks. </div>
-</p><!--l. 11753--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11770--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="x1-83062r31"></a>
-</p><!--l. 11755--><p class="noindent" ><span
+</p><!--l. 11772--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmbx-12">Example 31</span><span
class="cmbx-12"> (Adding Determiner to Glossary Style)</span><a
id="x1-83063"></a>
-</p><!--l. 11756--><p class="indent" > You can use the above commands to define a new glossary style that uses the determiner.
+</p><!--l. 11773--><p class="indent" > You can use the above commands to define a new glossary style that uses the determiner.
For example, the following style is a slight modification of the <span
class="cmss-10">list</span><a
id="dx1-83064"></a> style that inserts the prefix
@@ -23419,18 +23442,18 @@
 <br />       \glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription\space ##2}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 11769--><p class="nopar" > </p>
+<!--l. 11786--><p class="nopar" > </p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 11770--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11770--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 11787--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11787--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 11772--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 11772--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 11789--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 11789--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">18. <a
id="sec:accsupp"></a>Accessibility Support</h2>
-</p><!--l. 11774--><p class="indent" > Limited accessibility support is provided by the accompanying <span
+</p><!--l. 11791--><p class="indent" > Limited accessibility support is provided by the accompanying <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
id="dx1-84001"></a> package,
but note that this package is experimental and it requires the <span
@@ -23542,7 +23565,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
id="dx1-84032"></a>).
</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 11821--><p class="noindent" >For example:
+<!--l. 11838--><p class="noindent" >For example:
</p>
@@ -23550,7 +23573,7 @@
\newglossaryentry{tex}{name={\TeX},description={Document
 <br />preparation language},access={TeX}}
</div>
-<!--l. 11825--><p class="nopar" > Now <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 11842--><p class="nopar" > Now <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{tex}</span></span></span> will be equivalent to
@@ -23558,12 +23581,12 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-341">
\BeginAccSupp{ActualText=TeX}\TeX\EndAccSupp{}
</div>
-<!--l. 11829--><p class="nopar" > The sample file <a
+<!--l. 11846--><p class="nopar" > The sample file <a
href="#x1-5107r38"><span
class="cmtt-10">sampleaccsupp.tex</span></a> illustrates the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
id="dx1-84033"></a> package.
-</p><!--l. 11833--><p class="indent" > See the documented code (<span
+</p><!--l. 11850--><p class="indent" > See the documented code (<span
class="cmtt-10">glossaries-code.pdf</span>) for further details. I recommend that
you also read the <span
class="cmss-10">accsupp</span><a
@@ -23571,11 +23594,11 @@
</p>
-<!--l. 11837--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 11837--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 11854--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 11854--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">19. <a
id="sec:trouble"></a>Troubleshooting</h2>
-</p><!--l. 11840--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 11857--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package comes with some minimal example files, <span
class="cmtt-10">minimalgls.tex</span>,
<span
@@ -23594,7 +23617,7 @@
class="E">E</span>X</span></span> code is available at <a
href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/minexample/" class="url" ><span
class="cmtt-10">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/minexample/</span></a>.
-</p><!--l. 11852--><p class="indent" > If you have any problems, please first consult the <a
+</p><!--l. 11869--><p class="indent" > If you have any problems, please first consult the <a
href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/faqs/glossariesfaq.html" ><span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>FAQ</a>. If that doesn’t
help, try posting your query to somewhere like the <span
@@ -27740,7 +27763,7 @@
href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64023" >2162</a>, <a
href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64024" >2163</a> <br /></span>
</p></div>
- <div class="footnotes"><!--l. 554--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+ <div class="footnotes"><!--l. 556--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn1x1-bk" id="fn1x1"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.1</sup></a></span><span
class="cmr-8">That is, if the term has been referenced using any of the commands described in </span><a
href="#sec:glslink"><span
@@ -27768,7 +27791,7 @@
class="cmtt-8">\acrshort</span><a
id="dx1-4004"></a><span
class="cmr-8">.</span></p>
-<!--l. 890--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+<!--l. 896--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn2x1-bk" id="fn2x1"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.2</sup></a></span><span
class="cmr-8">Note that although I’ve written </span><span
class="cmtt-8">latex </span><span
@@ -27780,7 +27803,7 @@
href="#pdflatexnote"><span
class="cmr-8">earlier</span></a><span
class="cmr-8">.</span></p>
-<!--l. 2033--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a
+<!--l. 2039--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn3x1-bk" id="fn3x1"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.3</sup></a></span><span
class="cmr-8">Added to version </span><a
href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
@@ -27787,16 +27810,16 @@
class="cmtt-8">makeglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-10035"></a></a> <span
class="cmr-8">2.18.</span></p>
-<!--l. 2078--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+<!--l. 2084--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn4x1-bk" id="fn4x1"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.4</sup></a></span><span
class="cmr-8">As from v3.01 </span><span
class="cmtt-8">\gls</span><a
id="dx1-10059"></a> <span
class="cmr-8">is no longer fragile and doesn’t need protecting.</span></p>
-<!--l. 2787--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a
+<!--l. 2804--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn1x2-bk" id="fn1x2"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.1</sup></a></span><span
class="cmr-8">bug fix in v4.16 has corrected the code to ensure this.</span></p>
-<!--l. 2883--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a
+<!--l. 2900--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn2x2-bk" id="fn2x2"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.2</sup></a></span><span
class="cmr-8">unless </span><span
class="cmss-8">memoir</span><a
@@ -27804,7 +27827,7 @@
class="cmr-8">is loaded, which case it uses </span><span
class="cmtt-8">\markboth</span><a
id="dx1-18016"></a></p>
-<!--l. 2913--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a
+<!--l. 2930--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn3x2-bk" id="fn3x2"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.3</sup></a></span><span
class="cmr-8">Actually it uses </span><span
class="cmtt-8">\mfirstucMakeUppercase</span><a
@@ -27827,7 +27850,7 @@
<span
class="cmss-8">glossaries</span><span
class="cmr-8">.)</span></p>
-<!--l. 3471--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a
+<!--l. 3488--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn4x2-bk" id="fn4x2"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.4</sup></a></span><span
class="cmr-8">Actually it sets </span><span
class="cmtt-8">\acronymtype</span><a
@@ -27848,13 +27871,13 @@
class="cmss-8">nomain</span><a
id="dx1-21013"></a> <span
class="cmr-8">option has been used.</span></p>
-<!--l. 4463--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+<!--l. 4480--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn1x4-bk" id="fn1x4"><sup class="textsuperscript">4.1</sup></a></span><span
class="cmr-8">The </span><a
href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
class="cmss-8">glossaries-extra</span></a> <span
class="cmr-8">package provides a simpler way of achieving this.</span></p>
-<!--l. 4963--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+<!--l. 4980--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn2x4-bk" id="fn2x4"><sup class="textsuperscript">4.2</sup></a></span><span
class="cmr-8">This is because </span><span
class="cmtt-8">\acronymtype</span><a
@@ -27867,7 +27890,7 @@
id="dx1-38022"></a> <span
class="cmr-8">package option is not</span>
<span
-class="cmr-8">used.</span></p><!--l. 5162--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+class="cmr-8">used.</span></p><!--l. 5179--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn1x5-bk" id="fn1x5"><sup class="textsuperscript">5.1</sup></a></span><span
class="cmr-8">This feature was introduced in </span><a
href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
@@ -27874,7 +27897,7 @@
class="cmtt-8">makeglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-43017"></a></a> <span
class="cmr-8">version 2.18.</span></p>
-<!--l. 5749--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a
+<!--l. 5766--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn1x6-bk" id="fn1x6"><sup class="textsuperscript">6.1</sup></a></span><span
class="cmr-8">I’ve used </span><span
class="cmtt-8">\MakeUppercase </span><span
@@ -27881,7 +27904,7 @@
class="cmr-8">in all the examples for clarity, but it will actually use </span><span
class="cmtt-8">\mfirstucMakeUppercase</span><span
class="cmr-8">.</span></p>
-<!--l. 6192--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+<!--l. 6209--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn2x6-bk" id="fn2x6"><sup class="textsuperscript">6.2</sup></a></span><span
class="cmtt-8">\glsdisplayfirst</span><a
id="dx1-47003"></a> <span
@@ -27894,7 +27917,7 @@
class="cmss-8">compatible-3.07</span><a
id="dx1-47005"></a> <span
class="cmr-8">option</span></p>
-<!--l. 6826--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+<!--l. 6843--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn1x8-bk" id="fn1x8"><sup class="textsuperscript">8.1</sup></a></span><a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="cmtt-8">makeindex</span><a
@@ -27901,7 +27924,7 @@
id="dx1-51004"></a></a> <span
class="cmr-8">will always assign a location number, even if it’s not needed, so it needs to be</span>
<span
-class="cmr-8">discarded.</span></p><!--l. 6831--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+class="cmr-8">discarded.</span></p><!--l. 6848--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn2x8-bk" id="fn2x8"><sup class="textsuperscript">8.2</sup></a></span><span
class="cmr-8">If you redefine </span><span
class="cmtt-8">\glsseeformat</span><span
@@ -27920,7 +27943,7 @@
class="cmr-8">in the output file if no optional argument is</span>
<span
class="cmr-8">given.</span></p>
-<!--l. 6856--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+<!--l. 6873--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn3x8-bk" id="fn3x8"><sup class="textsuperscript">8.3</sup></a></span><span
class="cmr-8">In versions before 3.0, </span><span
class="cmtt-8">\glsentryname </span><span
@@ -27932,7 +27955,7 @@
href="#glo:sanitize"><span
class="cmr-8">sanitized</span><a
id="dx1-51015"></a></a><span
-class="cmr-8">.</span></p><!--l. 7148--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+class="cmr-8">.</span></p><!--l. 7165--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn1x9-bk" id="fn1x9"><sup class="textsuperscript">9.1</sup></a></span><span
class="cmr-8">versions before 3.0 used </span><span
class="cmtt-8">\glsentryname</span><a
@@ -27946,7 +27969,7 @@
href="#glo:sanitize"><span
class="cmr-8">sanitized</span><a
id="dx1-52056"></a></a><span
-class="cmr-8">.</span></p><!--l. 7391--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+class="cmr-8">.</span></p><!--l. 7408--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn1x10-bk" id="fn1x10"><sup class="textsuperscript">10.1</sup></a></span><span
class="cmr-8">you can’t use the </span><span
class="cmss-8">longheaderborder</span><a
@@ -27957,7 +27980,7 @@
id="dx1-53070"></a> <span
class="cmr-8">environment in</span>
<span
-class="cmr-8">two column mode.</span></p><!--l. 7746--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+class="cmr-8">two column mode.</span></p><!--l. 7763--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn1x11-bk" id="fn1x11"><sup class="textsuperscript">11.1</sup></a></span><span
class="cmr-8">see </span><span
class="cmtt-8">\setCompositor</span><a
@@ -27968,7 +27991,7 @@
class="cmr-8">3 </span></a><a
href="#sec:setup"><span
class="cmr-8">Setting Up</span><!--tex4ht:ref: sec:setup --></a></p>
-<!--l. 7752--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+<!--l. 7769--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn2x11-bk" id="fn2x11"><sup class="textsuperscript">11.2</sup></a></span><span
class="cmr-8">see </span><span
class="cmtt-8">\setAlphaCompositor</span><a
@@ -27979,14 +28002,14 @@
class="cmr-8">3 </span></a><a
href="#sec:setup"><span
class="cmr-8">Setting Up</span><!--tex4ht:ref: sec:setup --></a></p>
-<!--l. 9251--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+<!--l. 9268--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn1x13-bk" id="fn1x13"><sup class="textsuperscript">13.1</sup></a></span><span
-class="cmr-8">as from version 1.18</span></p><!--l. 9280--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+class="cmr-8">as from version 1.18</span></p><!--l. 9297--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn2x13-bk" id="fn2x13"><sup class="textsuperscript">13.2</sup></a></span><span
class="cmr-8">See David Carlisle’sexplanation in </span><a
href="http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/86565/drawbacks-of-xspace" class="url" ><span
class="cmtt-8">http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/86565/drawbacks-of-xspace</span></a></p>
-<!--l. 9789--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+<!--l. 9806--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn1x15-bk" id="fn1x15"><sup class="textsuperscript">15.1</sup></a></span><span
class="cmr-8">These lengths will not be available if you use both the </span><span
class="cmss-8">nolong</span><a
@@ -28000,11 +28023,11 @@
class="cmss-8">nostyles</span><a
id="dx1-68019"></a> <span
class="cmr-8">package option unless you explicitly load the relevant package.</span></p>
-<!--l. 9939--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a
+<!--l. 9956--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn2x15-bk" id="fn2x15"><sup class="textsuperscript">15.2</sup></a></span><span
class="cmr-8">This style was supplied by Axel</span><span
class="cmr-8"> Menzel.</span></p>
-<!--l. 10236--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+<!--l. 10253--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn3x15-bk" id="fn3x15"><sup class="textsuperscript">15.3</sup></a></span><span
class="cmr-8">e.g.</span><span
class="cmr-8"> with the </span><span
@@ -28011,7 +28034,7 @@
class="cmss-8">flowfram</span><a
id="dx1-73011"></a> <span
class="cmr-8">package.</span></p>
-<!--l. 11574--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+<!--l. 11591--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn1x17-bk" id="fn1x17"><sup class="textsuperscript">17.1</sup></a></span><span
class="cmr-8">Single letter words, such as “a” and “I” should typically not appear at the end of a line, hence the</span>
<span
@@ -28019,7 +28042,7 @@
class="cmss-8">prefix</span><a
id="dx1-83016"></a> <span
class="cmr-8">field.</span></p>
-<!--l. 11734--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+<!--l. 11751--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn2x17-bk" id="fn2x17"><sup class="textsuperscript">17.2</sup></a></span><span
class="cmr-8">The earlier caveats about initial non-Latin characters apply.</span></p> </div>
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.tex 2016-12-16 22:54:42 UTC (rev 42725)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.tex 2016-12-16 22:55:05 UTC (rev 42726)
@@ -142,7 +142,9 @@
to \gls{xindy} and \gls{makeindex} provided with the \styfmt{glossaries}
package. This is a cut-down alternative to the Perl
\appfmt{makeglossaries} script. If you have Perl installed, use the
-Perl script instead.}
+Perl script instead. Note that \TeX~Live creates a symbolic link
+called \texttt{makeglossaries-lite} (without the \texttt{.lua}
+extension) to the actual \texttt{makeglossaries-lite.lua} script.}
}
\longnewglossaryentry{makeglossariesgui}{%
@@ -396,11 +398,11 @@
\MakeShortVerb{"}
\DeleteShortVerb{\|}
- \title{User Manual for glossaries.sty v4.26}
+ \title{User Manual for glossaries.sty v4.27}
\author{Nicola L.C. Talbot\\%
\url{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/}}
- \date{2016-10-12}
+ \date{2016-12-16}
\maketitle
\begin{abstract}
@@ -430,7 +432,7 @@
\sty{etoolbox},
\sty{xkeyval} (at least version dated 2006/11/18), \sty{textcase},
\sty{xfor}, \sty{datatool-base} (part of the \sty{datatool} bundle) and \sty{amsgen}. These
-packages are all available in the latest \TeX\ Live and Mik\TeX\
+packages are all available in the latest \TeX~Live and Mik\TeX\
distributions. If any of them are missing, please update your
\TeX\ distribution using your update manager.
(For help on this see, for example,
@@ -478,7 +480,7 @@
\item[\url{glossaries-code.pdf}]
Advanced users wishing to know more about the inner workings of all the
packages provided in the \styfmt{glossaries} bundle should read
-\qt{Documented Code for glossaries v4.26}.
+\qt{Documented Code for glossaries v4.27}.
\item[INSTALL] Installation instructions.
@@ -792,7 +794,11 @@
need to install anything extra to make it run. Remember that since
\gls{xindy} is also a~Perl script, if you want to use \gls{xindy}
you'll need Perl installed anyway, so there's no point using this
-Lua script if you're using \gls{xindy}.
+Lua script if you're using \gls{xindy}. Note that \TeX~Live creates a
+symbolic link called \texttt{makeglossaries-lite} (without the
+\texttt{.lua} extension) to the actual
+\texttt{makeglossaries-lite.lua} script, so you may not need to
+supply the extension.
\begin{important}
The \texttt{.gls} and \texttt{.glo} are temporary files
@@ -2179,7 +2185,7 @@
perl makeglossaries myDoc
\end{prompt}
-Windows users: TeX~Live on Windows has its own internal Perl
+Windows users: \TeX~Live on Windows has its own internal Perl
interpreter and provides \texttt{makeglossaries.exe} as a~convenient
wrapper for the \gls{makeglossaries} Perl script. MiKTeX also
provides a~wrapper \texttt{makeglossaries.exe} but doesn't provide
@@ -2260,7 +2266,7 @@
\begin{important}
When upgrading the \styfmt{glossaries} package, make sure you also
upgrade your version of \gls{makeglossaries}. The current version is
-2.19.
+2.20.
\end{important}
\subsection{Using the makeglossaries-lite.lua Lua Script}
@@ -2276,13 +2282,24 @@
available to the \gls{makeglossaries} Perl script aren't available
here. (In particular the \mkglsopt{d} option.)
+\begin{important}
+Note that \TeX~Live on Unix-like systems creates a
+symbolic link called \texttt{makeglossaries-lite} (without the
+\texttt{.lua} extension) to the actual
+\texttt{makeglossaries-lite.lua} script, so you may not need to
+supply the extension.
+\end{important}
+
The \gls{makeglossaries-lite.lua} script can be invoked in the same way
-as \gls{makeglossaries} but you need to remember the \texttt{.lua}
-extension. For example, if your document is called
+as \gls{makeglossaries}. For example, if your document is called
\texttt{myDoc.tex}, then do
\begin{prompt}
makeglossaries-lite.lua myDoc
\end{prompt}
+or
+\begin{prompt}
+makeglossaries-lite myDoc
+\end{prompt}
\emph{Some} of the options available with \gls{makeglossaries} are
also available with \gls{makeglossaries-lite.lua}. For a complete list of
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.html 2016-12-16 22:54:42 UTC (rev 42725)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.html 2016-12-16 22:55:05 UTC (rev 42726)
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@
>
<!--l. 44--><p class="noindent" >
</p><!--l. 44--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmr-17">The glossaries package v4.26: a guide for</span>
+class="cmr-17">The glossaries package v4.27: a guide for</span>
<span
class="cmr-17">beginners</span>
</p>
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
class="cmr-12">Nicola L.C. Talbot </span></td></tr></table>
</div>
<!--l. 44--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmr-12">2016-10-12</span></p></div>
+class="cmr-12">2016-12-16</span></p></div>
<div
class="abstract"
>
@@ -338,7 +338,7 @@
 <br />\usepackage{glossaries}
 <br />\newglossaryentry{ex}{name={sample},description={an example}}
 <br />\begin{document}
- <br />Here’s my \gls{ex} term.
+ <br />Here's my \gls{ex} term.
 <br />\end{document}
</div>
<!--l. 99--><p class="nopar" > This produces: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
@@ -691,7 +691,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-12">
\newglossaryentry{elite}
 <br />{
-  <br />  name={{\’e}lite},
+  <br />  name={{\'e}lite},
 <br />  description={select group or class}
 <br />}
</div>
@@ -1364,7 +1364,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-30">
\newglossaryentry{elite}
 <br />{
- <br />  name={{\’e}lite},
+ <br />  name={{\'e}lite},
 <br />  description={select group or class}
 <br />}
</div>
@@ -1502,7 +1502,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-31">
\newglossaryentry{elite}
 <br />{
- <br />  name={{\’e}lite},
+ <br />  name={{\'e}lite},
 <br />  sort={elite},
 <br />  description={select group or class}
 <br />}
@@ -1921,14 +1921,14 @@
</p>
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-46">
\newglossaryentry{gls:set}
- <br />{% This entry goes in the ‘main’ glossary
+ <br />{% This entry goes in the `main' glossary
 <br />  name=set,
 <br />  description={A collection of distinct objects}
 <br />}
- <br /> This entry goes in the ‘acronym’ glossary:
+ <br /> This entry goes in the `acronym' glossary:
 <br />\newacronym{svm}{svm}{support vector machine}
 <br />\newglossaryentry{not:set}
- <br />{% This entry goes in the ‘notation’ glossary:
+ <br />{% This entry goes in the `notation' glossary:
 <br />  type=notation,
 <br />  name={\ensuremath{\mathcal{S}}},
 <br />  description={A set},
@@ -1942,7 +1942,7 @@
</p>
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-47">
\newglossaryentry{not:set}
- <br />{% This entry goes in the ‘notation’ glossary:
+ <br />{% This entry goes in the `notation' glossary:
 <br />  type=notation,
 <br />  name={$\mathcal{S}$},
 <br />  text={\mathcal{S}},
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.tex 2016-12-16 22:54:42 UTC (rev 42725)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.tex 2016-12-16 22:55:05 UTC (rev 42726)
@@ -20,10 +20,10 @@
\newcommand*{\yes}{\ding{52}}
\newcommand*{\no}{\ding{56}}
-\title{The glossaries package v4.26:
+\title{The glossaries package v4.27:
a guide for beginners}
\author{Nicola L.C. Talbot}
-\date{2016-10-12}
+\date{2016-12-16}
\ifpdf
\externaldocument{glossaries-user}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.html 2016-12-16 22:54:42 UTC (rev 42725)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.html 2016-12-16 22:55:05 UTC (rev 42726)
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@
class="cmr-12">Nicola L.C. Talbot</span></td></tr></table>
</div>
<!--l. 51--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmr-12">2016-10-12</span></p></div>
+class="cmr-12">2016-12-16</span></p></div>
<div
class="abstract"
>
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.tex 2016-12-16 22:54:42 UTC (rev 42725)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.tex 2016-12-16 22:55:05 UTC (rev 42726)
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
\title{Upgrading from the glossary package to the glossaries
package}
\author{Nicola L.C. Talbot}
-\date{2016-10-12}
+\date{2016-12-16}
\newenvironment{oldway}{%
\begin{labelledbox}{\styfmt{glossary}}\ttfamily\obeylines
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/glossary-lipsum-examples.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/minimalgls.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/mwe-acr-desc.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/mwe-acr.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/mwe-gls.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-FnDesc.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-chap-hyperfirst.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-crossref.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-custom-acronym.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-dot-abbr.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-dual.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entrycount.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entryfmt.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-font-abbr.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-ignored.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-index.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-inline.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-langdict.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-newkeys.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp-utf8.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-nomathhyper.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-numberlist.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-prefix.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-si.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-storage-abbr-desc.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-storage-abbr.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample4col.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcr.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcrDesc.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleCustomAcr.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDB.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDesc.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEq.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEqPg.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleFnAcrDesc.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleNtn.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplePeople.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSec.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSort.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleaccsupp.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleacronyms.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampletree.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleutf8.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy2.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/glossaries/makeglossaries
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/glossaries/makeglossaries 2016-12-16 22:54:42 UTC (rev 42725)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/glossaries/makeglossaries 2016-12-16 22:55:05 UTC (rev 42726)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
# File : makeglossaries
# Author : Nicola Talbot
-# Version : 2.19
+# Version : 2.20
# Description: simple Perl script that calls makeindex or xindy.
# Intended for use with "glossaries.sty" (saves having to remember
# all the various switches)
@@ -27,9 +27,11 @@
# glossary-super.sty, glossaries.perl.
# Also makeglossaries and makeglossaries.
-my $version="2.19 (2016-05-27)";
+my $version="2.20 (2016-12-16)";
# History:
+# v2.20 (2016/12/16)
+# * Added check for \glsxtr at makeglossaries
# v2.19 (2016/05/27)
# * Improved check in &parse_for_xindy_nosort
# v2.18 (2016/01/24)
@@ -298,6 +300,8 @@
my $istfile = "";
+my $glslist = "";
+
# should letter ordering be used? (v1.5 added)
my $letterordering = defined($opt_l);
@@ -440,8 +444,7 @@
my $thislang = "";
my $thiscodepage = "";
- # v2.15 added:
- my @types = keys %exttype;
+ my @types = ($glslist ? split /,/, $glslist : keys %exttype);
foreach my $type (@types)
{
@@ -528,7 +531,9 @@
{
# no file extension specified so process all glossary types
- foreach my $type (keys %exttype)
+ my @types = ($glslist ? split /,/, $glslist : keys %exttype);
+
+ foreach my $type (@types)
{
my %thistype = %{$exttype{$type}};
@@ -647,8 +652,19 @@
{
while (<AUXFILE>)
{
+ #v2.20 added
+ if (m/\\glsxtr\@makeglossaries\{(.*)\}/)
+ {
+ $glslist = $1;
+
+ unless ($opt_q)
+ {
+ print "only processing subset '$glslist'\n";
+ }
+ }
+
#v2.14 added
- if (m/\\\@gls\@reference/)
+ if (m/\\\@gls\@reference/ and not $glslist)
{
die "Your document has used \\makenoidxglossaries\n",
"You don't need makeindex or xindy.\n";
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/glossaries/makeglossaries-lite.lua
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/glossaries/makeglossaries-lite.lua 2016-12-16 22:54:42 UTC (rev 42725)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/glossaries/makeglossaries-lite.lua 2016-12-16 22:55:05 UTC (rev 42726)
@@ -26,7 +26,9 @@
This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
History:
- * 1.2
+ * 1.3
+ - added check for \glsxtr at makeglossaries
+ * 1.2 (2016-05-27)
- added check for \@gls at extramakeindexopts
- added check for nil codepage
* 1.1
@@ -33,7 +35,7 @@
- changed first line from lua to texlua
--]]
-thisversion = "1.2 2016-05-27"
+thisversion = "1.3 2016-12-16"
quiet = false
dryrun = false
@@ -399,7 +401,23 @@
end
+onlytypes = string.match(aux, "\\glsxtr at makeglossaries{([^}]+)}")
+if onlytypes ~= nil
+then
+ if not quiet then
+ print(string.format("Only process subset: '%s'", onlytypes))
+ end
+
+ onlyglossaries = {}
+
+ for name in string.gmatch(onlytypes, '([^,]+)') do
+ onlyglossaries[name] = glossaries[name]
+ end
+
+ glossaries = onlyglossaries
+end
+
if ext == nil
then
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.dtx 2016-12-16 22:54:42 UTC (rev 42725)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.dtx 2016-12-16 22:55:05 UTC (rev 42726)
@@ -2,18 +2,18 @@
% glossaries.dtx generated using makedtx version 1.1 (c) Nicola Talbot
% Command line args:
% -codetitle "Main Package Code"
-% -comment ".*\.perl"
-% -comment ".*\.tex"
-% -comment ".*\.xdy"
+% -setambles ".*\.perl=>\nopreamble\nopostamble"
+% -setambles ".*\.tex=>\nopreamble\nopostamble"
+% -setambles ".*\.xdy=>\nopreamble\nopostamble"
+% -section "chapter"
% -macrocode ".*\.perl"
% -macrocode ".*\.tex"
% -macrocode ".*\.xdy"
% -doc "glossaries-manual.tex"
+% -comment ".*\.perl"
+% -comment ".*\.tex"
+% -comment ".*\.xdy"
% -author "Nicola Talbot"
-% -setambles ".*\.perl=>\nopreamble\nopostamble"
-% -setambles ".*\.tex=>\nopreamble\nopostamble"
-% -setambles ".*\.xdy=>\nopreamble\nopostamble"
-% -section "chapter"
% -src "glossaries\.sty\Z=>glossaries.sty"
% -src "glossaries-prefix.sty\Z=>glossaries-prefix.sty"
% -src "(glossary-.+)\.(sty)\Z=>\1.\2"
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
% -src "(database.*\.tex)\Z=>\1"
% -src "(.*\.perl)\Z=>\1"
% glossaries
-% Created on 2016/10/12 15:51
+% Created on 2016/12/16 14:05
%\fi
%\iffalse
%<*package>
@@ -172,12 +172,12 @@
%\fi
%\MakeShortVerb{"}
%
-% \title{Documented Code For glossaries v4.26}
+% \title{Documented Code For glossaries v4.27}
% \author{Nicola L.C. Talbot\\[10pt]
%Dickimaw Books\\
%\url{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/}}
%
-% \date{2016-10-12}
+% \date{2016-12-16}
% \maketitle
%
%This is the documented code for the \styfmt{glossaries} package.
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@
%glossaries package}.
%
%\item[\url{glossaries-user.pdf}]
-%For the main user guide, read \qt{glossaries.sty v4.26:
+%For the main user guide, read \qt{glossaries.sty v4.27:
%\LaTeX2e\ Package to Assist Generating Glossaries}.
%
%\item[\url{mfirstuc-manual.pdf}]
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@
% This package requires \LaTeXe.
% \begin{macrocode}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossaries}[2016/10/12 v4.26 (NLCT)]
+\ProvidesPackage{glossaries}[2016/12/16 v4.27 (NLCT)]
% \end{macrocode}
%\changes{4.18}{2015-09-09}{split mfirstuc into separate bundle}
% Required packages:
@@ -12590,7 +12590,7 @@
\write\@auxout{\string\providecommand\string\@gls at reference[3]{}}%
}%
% \end{macrocode}
-% Change warning about no glossares
+% Change warning about no glossaries
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\warn at noprintglossary{%
\GlossariesWarningNoLine{No \string\printnoidxglossary\space
@@ -18355,7 +18355,7 @@
% \cs{gls}\marg{label}} on subsequent use.
% \begin{macrocode}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-prefix}[2016/10/12 v4.26 (NLCT)]
+\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-prefix}[2016/12/16 v4.27 (NLCT)]
% \end{macrocode}
% Pass all options to \sty{glossaries}:
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -18770,7 +18770,7 @@
%\label{sec:code:hypernav}
% Package Definition:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossary-hypernav}[2016/10/12 v4.26 (NLCT)]
+\ProvidesPackage{glossary-hypernav}[2016/12/16 v4.27 (NLCT)]
% \end{macrocode}
%
% The commands defined in this package are provided to
@@ -18942,7 +18942,7 @@
% This defines an in-line style where the entries are
% comma-separated with just the name and description displayed.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossary-inline}[2016/10/12 v4.26 (NLCT)]
+\ProvidesPackage{glossary-inline}[2016/12/16 v4.27 (NLCT)]
% \end{macrocode}
%
%\begin{style}{inline}
@@ -19133,7 +19133,7 @@
% \ics{item} command, it will appear in a bold font by
% default.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossary-list}[2016/10/12 v4.26 (NLCT)]
+\ProvidesPackage{glossary-list}[2016/12/16 v4.27 (NLCT)]
% \end{macrocode}
%\begin{macro}{\indexspace}
%\changes{4.13}{2015-02-03}{new}
@@ -19415,7 +19415,7 @@
% The glossary styles defined in the \isty{glossary-long} package
% used the \env{longtable} environment in the glossary.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossary-long}[2016/10/12 v4.26 (NLCT)]
+\ProvidesPackage{glossary-long}[2016/12/16 v4.27 (NLCT)]
% \end{macrocode}
% Requires the \isty{longtable} package:
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -19912,7 +19912,7 @@
% \url{http://tex.stackexchange.com/a/56890}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossary-longbooktabs}[2016/10/12 v4.26 (NLCT)]
+\ProvidesPackage{glossary-longbooktabs}[2016/12/16 v4.27 (NLCT)]
% \end{macrocode}
% Requires \sty{booktabs} package:
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -20253,7 +20253,7 @@
% used the \env{longtable} environment in the glossary and use
% ragged right formatting for the multiline columns.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossary-longragged}[2016/10/12 v4.26 (NLCT)]
+\ProvidesPackage{glossary-longragged}[2016/12/16 v4.27 (NLCT)]
% \end{macrocode}
% Requires the \isty{array} package:
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -20686,7 +20686,7 @@
%use the \sty{multicol} package. These use the tree-like glossary
%styles in a multicol environment.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossary-mcols}[2016/10/12 v4.26 (NLCT)]
+\ProvidesPackage{glossary-mcols}[2016/12/16 v4.27 (NLCT)]
% \end{macrocode}
% Required packages:
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -21122,7 +21122,7 @@
% The glossary styles defined in the \isty{glossary-super} package
% use the \env{supertabular} environment.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossary-super}[2016/10/12 v4.26 (NLCT)]
+\ProvidesPackage{glossary-super}[2016/12/16 v4.27 (NLCT)]
% \end{macrocode}
% Requires the \isty{supertabular} package:
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -21654,7 +21654,7 @@
% are like those provided by the \isty{glossary-super} package,
% except that the multiline columns have ragged right justification.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossary-superragged}[2016/10/12 v4.26 (NLCT)]
+\ProvidesPackage{glossary-superragged}[2016/12/16 v4.27 (NLCT)]
% \end{macrocode}
% Requires the \isty{array} package:
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -22094,7 +22094,7 @@
% that have a tree-like structure. These are designed for
% hierarchical glossaries.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossary-tree}[2016/10/12 v4.26 (NLCT)]
+\ProvidesPackage{glossary-tree}[2016/12/16 v4.27 (NLCT)]
% \end{macrocode}
%
%\begin{macro}{\indexspace}
@@ -22815,7 +22815,7 @@
% hyperlinks may not work properly.
% \begin{macrocode}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-compatible-207}[2016/10/12 v4.26 (NLCT)]
+\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-compatible-207}[2016/12/16 v4.27 (NLCT)]
% \end{macrocode}
%\begin{macro}{\GlsAddXdyAttribute}
% Adds an attribute in old format.
@@ -23176,7 +23176,7 @@
%\section{glossaries-compatible-307}
% \begin{macrocode}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-compatible-307}[2016/10/12 v4.26 (NLCT)]
+\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-compatible-307}[2016/12/16 v4.27 (NLCT)]
% \end{macrocode}
%
% Compatibility macros for predefined glossary styles:
@@ -23984,7 +23984,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% Package version number now in line with main glossaries package number.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-accsupp}[2016/10/12 v4.26 (NLCT)
+\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-accsupp}[2016/12/16 v4.27 (NLCT)
Experimental glossaries accessibility]
% \end{macrocode}
% Pass all options to \sty{glossaries}:
@@ -26415,7 +26415,7 @@
% modules.
% \begin{macrocode}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-babel}[2016/10/12 v4.26 (NLCT)]
+\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-babel}[2016/12/16 v4.27 (NLCT)]
% \end{macrocode}
% Load \sty{tracklang} to obtain language settings.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -26459,7 +26459,7 @@
% modules.
% \begin{macrocode}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-polyglossia}[2016/10/12 v4.26 (NLCT)]
+\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-polyglossia}[2016/12/16 v4.27 (NLCT)]
% \end{macrocode}
% Load \sty{tracklang} to obtain language settings.
% \begin{macrocode}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.ins
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.ins 2016-12-16 22:54:42 UTC (rev 42725)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.ins 2016-12-16 22:55:05 UTC (rev 42726)
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-% glossaries.ins generated using makedtx version 1.1 2016/10/12 15:51
+% glossaries.ins generated using makedtx version 1.1 2016/12/16 14:05
\input docstrip
\preamble
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-babel.sty
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-babel.sty 2016-12-16 22:54:42 UTC (rev 42725)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-babel.sty 2016-12-16 22:55:05 UTC (rev 42726)
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-babel}[2016/10/12 v4.26 (NLCT)]
+\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-babel}[2016/12/16 v4.27 (NLCT)]
\RequirePackage{tracklang}
\let\glsifusetranslator\@secondoftwo
\AnyTrackedLanguages
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-compatible-207.sty
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-compatible-207.sty 2016-12-16 22:54:42 UTC (rev 42725)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-compatible-207.sty 2016-12-16 22:55:05 UTC (rev 42726)
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-compatible-207}[2016/10/12 v4.26 (NLCT)]
+\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-compatible-207}[2016/12/16 v4.27 (NLCT)]
\ifglsxindy
\renewcommand*\GlsAddXdyAttribute[1]{%
\edef\@xdyattributes{\@xdyattributes ^^J \string"#1\string"}%
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-compatible-307.sty
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-compatible-307.sty 2016-12-16 22:54:42 UTC (rev 42725)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-compatible-307.sty 2016-12-16 22:55:05 UTC (rev 42726)
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-compatible-307}[2016/10/12 v4.26 (NLCT)]
+\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-compatible-307}[2016/12/16 v4.27 (NLCT)]
\newcommand{\compatglossarystyle}[2]{%
\ifcsundef{@glscompstyle@#1}%
{%
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-polyglossia.sty
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-polyglossia.sty 2016-12-16 22:54:42 UTC (rev 42725)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-polyglossia.sty 2016-12-16 22:55:05 UTC (rev 42726)
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-polyglossia}[2016/10/12 v4.26 (NLCT)]
+\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-polyglossia}[2016/12/16 v4.27 (NLCT)]
\RequirePackage{tracklang}
\let\glsifusetranslator\@secondoftwo
\AnyTrackedLanguages
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-prefix.sty
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-prefix.sty 2016-12-16 22:54:42 UTC (rev 42725)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-prefix.sty 2016-12-16 22:55:05 UTC (rev 42726)
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-prefix}[2016/10/12 v4.26 (NLCT)]
+\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-prefix}[2016/12/16 v4.27 (NLCT)]
\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{glossaries}}
\ProcessOptions
\RequirePackage{glossaries}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries.sty
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries.sty 2016-12-16 22:54:42 UTC (rev 42725)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries.sty 2016-12-16 22:55:05 UTC (rev 42726)
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossaries}[2016/10/12 v4.26 (NLCT)]
+\ProvidesPackage{glossaries}[2016/12/16 v4.27 (NLCT)]
\RequirePackage{ifthen}
\RequirePackage{xkeyval}[2006/11/18]
\RequirePackage{mfirstuc}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/expl/glossaries-accsupp.sty
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/expl/glossaries-accsupp.sty 2016-12-16 22:54:42 UTC (rev 42725)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/expl/glossaries-accsupp.sty 2016-12-16 22:55:05 UTC (rev 42726)
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-accsupp}[2016/10/12 v4.26 (NLCT)
+\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-accsupp}[2016/12/16 v4.27 (NLCT)
Experimental glossaries accessibility]
\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{glossaries}}
\ProcessOptions
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-hypernav.sty
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-hypernav.sty 2016-12-16 22:54:42 UTC (rev 42725)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-hypernav.sty 2016-12-16 22:55:05 UTC (rev 42726)
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossary-hypernav}[2016/10/12 v4.26 (NLCT)]
+\ProvidesPackage{glossary-hypernav}[2016/12/16 v4.27 (NLCT)]
\newcommand*{\glsnavhyperlink}[3][\@glo at type]{%
\edef\gls at grplabel{#2}\protected at edef\@gls at grptitle{#3}%
\@glslink{glsn:#1@#2}{#3}}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-inline.sty
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-inline.sty 2016-12-16 22:54:42 UTC (rev 42725)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-inline.sty 2016-12-16 22:55:05 UTC (rev 42726)
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossary-inline}[2016/10/12 v4.26 (NLCT)]
+\ProvidesPackage{glossary-inline}[2016/12/16 v4.27 (NLCT)]
\newglossarystyle{inline}{%
\renewenvironment{theglossary}%
{%
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-list.sty
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-list.sty 2016-12-16 22:54:42 UTC (rev 42725)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-list.sty 2016-12-16 22:55:05 UTC (rev 42726)
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossary-list}[2016/10/12 v4.26 (NLCT)]
+\ProvidesPackage{glossary-list}[2016/12/16 v4.27 (NLCT)]
\providecommand{\indexspace}{%
\par \vskip 10\p@ \@plus 5\p@ \@minus 3\p@ \relax
}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-long.sty
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-long.sty 2016-12-16 22:54:42 UTC (rev 42725)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-long.sty 2016-12-16 22:55:05 UTC (rev 42726)
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossary-long}[2016/10/12 v4.26 (NLCT)]
+\ProvidesPackage{glossary-long}[2016/12/16 v4.27 (NLCT)]
\RequirePackage{longtable}
\@ifundefined{glsdescwidth}{%
\newlength\glsdescwidth
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-longbooktabs.sty
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-longbooktabs.sty 2016-12-16 22:54:42 UTC (rev 42725)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-longbooktabs.sty 2016-12-16 22:55:05 UTC (rev 42726)
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossary-longbooktabs}[2016/10/12 v4.26 (NLCT)]
+\ProvidesPackage{glossary-longbooktabs}[2016/12/16 v4.27 (NLCT)]
\RequirePackage{booktabs}
\RequirePackage{glossary-long}
\RequirePackage{glossary-longragged}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-longragged.sty
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-longragged.sty 2016-12-16 22:54:42 UTC (rev 42725)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-longragged.sty 2016-12-16 22:55:05 UTC (rev 42726)
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossary-longragged}[2016/10/12 v4.26 (NLCT)]
+\ProvidesPackage{glossary-longragged}[2016/12/16 v4.27 (NLCT)]
\RequirePackage{array}
\RequirePackage{longtable}
\@ifundefined{glsdescwidth}{%
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-mcols.sty
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-mcols.sty 2016-12-16 22:54:42 UTC (rev 42725)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-mcols.sty 2016-12-16 22:55:05 UTC (rev 42726)
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossary-mcols}[2016/10/12 v4.26 (NLCT)]
+\ProvidesPackage{glossary-mcols}[2016/12/16 v4.27 (NLCT)]
\RequirePackage{multicol}
\RequirePackage{glossary-tree}
\providecommand{\indexspace}{%
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-super.sty
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-super.sty 2016-12-16 22:54:42 UTC (rev 42725)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-super.sty 2016-12-16 22:55:05 UTC (rev 42726)
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossary-super}[2016/10/12 v4.26 (NLCT)]
+\ProvidesPackage{glossary-super}[2016/12/16 v4.27 (NLCT)]
\RequirePackage{supertabular}
\@ifundefined{glsdescwidth}{%
\newlength\glsdescwidth
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-superragged.sty
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-superragged.sty 2016-12-16 22:54:42 UTC (rev 42725)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-superragged.sty 2016-12-16 22:55:05 UTC (rev 42726)
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossary-superragged}[2016/10/12 v4.26 (NLCT)]
+\ProvidesPackage{glossary-superragged}[2016/12/16 v4.27 (NLCT)]
\RequirePackage{array}
\RequirePackage{supertabular}
\@ifundefined{glsdescwidth}{%
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-tree.sty
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-tree.sty 2016-12-16 22:54:42 UTC (rev 42725)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-tree.sty 2016-12-16 22:55:05 UTC (rev 42726)
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossary-tree}[2016/10/12 v4.26 (NLCT)]
+\ProvidesPackage{glossary-tree}[2016/12/16 v4.27 (NLCT)]
\providecommand{\indexspace}{%
\par \vskip 10\p@ \@plus 5\p@ \@minus 3\p@ \relax
}
More information about the tex-live-commits
mailing list